diff options
Diffstat (limited to '15445.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 15445.txt | 9646 |
1 files changed, 9646 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/15445.txt b/15445.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5e12b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/15445.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9646 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume +XIV., 1606-1609, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume XIV., 1606-1609 + Explorations By Early Navigators, Descriptions Of The + Islands And Their Peoples, Their History And Records Of + The Catholic Missions, As Related In Contemporaneous Books + And Manuscripts, Showing The Political, Economic, Commercial + And Religious Conditions Of Those Islands From Their + Earliest Relations With European Nations To The Close Of + The Nineteenth Century + +Author: Various + +Editor: Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + +Release Date: November 19, 2005 [EBook #15445] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman & the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + + + + + + + + The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 + + Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and + their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, + as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the + political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those + islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the + close of the nineteenth century, + + Volume XIV, 1606-1609 + + + Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord + Bourne. + + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME XIV + + + + Preface 9 + Documents of 1605 + + Complaints against the archbishop. Pedro de Acuna, and + others; Manila, July 1-4 29 + Relations with the Chinese. Pedro de Acuna, and others; + Manila, July 4 and 5 38 + Letters to Felipe III. Pedro de Acuna, Manila, July 1-15 53 + + Documents of 1606 + + The Dominican mission of 1606. Diego Aduarte, O.P., + and others; 1604-06 81 + The Dutch factory at Tidore. Joan ----; Tidore, March + 16 112 + The Sangley insurrection of 1603. Miguel Rodriguez de + Maldonado; Sevilla, 1606 119 + Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III. Telles de Almacan, + and others; Manila, July 6 140 + Letter from the fiscal to Felipe III. Rodrigo Diaz Guiral; + Manila, July 149 + The Terrenate expedition. Council of the Indias; San + Lorenzo, August 5 and 15 173 + Decree establishing a way-station for Philippine vessels + on the California coast. Felipe III; San Lorenzo el Real, + August 19 182 + Chinese immigration in the Philippines. Pedro Munoz de + Herrera, and others; July-November 189 + Letter to Acuna. Felipe III; Ventosilla, November 4 193 + + Documents of 1607 + + Petition for a grant to the Jesuit seminary in + Leyte. Madrid, January 18 199 + Artillery at Manila in 1607. Alonso de Biebengud; Manila, + July 6 201 + Letter from Audiencia to Felipe III, on the Confraternity + of La Misericordia. Pedro Hurtado Desquivel; Manila, + July 11 208 + Trade of the Philippines with Mexico. Madrid, December + 18 214 + Passage of missionaries via the Philippines to Japan. Conde + de Lemos, and others; Madrid, 1606-07 218 + + Documents of 1608-09 + + Annual receipts and expenditures of the Philippine + government. Pedro de Caldierva de Mariaca; Manila, Aug. 18, + 1608 243 + Decrees regarding way-station for Philippine + vessels. Felipe III; [Aranjuez.], September 27, 1608, + and San Lorenzo, May 13, 1609 270 + Letters to Juan de Silva. Felipe III; May 26 and July 29, + 1609 278 + Expeditions to the province of Tuy. Juan Manuel de la Vega; + Passi, July 3, 1609 281 + Petition of a Filipino chief for redress. Miguel Banal; + Quiapo, July 25, 1609 327 + Despatch of missionaries to the Philippines. Diego Aduarte, + and others; [1608-09?] 330 + + Bibliographical Data 339 + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + Aqvapolqve (view of harbor of Acapulco, Mexico); photographic + facsimile of engraving in Levinus Hulsius's _Eigentliche uund + wahrhaftige Beschreibung_ (Franckfurt am Mayne, M. DC. XX), p. 60; + from copy in library of Harvard University 103 + View of Japanese champan; photographic facsimile of engraving in + T. de Bry's _Peregrinationes_, 1st ed. (Amsterdame, 1602), tome + xvi, no. iv--"Voyage faict entovr de l'univers par Sr. Olivier + dv Nort"--p. 42; from copy in Boston Public Library 223 + + + + +PREFACE + + +The documents here presented range from 1605 to 1609. Many of them +concern the Chinese revolt of 1603 and its results, of which much +apprehension still exists; but the threatened danger passes away, and +the ordinances excluding the Sangleys from the islands are so relaxed +that soon the Parian is as large as in 1603. The usual difficulties +between the ecclesiastical and the secular authorities continue; and +to the religious orders represented in the islands is added a new one, +that of the discalced Augustinians, or Recollects. Acuna conducts an +expedition to drive out the Dutch from the Moluccas, and soon afterward +dies. Various commercial restrictions hinder the prosperity of the +islands; and the new fiscal, Guiral, complains of various illegal +and injurious proceedings on the part of officials. The expenses of +government are nearly double the amount of the revenues. The province +of Cagayan is explored by certain private adventurers, attracted by +the prospect of gold-mines. + +In July, 1605, several letters of complaint against the archbishop +of Manila are sent to the king, Acuna writes that Benavides is +arrogant and self-willed, and quarrels with everyone; and suggests +that hereafter bishops for the islands be selected more carefully. The +provincial and other high officials of the Augustinian order state that +the archbishop's rash utterances had much to do with precipitating +the Chinese insurrection, and that his quarrels with the governor +are unnecessary and notorious--moreover, he opposes their order +in every way; and they ask the king to interpose his authority and +restrain Benavides. At the same time the Audiencia complain that he +interferes with their proceedings, treats them with little respect, +and assumes precedence of them to which he is not entitled. + +Interesting documents of similar date touch on the relations of the +colony with the Chinese. The archbishop appeals to the Audiencia, +in memorials presented June 10 and 13, to accede to the demands of +the Chinese emperor by making restitution to the Chinese merchants for +property of theirs left in Manila at the time of the insurrection and +sold by the Spaniards; and by sending back to their own country those +Chinese survivors of the revolt who were sentenced to the galleys. The +letter sent to Acuna in March, 1605, by a Chinese official is now +answered by the governor (apparently at the beginning of July). He +blames the Portuguese of Macao for not having delivered the letters +to Chinese officials which he wrote after the Sangley insurrection +of 1603; and claims that the Chinese slain therein were themselves +to blame for their deaths. To maintain this position, he cites the +kindness with which the Chinese in the islands were treated by the +Spaniards; and declares that they revolted without provocation, and +killed or abused many Spaniards and Indians, and that the survivors +were punished with great leniency. He sends a part of the money due to +Chinese merchants who owned property in the islands, and promises to +send the rest next year. A letter from one of the auditors at Manila +informs the king that the number of Chinese allowed to remain there +is now (1605) restricted to one thousand five hundred. + +Letters from Acuna (July 1-15) to the king give his usual yearly +report of affairs. Reenforcements of troops have arrived from Mexico, +very opportunely for the expedition which Acuna is preparing for the +recovery of Ternate. He details these preparations, and the condition +of his troops and ships. He complains of the opposition which he has +encountered from the archbishop and the auditor Maldonado. Various +private persons have volunteered to go with him, carrying their +own provisions. He plans to leave Panay in February, 1606; and has +been informed that the Dutch are preparing a large fleet to drive +the Spaniards from the Maluco Islands, and to establish themselves +more firmly there than before. Acuna needs more money, to pay his +troops in the Maluco campaign; he asks for further supplies, urges +the desirability of cutting off the Dutch from their treasury of the +Spice Islands, and recommends a vigorous prosecution of hostilities +against them. He recommends better adjustment of the soldiers' +pay. In another letter Acuna reports the failure of this year's +trading voyage to Mexico, one of the ships being compelled to return +to port and the other being probably lost--which causes the utmost +distress and poverty in the islands. Acuna relates the non-residence +in the islands of Gabriel de Ribera, in consequence of which his +encomiendas have been taken from him and given to others. The Moro +pirates are apparently disposed to make peace, so Acuna is discussing +this with them; but he has little confidence in their promises, except +as he can inspire them with fear. The difficulties arising from the +slaughter of the Chinese in their revolt of 1603 have been a source +of much anxiety to the Spaniards; but these are in a fair way to be +settled. The fiscal, Salazar y Salcedo, has died; and the Audiencia +has appointed temporarily to that post Rodrigo Diaz Guiral, whom Acuna +highly commends. The governor complains that the archbishop has been +meddling with his appointments of chaplains for the galleys. He also +asks for money to maintain galleys for the defence of the islands. In +a third letter Acuna complains of the unjust and tyrannical conduct +of the auditor Maldonado, and asks for redress from the king. This +evil conduct has been especially noticeable in Maldonado's efforts +to secure the hand and property of a wealthy minor heiress. + +A group of documents relating to the Dominican mission which reached +the islands in 1606 depict the difficulties, besides the long and +toilsome voyages, which the missionaries encountered on their journey +to the other side of the world. Diego Aduarte, one of the most noted +of the Dominican missionaries in the Far East, is in charge of a +reenforcement to go to the Philippines, and applies (at some time +in 1604) to the officials of the treasury in Spain for the money +necessary for their expenses in this journey; a grant for this is +made. He furnishes a list of the friars who are to go with him, with +the names of the convents that send them. In a document written by +Aduarte (January 20, 1605) he relates at length "the difficulties +of conducting religious to the Philippine Islands." The hardships +and perils of the long voyage daunt many at the start, and he who +is in charge of them must use great discretion in managing them. At +the court, he cannot get his documents without much importunity, +locomotion, and red tape, and long and tedious delays. The sum of +money allowed for the traveling expenses of the missionaries to +Sevilla is far too small; and, arriving there, they encounter more +red tape and delays. Besides, the amount granted for provisions on +the voyage is utterly insufficient, as is also the allowance for the +friars' support while waiting for the departure of the fleet. The +royal council requires that the list of missionaries be submitted +to it for approval which cannot well be done in the short time which +they spend at Sevilla; besides, they are unnecessarily annoyed by the +examination to which the council subjects them. Those who finally reach +the port of departure are confronted by extortionate demands for fees, +which are renewed in mid-ocean, and again on landing in Nueva Espana, +at Mexico, and at Acapulco; and at all these places, the missionaries +encounter afresh the annoyances and hindrances which had beset them +in Spain. Aduarte makes vigorous complaint about these difficulties, +and requests the government to make less rigorous rules and more +liberal allowances for the missionaries; this petition is partially +granted by the authorities. + +While the Spanish expedition to the Moluccas is at Tidore, one of the +Dutch prisoners is interrogated (March 16, 1606), and his deposition +gives various interesting particulars as to the plans and actions +of the Dutch in the Spice Islands. He explains the treaty made by +them with the ruler of Tidore, the goods brought by the Dutch for +this trade, and their intention of establishing a colony in those +islands. Another account of the Chinese insurrection of 1603 is +here presented (at this point, because printed in 1606), written +by a soldier in the Philippines, but edited by one Maldonado. He +describes, in a plain and simple narrative, the circumstances of that +revolt; and many of these are not found in the official reports (see +_Vol_. XII). For instance, he relates that a great many religious +took part in the defence of Manila; he gives details of each battle +with the Chinese, and tells of their attacking the city with machines +which overtopped the walls; and describes the sack of the Parian, +the slaughter of the Chinese in the villages beyond, and the execution +of the ring-leaders. At the end of the narrative of the insurrection +some additional information is given. The governor sends an envoy to +China with the news of this tragic affair. The writer relates bits +of news which have come from China to Manila--of ravages occasioned +therein by floods, earthquakes, and a war with the Japanese. + +In a letter dated July 6, 1606, the Audiencia informs Felipe III +of the death of Governor Acuna. New regulations for the commerce +of the islands have been received from Spain, of which complaints +are made. The amount of the Mexican trade has been limited to two +hundred and fifty thousand pesos, and the returns therefor to five +hundred thousand pesos; the citizens of the islands claim that this +restricts their profits too much, and that they should be permitted +to invest a larger sum. This liberty will tend to increase not only +their prosperity, but the number of new settlers in the islands. The +proposal to send on each ship from the islands fifty soldiers is +quite impracticable, as the ships are too small and crowded. Instead +of paying to the men and subordinate officers the salaries and wages +proposed by the government, it is better to continue the present system +of allowing each to do a little trading for himself. The auditors +recommend that some changes be made in the duties levied on goods, +which are onerous on the merchants. + +By the same mail goes a letter from the new fiscal, reporting to the +king the condition of affairs in the islands. He complains that the +Sangreys are allowed to remain in Manila, and that this is done by +the Audiencia without heeding the remonstrances of the city officials +and himself. Many Chinese also come without registry, evading even +the slight restrictions heretofore imposed. Their number is steadily +increasing, and the Parian is now as large as it was when the revolt +occurred. He advises further and more severe restrictions on the +Chinese immigration. Guiral also notifies the king that the laws +regarding the succession to encomiendas are being constantly violated; +and recommends that all which are wrongly held shall be declared +vacant and be reassigned. The encomenderos resent his enforcement of +the royal decree that they should furnish to the priests who instruct +their Indians wine for celebrating mass. He recommends that the matter +of granting offices to small encomenderos be further examined. The +increase in extent and number of the cattle-farms near Manila causes +much damage to the Indians and Guiral recommends that these farms be +abandoned within a certain distance of all towns. The peaceful Pampango +Indians are frequently harassed by the head-hunting Zambales; the only +way to stop this is to allow the latter to be enslaved by anyone who +will capture them. Certain questions regarding the status of children +of slaves should now be settled. Guiral makes various recommendations +as to the sale of offices and the use of certain funds. The seminary +of Santa Potenciana recently lost its house by fire, which has since +been rebuilt; the king is asked to aid it. A public-spirited citizen +of Manila has established a hospital for Spanish women, and royal aid +is asked for this also. The hospital for Spaniards is not properly +cared for, and the king is asked to send over hospital brethren of +the Order of St. John of God. The guardians of minors often prove +unfit for such trust, and they should be called to account by the +Audiencia. Disputes having arisen over the rights and prerogatives +of the Audiencia in case of their succession _ad interim_ to the +government of the islands, Guiral asks for the royal decision of +such questions. The fiscal complains of the tyrannical conduct of +many friars, especially among the Augustinians, toward the Indians; +he has opposed this as much as possible, but asks further redress +from the king. The coming of the discalced Augustinians (Recollects) +has been a useful check on the other branch of that order, especially +on its arrogant provincial, Lorenzo de Leon--of whose unlawful acts +Guiral complains, and demands an investigation. He has obliged the +stray Indians about Manila to return to their native places; and he +asks that those who are retained for the service of the religious +orders shall be kept within the allotted number, and that the friars +be compelled to pay these servants fairly. The Audiencia has allowed +Gabriel de Ribera to resume his encomiendas, vacated by his illegal +absence from the islands; and the fiscal asks for correction of this +procedure. He advises the king to refuse the claims made by Figueroa's +heirs for release from the debts incurred by the conquest of Mindanao; +and states that Tello and Morga are the ones responsible for part +of these expenses, and for others which were paid from the royal +treasury by the Audiencia. Guiral ends by requesting permission to +leave the islands as soon as a permanent appointment to his office +of fiscal can be made. + +Proceedings in the Council of the Indias (August 5 and 15, 1606) +deal with Acuna's effort to recover the Maluco Islands, from, the +Dutch, summarizing his letters of July 1-7, 1605, and recommending +the measures to be taken by the Spanish government in regard to +it. Later advices emphasize Acuna's statements as to the gravity +of the situation in the Spice Islands. The Council commend Acuna's +action, and advise the king to further his efforts and supply him +(from Mexico) with troops and money. The Council of State act thereon, +seconding these recommendations, and advising that the archbishop and +the Audiencia of Manila be warned not to meddle with affairs of war. + +Of special interest to American readers is a royal decree (August 19, +1606) addressed to Governor Acuna, establishing "a way station for +Philippine vessels on the Californian coast". The king recounts the +results of Vizcaino's exploration on that coast in 1602, and the +advantages of Monterey as such station. It is believed that gold +abounds in that region, and that many other advantages would accrue +from a settlement there. The king appoints Monterey as a way-station +for the Philippine vessels, and Vizcaino as the commander of the +expedition to establish it; and directs Acuna to send with him two +men from the Philippines to learn all that is necessary about the +new station, so that they may command the next galleons from Manila. + +The Chinese immigration to the islands continues, the official +statement for 1606 showing that over six thousand five hundred land at +Manila in that year. On November 4 following, Felipe III sends warning +to Acuna not to allow any more of them to remain than are necessary +for the service of the community. The king also writes a letter of the +same date to the governor, commending his action in sending troops to +defend Samar from the Moros, in reducing the expenses of government, +and in various other matters; and gives directions for rebuilding +the hospital and for certain other measures. + +On January 18, 1607, the request of the Jesuits for confirmation of a +grant in aid of their seminary for the Indians in Leyte is approved by +the royal council. A report is made (July 6) by the chief of artillery, +showing the number and description of pieces which are mounted on +all the fortifications at Manila--in all eighty-three pieces, of +various sizes and power. At the king's command, the Audiencia furnish +(July 11) a statement of the aim, scope, and labors of the charitable +confraternity, La Misericordia, at Manila. It has one hundred and +fifty brethren; they have established and maintained a hospital for +women and a ward therein for slaves, besides their principal labors +for the succor of the poor and needy of all classes. They provide +food and water for the poor prisoners, aid to the inmates of Santa +Potenciana, and homes for orphan boys; and assist many transient +persons. They also settle many quarrels and reclaim dissolute persons. + +The question of restricting trade between the Spanish colonies is +discussed by the Council of the Indias (December 18, 1607); they think +it necessary to restrict trade to some extent, but hesitate to take +too vigorous measures. At various times (1606-07) the Council of the +Indias deliberate on the question whether religious shall be permitted +to go to Japan via the Philippines. Certain objections to this are +stated (May 30, 1606); that the Japanese suspect the Spaniards of +desiring to conquer their country; that the constant flow of Mexican +silver to China should be stopped; that the Jesuits, who are already +established in Japan, desire to exclude the other orders from that +country; and that the Portuguese desire to keep out all Spaniards +from both Japan and China. The Council answer all these objections, +and recommend that religious be required to go to Japan via Manila, +but to embark there in Japanese, not Castilian, vessels. Ten months +later (March 31, 1607) the same matter is again brought forward; and, +as before, the Council of Portugal object to the entrance of Castilian +religious into Japan. The Council of the Indias oppose this view, +citing the profitable commerce of the Philippine Islands with Japan, +recently begun; the successful work of the religious orders there, +and the need of more missionaries in that broad field. They adhere to +their former opinion regarding the passage of the religious to Japan, +and recommend that the Philippines be allowed at least a moderate +trade with that country. Both these reports are discussed in the +Council of State (September 7 and December 20, 1607), where complaint +is made against the methods of the Jesuit missionaries in Japan; and +the king is advised to allow religious from other orders to enter +that field, and to prohibit trade from the Philippines to Japan, +The king thereupon requests from Rome the revocation of the briefs +obliging friars to go to Japan via India, and a new one placing this +matter in Felipe's hands. + +An itemized statement of the "annual receipts and expenditures of +the Philippine government" (August 18, 1608) enumerates these. The +receipts comprise the tributes, by encomiendas; the royal tenths +of gold, and the ecclesiastical tithes; customs duties; and fines +from the courts. All these sources of income amount to over one +hundred and twenty thousand pesos. Then are mentioned, in order, the +expenses: for salaries of government officials, alcaldes and other +local magistrates; wages of government workmen, pilots, sailors, and +others; supplies in the ship-yards, etc., and purchases for various +purposes; salaries of ecclesiastics, and other expenses for churches +and missions. To these are added "extraordinary expenses:" the cost +of embassies to neighboring rulers; salaries paid to collectors of +tribute, and others; expenses of the soldiers and their officers; +and salaries to the wardens of forts. All these expenses amount to +over two hundred and fifty-five thousand pesos a year, more than +twice as much as the income. + +Felipe III writes to Velasco, the viceroy of Nueva Espana (September 27 +1608), regarding the proposed way-station for Philippine vessels. After +summarizing a letter on this subject from Velasco's predecessor, +Montesclaros, the king approves the latter's advice to choose, as +such way-station, the islands called Rica de Oro and Rica de Plata +(afterward found to be fabulous) instead of Monterey; and orders +Velasco to see that a port and settlement be established there, the +enterprise to be conducted by Sebastian Vizcaino. Another decree (May +3, 1609) states that, as Velasco has not carried out this order, and +advices have been received that the said exploration and settlement +should be made from the Philippines, the king decides upon this +latter measure, and the enterprise is to be placed in the hands of +the governor of the islands. Letters from the king (May 26 and July +29) to Juan de Silva, the new governor of the islands, direct him +not to allow the Indians to pay their tributes in personal services, +and to inform the king regarding the proposal of the Dominicans to +found a college in the islands. + +Explorations have been made at different times along the Rio Grande +de Cagayan, in the northern part of Luzon. An account of these, +with later information, is compiled by Juan Manuel de la Vega +(July 3, 1609). He gives a brief summary of the efforts made by +Lavezaris, Vera, and Dasmarinas to bring this province under Spanish +control. The third of these (July, 1591), under the command of Luis +Dasmarinas, is the first effective expedition to the valley of the +Rio Grande. He secures the submission of various native villages, and +treats the natives with great leniency. A few weeks later, Francisco +de Mendoca follows on the route, and finds the Indians hostile, +refusing even to sell him food. Not finding Dasmarinas (the main +object of his expedition), he follows the Rio Grande to the city of +Nueva Segovia, thus ending his journey. In November of the same year, +Pedro Sid goes with some soldiers to Tuy, and now finds the natives +friendly. He finds gold among them, which they tell him is brought +from the country of Igorrotes. He makes some further explorations, +and receives submission from all the chiefs whom he encounters. Three +years later, Luis Dasmarinas sends Toribio de Miranda (October, 1594), +with soldiers and friars, to explore further and to pacify the province +of Tuy. The natives are apparently peaceable, but several instances +of treachery occur, and the Spaniards are obliged to be on their guard +continually. As in the other accounts, mention is made of each village +visited, in succession, and various interesting details are related. At +Anit the houses are decorated with the heads of men and of animals; +"such was their custom". At Bantal Miranda builds a fort, and requires +hostages from some hostile or treacherous chiefs. At Agulan the little +children are wearing golden necklaces of good quality, "good enough +to be worn in Madrid". At Tuguey and some other villages the natives +resist the entrance of the Spaniards, but are terrified at the sound +of firearms, and quickly yield submission. Retracing their route, the +Spaniards find that the villages which they had left in peace are now +revolting; they seize the chief who has most disturbed the people, and +send him to Manila. The governor feasts him there, and sends him back +to his own village, apparently well pleased with the Spaniards. Miranda +searches for gold-mines, but cannot find them; and finally, sick and +discouraged, as also are his friars, returns to Manila. Captain Clavijo +is sent to search for the mines, but is compelled to retreat, being +assaulted by more than a thousand Indians. In 1607 many chiefs from +Tuy come to Manila and offer their submission to the Spaniards; but +the Audiencia take no interest in the matter, and pass it by. Later, +those chiefs send requests to Manila for protection and religious +instruction. The richness and fertility of their country is described; +and an interesting account is given of the gold-mines in the adjacent +mountains, and the primitive mining operations conducted by the +natives. These are Igorrotes, of whose appearance and customs some +mention is made. As they are pagans, and lukewarm even in idolatry, +it will be easy to make Christians of them. There is great reason to +believe that the Igorrote country abounds in gold. To this account +are appended several others bearing on this subject. One of these +relates the circumstances which induced Dasmarinas to explore Tuy; +another is a copy of the warrant and instructions given to him by +his father the governor. These are followed by a curious document, +apparently written by Vega on behalf of himself and others interested +in the conquest of Tuy and the Igorrote gold country, and addressed to +some high official in Spain--perhaps Lerma, the favorite of Felipe + III. It contains further stipulations, in matters affecting the +interests of these parties. A suitable reward shall be given, in the +form of small shares in the galleon's cargo, to the officers and men +who serve in the expedition to Tuy; and these must be used only in +certain specified ways. These promoters ask for authority to appoint +the officers and soldiers necessary as garrisons in the conquered +country, and to fix the pay of these men, which shall be provided from +the royal treasury. If they have important despatches to send to Spain, +they wish to send them directly from the Pacific coast of Luzon, rather +than via Manila. If they shall succeed in pacifying those barbarous +tribes, they expect permission to allot those natives in encomiendas, +at their own pleasure. They also ask for commutation of the royal fifth +of gold to one tenth. Still another list of stipulations is given, +also over Vega's signature. The promoters of the Tuy scheme demand that +answer be made to it by return mail; otherwise, they will be released +from all obligations. The cost of this conquest should be borne by +the royal treasury. Vega commends himself and his associate--some man +of affairs--as heads for this enterprise, and urges that the royal +sanction be speedily given to it. The boundaries of the province of +Tuy are declared; and certain stipulations are made regarding the +encomiendas to be allotted therein, also the authority to be granted +to Vega, and the privileges to be accorded to the soldiers. + +On July 25, 1609, a petition is sent to the king by Miguel Banal +(a descendant of the Moro ruler dispossessed by Legaspi at Manila), +praying for redress against the Jesuits for depriving him and other +Indians at Quiapo of their lands; he asks the king to investigate this +matter anew, and to protect him from further spoliation. The Dominican +missionary Aduarte makes a declaration (in a document undated, but +of 1608) of the reasons why some of his religious belonging to the +mission of 1606 had remained in Nueva Espana, instead of completing the +voyage to the Philippines. Some died on the way, some failed to reach +the port of embarcation, and the ship assigned to the missionaries +was too small to carry all of them. Aduarte remonstrates against the +embarrassments and restrictions with which he and other missionaries +have had to contend; and complains, as before, of the scanty allowance +made for their traveling expenses--illustrating this from his own and +others' experiences. This is followed by a request from the discalced +Augustinians (1609?) for extension of previous permission to send +more of their friars to the Philippines. + +_The Editors_ +April, 1904. + + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1605 + + + + Complaints against the archbishop. Pedro de Acuna, and others; + July 1-4. + Relations with the Chinese. Pedro de Acuna, and others; July 4 + and 5. + Letters to Felipe III. Pedro de Acuna; July 1-15. + + +_Source_: All these documents are obtained from the Archivo general +de Indias, Sevilla. + +_Translations_: The first letter in the second document, and the first +two in the third, are translated by Henry B. Lathrop, of the University +of Wisconsin; the remainder, by Robert W. Haight and Emma Helen Blair. + + + + + +Complaints Against the Archbishop + +Sire: + +Ever since I began to have dealings with the archbishop Don +Fray Miguel de Benavides, and have recognized his temper, I have +perceived the difficulties that he would cause me; accordingly, I +have always acted with great moderation and care. But the occasions +which he gives for such caution are so many that great patience is +necessary to bear them; for he persuades himself that everything, +both spiritual and temporal, pertains to him, and that there is not a +king, or patronage, or Audiencia that can change his will as to what +he will do. It therefore results that he very often has quarrels with +the Audiencia, with me, with the orders, and with all those of his +church; and nothing occurs in connection with the patronage which he +does not desire to adjudicate, so it is on that subject that he has +had controversies with me. His scruples are insufferable, and they are +continually increasing; accordingly, we dread the lengths to which they +may carry him. Notwithstanding that he is a religious who is greatly +respected, and one of learning and exemplary life, and has always had +this reputation, I believe that he would be better in his cell than in +the archbishopric or bishopric; and that it would be much better for +his conscience and peace of mind, and that this commonwealth would gain +much thereby. It is noticeable that his order, knowing him as they do, +and regarding him as of good character and reputation, as I have said, +have never employed him in any way in their government, as they do not +find him qualified for it. I beg your Majesty to be pleased to order +that he shall not meddle in those affairs which do not concern him, +and that he shall be quiet and treat me and the auditors with respect; +and that he avoid disputes and quarrels, since from them can result +nothing but evil to the service of God and your Majesty, and scandal +to the public. Your Majesty may believe that what I write here is +stated with the utmost moderation, considering the outrages which +he has committed. I therefore doubt not that many complaints of his +proceedings will be sent. The Audiencia have grievances, and sometimes +have been so provoked that they have been at the point of sharply +correcting him; but some of them are afraid of him for private reasons, +and dare not do so. In order not to stumble against such obstacles, I +take it to be an efficacious remedy, for the future, that your Majesty +should not appoint to the archbishopric or bishoprics of these islands +friars who have been trained in these islands without first obtaining +a report from the Audiencia of their qualifications and experience in +government. May our Lord protect the Catholic person of your Majesty, +according to the needs of Christendom. Manila, the first of July, 1605. + +_Don Pedro de Acuna_ + +[_In the margin_: "Have all the letters which treat of this, and those +which concern the archbishop placed together, and have them taken to +the Council."] + +[_Endorsed_: "Manila, to his Majesty; 1605, Don Pedro de Acuna, +the first of July; writes about the archbishop." "July 21, 1606, +examined, and decreed within."] + +Sire: + +In countries so remote as are these Philipinas Islands, and which lie +so far from the royal presence of your Majesty, we are bound, not only +by our obligation, but in conscience as well, by our feelings in regard +to the sights that every day meet our eyes, and by the commands laid +upon us by special instruction from your Majesty and your presidents +and auditors, always to give information [of affairs here]. We do so, +likewise, in order to secure the aid of the relief which faithful +vassals ought to look and hope for in their hardships and calamities +from their natural king and lord--whose light, like that of the sun, +ought to be equally communicated to all; and whose fatherly protection +it is just that we should recognize on all occasions which arise, +since we cannot appear personally before the feet of your Majesty. Yet +doing what we can in this, we present ourselves with due submission, +giving information that is reliable, and derived from experience, +of the injuries both to the public and to individuals which this +commonwealth, and we the religious of the Order of our father +St. Augustine, are suffering from the presence of Don Fray Miguel de +Venavides, archbishop of this archiepiscopal see--who, we believe, +should be occupying a cell in some convent of his order in exemplary +and peaceful life, as he did before he rose to the position of bishop +and to the dignity which today he holds. In that position, [1] either +because he wishes to assume more authority in the [ecclesiastical] +government than is his due, or on account of some grave scruples which, +continually increasing, so harass and disquiet him that were not the +valor and prudence of Don Pedro de Acuna, governor of these islands, +so great, and the royal Audiencia which your Majesty has here composed +of councillors so wise, Christian, and moderate, fear would often have +arisen (and with good cause) of various scandals for which the said +prelate has given occasion. For with his revelations and prophecies, +of which your Majesty has been informed, he publicly stated that the +Chinese were about to rebel, from which it resulted that poor soldiers, +and other persons who belong to peoples that resort here, were eager +for such an opportunity; and it is believed that the cowardly Chinese +were thus led to mutiny and rebellion, putting this whole land in +danger. All this arose from the fears of the archbishop, which were +not communicated to the person who could, without exciting comment, +have taken precautions and prevented the trouble--namely, the governor, +with whom he has usually had collisions. These were principally in +matters concerning the royal patronage, which loses footing out here; +[such conduct is therefore] the less to be tolerated. Your Majesty will +have heard long ago of some ill result, for the governor has tried to +manage the archbishop with due gentleness, treating him with respect, +giving him a wide range in affairs, and temporizing with him in order +to avoid contention. During his sicknesses, which are frequent, the +governor has entertained him as a guest in his own house, keeping him +there a long time. This has been of so little use that he takes every +opportunity to disturb, and sometimes without opportunity disturbs, +the general peace--at which all of us, not only ecclesiastics but +laymen, are so distressed that there is no way of expressing it to +your Majesty. We believe that if it were possible for you in Espana +to see how we suffer here, your Majesty would immediately remedy it; +for we are led to think that you do not realize the trouble which this +matter is causing, or else that it is one which is not to be discussed +as it should be, on account of the archbishop's many scruples. As +a result, the condition of affairs is intolerable, which is a most +unfortunate thing and one of great importance. Accordingly, as he +is a prelate and we are religious, we are writing to your Majesty's +Grandeur; and we make these statements with great circumspection, +that it may not seem as if passion were carrying us away. + +Coming, then, to what concerns us, not even the least important +incident has occurred in which he has not shown himself opposed to an +order such as ours, causing us infinite annoyance--as if it were not +we who discovered these regions for your Majesty, and founded with +infinite toil this new church, and by whose industry your Majesty has +innumerable vassals. Every day, too, we are expecting to open up a +greater conversion [of the heathen]; and we continue what was begun +by those first fathers who trained us here. We desire not only that +the number of the faithful be multiplied, but that the royal crown of +your Majesty be increased. To this end, there has been no expedition in +which we did not send religious for the consolation and encouragement +of the troops. And on the so sudden and dangerous occurrence of the +rising of the Chinese, we doubt not that the governor has given your +Majesty an account of our proceedings; for in public and aloud he +thanked us in your Majesty's name for our humble services, though +our desire was great for the service of our king and lord. Not a +fortification has been made upon land, nor a ship or galley built, +where we have not rendered service; and in ministries to the Indians +and Spaniards, we believe that no religious order has surpassed us. In +spite of all this, the opposition which the said archbishop displays +toward us in everything is well known. Thus we find ourselves without +protection and in a very wretched state, whence we hope to extricate +ourselves with the aid and powerful protection of your Majesty, +who will consider himself pleased with these his household, and +will command that we be treated in all matters as is right. If it +were not for the president and royal Audiencia, who restrain these +acts of violence, this poor commonwealth would be separated by five +thousand leguas from its real deliverance and father, who is your +Majesty--whom may our Lord prosper, and increase his realm, according +to the desire of us his faithful vassals. Dated in this your city of +Manila; [undated]. + + +_Fray Lorenzo de Leon_, provincial of the Augustinians. +_Fray Jhoan Baptista de Montoya_ +_Fray Estevan Carrillo_, definitor. +_Fray Pedro de Aguirre_, definitor. +_Fray Roque de Varrio_, new definitor. + + +[_Endorsed_: "No. 6. Manila; to his Majesty. No date; the religious +of the Order of St. Augustine."] + + +Sire: + +Considering its importance to the service of your Majesty, it has +seemed best to this Audiencia to give an account of the manner in +which the archbishop of these islands proceeds; for he is harsh of +temper and resents the acts of the Audiencia which declare that he +has committed fuerza. [2] He has often said, for this reason, that +they treat him very ill, and put him in such a position that he must +retire to his cell and give up his office altogether; for they do not +esteem him nor allow him to administer justice. The Audiencia having +declared him guilty of fuerza in having imposed excommunication on +those who without his permission entered the house of retirement of +Santa Potenciana--which was established by your Majesty's order and +at the expense of your royal exchequer, that orphan girls and poor +maidens might be sheltered there, and instructed and taught, and remain +there until they should be married--he would not obey the act of the +Audiencia, thus imposing on them the responsibility of employing +the correction and severe measures which your Majesty commands by +his royal laws; but if these were executed in a land so new as this +it would cause a scandal, which would result in much harm that could +not be remedied. To avoid this, it was agreed to send the record of +their proceedings and to make a report to your Majesty, so that you +might command what should be most expedient for your royal service. + +[_In the margin_: "Let this clause, with the proceedings referred to, +be taken to the official reporter; provision and decree have been +made elsewhere."] + +He treats the Audiencia with less respect than he ought to, and +desires to be preferred in matters of authority; for he will have it +that those who preach, when the Audiencia and archbishop are present, +should bow first to him and not to the Audiencia. When the holy water +is given on Sundays, he has ordered it to be taken to the choir, or +wherever he may be; and, after he has received it, he who is giving +it shall go back and give it to the Audiencia. As this seemed to be +derogatory to the authority which the Audiencia represents, a proposal +was made to him that two vessels of holy water should be carried--one +to the choir for him, and the other to be left for the Audiencia; +but he would not agree to this. He has ordered that the pax which is +given to the Audiencia and the archbishop should be given to him by +the deacon, and to the Audiencia by the subdeacon; and he says that +they should be thankful that he has consented to give them the pax, +for there is no reason why it should be given to them. + +In public he places his seat before those of the Audiencia; and, +as they felt that consent to this ought not to be given, a message +was sent to him by the court clerk on St. Potenciana's day--since, +as she is patron saint of this city, the Audiencia and cabildo go to +celebrate mass in her church on that feast-day--to notify him that it +was not proper to put his seat in front of the Audiencia. He answered +that he must place it there, as his Holiness and your Majesty ordered +and permitted it. When this determination of his was known, it was +agreed that the Audiencia would not go [to mass] on that feast-day, +in order to avoid another encounter of this sort; and to maintain a +firm attitude in regard to what your Majesty commands to be done in +his service. + +He is quite at variance with the ecclesiastical cabildo, and the +prebendaries in particular make many complaints of him; and it would +be well worth your consideration that this should be checked. Both +they and others demand this from your Majesty, and you will be pleased +to grant such relief as is most expedient. May our Lord protect your +Catholic person for many years. Manila, July 4, 1605. + +[_In the margin_: "Have the decree for Santo Domingo and Nuebo Rreyno +[3] brought, so that it may be examined and the proper decree issued."] + + +_Don Pedro de Acuna_ +The licentiate _Tellez Almacan_ +The licentiate _Manuel de Madrid y Luna_ + + +[_Endorsed_: "Manila; to his Majesty, 1605. 58. Governor and +Audiencia." "January 15, 1607, examined, and decreed within."] + + + +Relations with the Chinese + + +_Restitution of Chinese Property_ + +_Official statement of the memorials presented in the royal Audiencia +of Manila on the part of the most reverend archbishop of the Filipinas, +concerning the demands of the king of China_. + +Most potent lord: The archbishop of these Filipinas declares that, as +such archbishop, he is under obligation to look after the condition +of these islands and of the Christian religion in them; and, as a +member of the Council of his Majesty, to protect the interests of his +royal crown, and of this his dominion--all of which, according to the +counsels of prudence, is at the present moment in great danger. This +danger is one of the greatest that could be, for the powerful king +of China has threatened us with an enormous fleet of ships, saying +that there will be a thousand of them if we do not grant what he +demands in regard to two things. One of these is clearly just; for it +concerns a great quantity of property which was brought into this city +by the Chinese merchants last year, six hundred and three, when the +Sangleys rebelled against this city. Your governor commanded that the +said property, as belonging to enemies (as those who brought it here +were), should be kept, and taken into custody, and should be given +back to them. A great part of this property was afterward sold among +the Spaniards and more than thirty thousand pesos of the proceeds +of the said goods came into the possession of Diego de Marquina, +general depositary of this city, by whom it was all (or nearly all) +turned over to your royal treasury. The rest of the Chinese property +came into the possession of Captain Sebastian de Aguilar, and any +other person who may have received into his keeping and custody other +goods belonging to the said property. The other thing which the said +king of China demands is, that certain Chinese (of whom there are not +many) who remained alive after the war and were at that time taken +prisoners, and are in the galleys, should be given their liberty +that they may go back to their own country. This is a matter for +your Highness to examine carefully, to ascertain whether this be a +just demand, and whether it can be justly exacted. Even if it were +clearly and evidently just that the said Chinese should remain as +convicts in the said galleys, this demand requires much consideration, +on account of the condition of the faith and of the realm, whether +this commonwealth must be forced to break with so powerful an enemy +and enemies as he would be. He brings forward his arguments with much +reason and consideration; by one of his demands--which of itself is +not very important, although more so when, arriving at the question of +justice--he brings up another doubt as to whether it is just for the +said Chinese to be condemned to the galleys. This is questionable, +in the first place, because they are not vassals of his Majesty, +and therefore were not traitors; and likewise whether they should, on +account of the hostilities which the Chinese were generally committing, +immediately be condemned, without recourse, to the galleys, without +being heard individually or their exceptions being received--especially +as no one doubts that the said uprising and rebellion was not voluntary +on the part of all the Chinese, but was contrary to the will of many; +and it may be that some, and even a considerable number, of those who +are on the galleys were not captured in war, but while hidden in the +country districts and on the mountains. To say that the said Chinese +are necessary to work the galleys which your governor must take on +a certain expedition, which it is said he must make, does not affect +the proposition; for the said expedition is not made by the will of +his Majesty, but in his very exact instructions he neither requires +nor permits the said expedition to Huaca [_sic; sc._ Maluco] with the +said Chinese. Moreover, they are so cunning and shrewd that perhaps +they will again do what they did to Gomez Perez, and even worse; and +they may be the cause not only of the disastrous ending of the said +expedition, but even of our complete ruin. There can be no doubt from +the relation sent, as to the attitude of the king of China; for the +three greatest magistrates whom he has in the province and dominion +of Oquen (to which belongs the province of Chiencho)--that is, the +viceroy, the inspector-general and the eunuch--write this, each one +of them, in two letters, one of which is for the said archbishop and +the other for the said governor of these islands. + +In view of these considerations, I entreat and beseech your Highness +to command that the said property [of the merchants] be immediately +sent to the said kingdom of China, either by suitable messengers, +or by the Chinese captains who are at present about to go there. The +most certain and the first which should be sent would be that which +comes into the royal treasury of his Majesty from the proceeds of +the said goods of the said Chinese, even if it be necessary to ask +for this a loan from the citizens of this country, or to economize, +or to go without other things. As for giving their liberty to the +said Chinese who are in the galleys I beseech your Highness to order +that this be decided and examined into in great detail, especially +as concerns justice; it should also be examined to ascertain the +rights of the state. For this purpose, both in this affair and in +other things which are presented before his Majesty's Council, some +one who has great experience in Chinese affairs should be associated +with them, and say what he thinks. The archbishop demands justice, +and an attestation of this petition, and of what may be decreed in +this matter, and of the entire proceedings; and that the decision +may be made at once, so that these Chinese ships may convey the +appropriate answer. As for our reputation, nothing will be lost by +sending back the said Chinese, especially those who are not found +to be very guilty; for no one loses reputation by doing justice, and +the king of China and his ministers know very well that the decision +of justice, and the separation of the innocent from the guilty, in +so grave a case has demanded all the time which has elapsed up to +the present. Finally his Majesty the king, our sovereign, [must be +considered]; what he requires is that this colony, as the chief of +all [his possessions here], where he has established so much good, +should not be placed in danger by other matters which might be of +uncertain success--especially for this consideration, which is of so +little importance. Rather it is fitting to set free these Chinese, +as far as possible, as experience has always proved to us, with so +much cost of our blood, and so great danger of the ruin of this land. + +_Fray Miguel_, archbishop of Manila. + +At Manila, on the tenth of June, 1605, the lords president and +auditors of the royal Audiencia and Chancilleria of the Filipinas +Islands, being in session, this petition was read, and examined by +the said lords. They commanded this petition to be joined with the +ones presented by the Chinese in this matter, and brought to the +session on Monday. + +Before me: + +_Pedro Nunez de Herrera_, notary royal. + +Most potent lord: The archbishop of the Filipinas declares that he +has presented a petition, discussing therein what is demanded on the +part of the king of China in a letter from certain of his ministers, +as is explained more at length in his said petition to which he refers +you. He now says that, of the two things which are demanded, although +the money is a matter of importance to the Chinese, yet what most +grieves them is the men who, as they see, are here in the galleys, +with such hardships and in a climate so hot and oppressive as this +is--especially as they have parents, children, wives, and relatives in +that country who are continually beseeching the Chinese magistrates and +people. And he seeks the liberty of those who are here in our power, +captive and condemned, and begs and entreats from your Highness what +he has sought in the other petition. And more particularly he asks +in this other if your Highness will order that especial attention be +given to this; that even if it be true that the king of China will not +make war upon us, as he threatens, yet I am warned by those Chinese +who are our best friends that they know, from their own histories, +that it is quite probable that the king of China will at least cut +off the trade with these countries, under the heaviest penalties, +which would be the total ruin of this commonwealth. The king of China +did this to the Japanese, who formerly had trade and commerce with +the Chinese between the two countries, the Chinese going to Japon +and the Japanese going to China. The king of China, seeing that the +Japanese did not maintain their trade with the care and honesty that +they should, did not make war upon them, but took away their trade +and commerce under a singularly vigorous penalty--which is, that if +any Chinaman trades with the Japanese not only he but his father, +mother, and relatives shall be put to death. This has remained the law +up to the present, inviolably; and no Chinaman has transgressed it, +unless it be some villainous and desperate man. This is one of the +most important considerations to be judged in the present case. He +begs and entreats your Highness to command that this be considered, +and commands me to give an attestation of this petition and procedure. + +_Fray Miguel_, archbishop of Manila. + +In the city of Manila, on the thirteenth day of June of the year +1605, the lords president and auditors of the royal Audiencia and +Chancilleria of these Filipinas Islands being in session, this +petition was read; and, having considered it, they decreed that the +depositaries should be commanded to render an account as soon as +possible, of the property which they have held on deposit, so that it +may be surrendered; and that, when the ships shall have arrived from +Castilla, what is owing shall be paid into the royal treasury. As +concerns the Chinese who are in the galleys, the matter is being +examined, so that suitable measures may be taken in the matter, +and that a decision shall be reached and a decree issued before the +Chinese leave. The attestations which he asks will be given to the +archbishop, in the manner that he desires. + +Before me, + +_Pedro Hurtado Desquivel_ + +In fulfilment of which I, Pedro Hurtado Desquivel, notary of court +for the king our lord in his royal Audiencia and Chancilleria of +these Filipinas Islands, have given this copy of the said petition +and command, which is certified to be a true copy, corrected and +compared with the originals which remain in my possession. Witnesses +to the examination, copying, correction, and comparison: Pedro Nunez +de Herrera, Geronimo de Peralta. Manila, the seventh of July, of the +year one thousand six hundred and five. In witness thereof, I have +set my seal in attestation of truth. + +_Pedro Hurtado Desquivel_, court notary. + + + +Letter from Acuna to the Viceroy of Ucheo + +Don Pedro de Acuna, etc. By the hands of Captain Juan San I received +the letter of the lord viceroy in which he informs me that news has +been carried to China that the Sangleys who came to trade with this +realm of Luzon have been put to death by the Spaniards. He states that +after having investigated the cause of their death, and having asked +the king to execute justice upon the author of so great a wrong, he +learned that on account of the lies uttered by Tioguen we had suspected +that the Sangleys were going to make war against us. On this account, +as he was informed, we had put to death more than thirty thousand +Chinese. The king had punished Tiogueng by commanding his head to be +cut off and hung up in a cage, and had ordered Anglion, his companion, +to be executed. He declared that the Chinese who had been slain in +Luzon were not in fault. I reply to this that that which happened +in this case is as stated in the accompanying letter--which I sent +as soon as the event occurred, with a ship and a proper messenger, +by way of Macan to the Portuguese who live there, who are vassals of +our king. It was my intention that they should give it to the viceroy; +and I sent similar letters to the eunuch and to the mandarins who +were there. But the Portuguese were not well disposed to us, solely +on account of their belief that the Chinese were in close friendship +with us because of the trade and the large amount of commerce which +we had with them; and that this is the cause why they are not able +to buy merchandise at very low prices, as they would certainly do +if the trade from here were to come to an end. Hence they brought +it about that these letters were not delivered; and thus the truth +of this matter could not be known in China, nor the fact that the +Sangleys were greatly to blame for the losses which they incurred. If +these things had been known the Chinese, well disposed as they are to +the execution of justice according to law, and desirous that crimes +should be punished, would certainly have regarded the fault of those +people as greater than the punishment which was inflicted on them. + +The penalty imposed on the Sangleys who piloted the two Dutch ships +that were on the coast of Chincheo was very just. These Dutch are not +friends of the Castilians, but bitter enemies; for, although they are +vassals of the king of the Hespanas, my sovereign, they and their +country have revolted, and they have become pirates like Liamon in +China. They have no employment, except to plunder as much as they +can. Hence they did not come to Luzon; and, if they should come, +I would try to capture and punish them. + +As for the statement that the letter is sent to let me know the +greatness of the king of China and of his realms, and that they are so +great that he governs all upon which the moon and the sun shed their +light; and the other statement that he desires me to be acquainted with +the great wisdom with which that kingdom is governed, vast as it is, +and that no one should dare offend it, and referring to the war in +Corea--to this I answer that the Spaniards have measured by palmos, +and that very exactly, all the countries belonging to all the kings and +lordships in the world. Since the Chinese have no commerce with foreign +nations, it seems to them that there is no other country but their own, +and that there is no higher greatness than theirs; but if he knew the +power of some of the kings with whom my sovereign, the king of the +Hespanas, carries on continual war, the whole of China would seem to +him very small. The king of China would do well to notice that from +here to the court of Hespana the distance is five thousand leguas; and +that on the voyage thither are two kingdoms, Nueva Hespana and Peru, +whose teiritory is so great that it is almost equal to that of China, +without mentioning very large islands in those seas. At the same +time I know that the kingdom of China is governed with much wisdom, +and all the people here know, and I know, of the war in Corea. + +The Sangleys who were killed here when they revolted were not thirty +thousand, or even half as many. + +As for the statement that after the death of the Sangleys was known +in China, many mandarins joined in a concerted petition to the king +that they might be allowed to avenge those deaths--accusing the +Spaniards of being cruel and ungrateful, and charging us that after +the Chinese had aided us to erect our walls and other buildings, +and in our gardens (all to our profit), we ought not to have done +this--to this I reply that the Spaniards are not cruel of heart, and +never make war upon anyone without just reasons. We regard ourselves +as a just people and as having a standing in the world; and we would +be greatly grieved if it could be said of us with truth that we have +done wrongs or injuries to anyone--especially to our friends, and +to those who are sincerely friends to us. Thus in the case of the +Sangleys who were here, we treated them as brothers and sons; and, +without any precaution, we permitted them to enter our houses at all +seasons and at all hours, as if they had been Spaniards. So true was +this that, if God had not delivered us by revealing their treachery, +they might for that very cause have been able to succeed in it. + +I have noted the answer given by the king of China to letters written +by the viceroy and others with regard to this matter. I think that he +ought to be fair in all matters, and that he should not be influenced +to make war on Luzon without first knowing whether we are in fault or +not; for if he should do otherwise we could not say, as we have said, +that China is prudently governed. + +The viceroy also writes to me that, since the Spaniards are a sensible +and prudent people, we must therefore be grieved for having slain +so many people, and repent thereof. He also informs me that if we +deal justly with the Chinese return the Sangleys who have survived +the war, and pay the money due on the goods taken from the Sangleys, +he will maintain amity with us and will send merchant vessels every +year. If not, the king will not permit ships to come, but will command +a thousand war-vessels to be built, manned with soldiers--both the +relatives of those who are dead, and men from the other nations and +kingdoms who pay tribute to China; and, without mercy on anyone, +they will make war upon us, and afterward the kingdom of Luzon will +be given to that people which pays tribute. + +To this I answer that, although in truth we are grieved for the loss +which the Chinese suffered, we have nothing to repent of therein; +since what we did was to put to death those who would have done the +same to us (although we had given them no reason for it), and who would +have done so if we had not anticipated them. When we were living in +great peace they rose in revolt against us, simply because they were +wicked; left their Parian for a fort which they had built without my +knowing anything of it, and sallied out thence against the farms to +kill Spaniards and Indians. This they succeeded in doing by catching +them unawares, and they inflicted very great cruelties even upon the +Spanish women and upon their slaves, both male and female. Since +this is true, as the very Chinese who have survived will declare, +let the viceroy judge what could have been done, and what he would +have done if such a thing had happened in China. + +The crime is such that all of them justly deserve to die for it; +but, moved with pity, I permitted some few to serve in the galleys +of the king, which is a punishment inflicted by us upon criminals +to avoid putting them to death. After they had been placed in the +galleys, I get free some of them who, as it afterward appeared, +had not been so much in fault; and others furnished some slaves, +who received the same treatment. It is well known that kingdoms and +provinces where crimes are not punished cannot maintain themselves; +and if this crime were not punished, and the Chinese were to see that +they received their liberty even when they had committed so great +a crime, another day they would do the same thing. Hence I have not +yet set at liberty those Sangleys who are condemned to the galleys, +that they may go to China and even convey to the viceroy knowledge +of what has happened. I am certain that when he knows the facts he +will regard their punishment as very slight in view of their crimes; +but, if he should deem otherwise, let him inform me of his will. + +The property which was in existence during the past year, for whom +owners or consignees appeared, was surrendered to them; there was a +great quantity of it, and now they take [_blank space in MS_.]. This +is the amount which I have been able to send from the royal treasury, +where some of the property of the Sangleys was deposited for which +an owner was not to be found; next year I will endeavor to send the +rest. During the past year one ship arrived; and the other, which +was on its way to Castilla, was lost with a very great quantity of +Chinese stuffs and other goods. For this reason it has been impossible +to discharge this obligation in full at the present time. Let the +viceroy notice that this is and will be done because it is just, and +not because he has written that unless the people and the goods are +sent he will make war on Luzon; for I am sure that the king of China +and his ministers, being prudent, politic, and discreet persons, +will not wage war for causes so light. Still, if they desire to do +so, the Castilians are well able to defend their lands from all who +may attempt to take them away; and they even know how to attack their +enemies and to seek them out in their own dwelling-places, when their +opponents suppose that they have them conquered. + +As regards the licenses for ships coming from China to trade with +Luzon, it is not so dangerous to grant such permissions that the king +[of China] or other persons there will consent to lose the great +advantage which they possess in the large quantity of silver which is +carried hence every year; for this remains in China, without a single +real leaving there, while the goods which they give us in exchange +are consumed and used up in a very short time. Hence we may say that +in this trade the Chinese have as great an interest as the Castilians +have, or even more. + + + +Chinese Immigration Restricted + + +Sire: + +By commission from the royal Audiencia, I have this year attended +to the investigation of the Chinese ships, and the Sangleys who have +come to this city. I myself went to examine them, in order to avert +the injuries which might be inflicted on them. Eighteen ships having +arrived, with merchandise and five thousand five hundred Chinese on +board, besides five hundred more who remained in this city from last +year, I ordered the cabildo and regimiento of the city, if Chinese +were necessary for the public service, to enter petition therefor +within four days, giving a memorandum of the number necessary and the +duties that they were to perform. As they did not do as I had ordered, +for a number of days, and as the ships wished to return to China, and I +to despatch in them all the infidel Chinese who were here, I reported +the case to the royal Audiencia here. Considering what great lack of +service there is in this city, and how necessary workmen are for its +restoration, as it has been ravaged by two fires--more than a hundred +of the houses formerly standing having been destroyed during this year +of six hundred and five, and more by the other fire that occurred in +the year six hundred and three--they determined to have one thousand +five hundred infidel Chinese stay here for the rebuilding of the burned +part, and the service of the city. They commanded me by an act to give +permission to the said number of infidel Chinese, choosing them from +the crafts which should appear to me most necessary. This I did with +exactness and fairness, being personally present, and not entrusting +this task to any other person. In this way, the said number will not +be in any way exceeded; it has appeared necessary and sufficient, +and it will be important for the service of God and of your Majesty +that this number be not exceeded in years to come. May God protect +the Catholic person of your Majesty. Manila, July 5, 1605. + +The licentiate _Manuel de Madrid y Luna_ + +[_Endorsed_: "To his Majesty; Manila, 1605: The licentiate Manuel de +Madrid y Luna. July 5." "That, by commission of the Audiencia, the +inspection of the ships of the Chinese Sangleys has been attended to; +and by order of the said Audiencia, considering the great necessity of +labor and repairs, permission was given for a thousand and five hundred +of them to remain in that city, as they are very necessary. And in +compliance with this they will be allowed to stay for this purpose, +without the said number being exceeded. March 22, 1607. This measure +is in the letters of the governor."] + + + +Letters from Pedro de Acuna to Felipe III + + +Sire: + +On the twenty-fifth of February of the current year, 1605, there +arrived in the port of Cabite a ship from Nueva Hespana, and in +it Brother Gaspar Gomez of the Society of Jesus, with news of the +decision which had been reached regarding the matter of Maluco; +the order for this military service also came. There were, besides, +in the said vessel about two hundred infantry, in two companies, +of those who are to go on the expedition. Their arrival was very +seasonable and caused much rejoicing in these islands, because it +occurred at a time when we had received news by way of Macan that an +army was being prepared in China to come here. [4] + +The diligence shown by the viceroy of Nueva Hespana in despatching +these advices, and informing me of the condition of the embarcations +there, was of great value in assisting me to prepare some necessary +supplies; for nearly everything has to be obtained from different +provinces, while some supplies must be imported from distant kingdoms, +as China and Japon. Hence time is requisite for this purpose--and, +indeed, even more than we have; but all will be made ready although +with some difficulty. + +The master-of-camp, Juan de Esquivel, arrived at the opening of the +strait of Capul June 11, and came to Cabite June 17, after having +disembarked the forces in the port of Ybalon--where he received my +order to do this, and found ships in which to send them on to the +island of Panay, where provisions for them are provided. The number of +troops who have come with the master-of-camp are six hundred and fifty +men, including thirty who came afterwards in a small vessel which had +been left behind. These men had gone from Acapulco to Tehuantepeque +for four pieces of artillery which were cast in Nueba Hespana for +this expedition. + +The forces for which I asked from Nueva Hespana for this undertaking +were one thousand five hundred men, including sailors and soldiers. As +for the five hundred who have served in old companies and are not +altogether new recruits, I was told by the master-of-camp, that those +from his regiment are for the most part good soldiers. What I can +assert is, that the troops in the two companies who arrived first, and +the troops of the master-of-camp who are here, have satisfied me very +well. From this garrison and from the paid soldiers as large a force +will be formed as can be spared, in order to leave matters here with +a safe guard; since on account of the importance of this enterprise +I must, if God gives me health, go on this expedition in person. I +intend to take with me some Panpango Indians and some Indians from this +region, among whom there are many good arquebusiers and musketeers. In +company with Spaniards, they prove to be very good soldiers. + +I asked for five hundred quintals of powder; and your Majesty informed +me that the viceroy would send them. Although he did not send the +whole amount, two hundred and thirty-five quintals of powder and a +hundred quintals of saltpetre arrived. We shall be obliged to use +what there is in the royal magazines here, that we may not lack so +necessary a thing; yet the whole is but little. + +The said viceroy wrote me that the troops came paid for a year, and +that from the wages of the troops he had retained sixty-five pesos in +the case of each soldier. The total amount is forty thousand pesos, +which sum was sent under registry on the account and at the risk of +the said forces. This is a piece of excellent foresight; for if the +total amount of wages had been paid, as is customary, they would have +gambled and spent the whole in two days, and would be in need the +whole year, from which great evils would follow. For the expedition +the viceroy sent sixty thousand pesos, without considering that the +treasury here is in such a state that, even if the whole amount should +be paid into it on account of these islands, there would not be enough +to pay unavoidable debts and the loans which have been taken throughout +a whole year from private persons, some of which were granted on my +credit. I was expecting some good quantity of money on a separate +account; and I also hoped for the ordinary soldiers who are sent every +year to supply the places of those who are drowned and those who die of +disease and in battle. We are continually waging war in one province +or another, and sometimes at home. But I have been disappointed in +all this, and must expend my efforts to get on as best I can, using +some methods to prevent the service of your Majesty from failure. + +As soon as I was informed that your Majesty would be pleased to +command this expedition to be undertaken, I began on the very +day when I arrived here to busy myself with the preparation of the +materials and other things necessary to build the galleys and also to +keep them in proper condition. I regard them as the most effective +means of defense for this kingdom, on account of the causes which +I have previously written to your Majesty. Accordingly, I have five +equipped. The flagship has twenty-two benches, the second in command +[_patrona_] and another have nineteen each, and two others seventeen +each. One of these two which have seventeen will be launched within a +fortnight, and has the necessary supply of rowers. These vessels are +not made larger, being thus more suitable for these regions, because +there are many shoals here; and when they are of this size they are +sufficient for the contests which they have to carry on with the +oared vessels employed by the enemy Another reason is the advantage +of keeping down the number of rowers and reducing the expenses, as I +have written your Majesty. These galleys have turned out very well, +because I found here a good foreman; and although he died a few days +ago, I have had the good fortune to find a second, a Genovese, a good +workman. He is well known in Cartagena, where he built a galley. I have +met with much opposition from the archbishop and from the licentiate +Don Antonio de Rivera Maldonado, auditor of this royal Audiencia. If +I had had to follow the opinion of either of them so that they could +restrain my hand, the first stick of wood would still have to be +worked. God knows what I have had to undergo in this, and what I am +still undergoing; and He knows the evil results which follow from such +a state of things in a region so distant from your Majesty, when those +persons undertake to correct matters of war, and to meddle with them, +who do not understand them and have nothing to do with them. + +I expect to take with me on the expedition four of these galleys, +and a vessel which has arrived here just now from Acapulco, which +was made here and has capacity to carry a large amount of troops +and provisions; it is of seven hundred toneladas. This vessel I will +have fitted and put in good order. I expect also to take another of +moderate size, of two hundred and fifty toneladas, which I have had +built in the province of Camarines. I shall have three Moro ships +from Peru. These will be very light, the largest being of a hundred +and fifty toneladas, and the other two of a hundred and thirty each, +more or less. Thus in all there will be five, in addition to seven +brigantines and five lorchas, vessels built after the fashion of +China and Japon. These are very good with both oar and sail, and have +greater capacity and accommodation for carrying provisions than any +other kind of vessels with which oars are used. + +I expect that this expedition will include the foregoing vessels and +galleys on account of your Majesty; and that in addition there will go +seven or eight other ships belonging to private encomenderos and other +persons. These will be ships of moderate size, with a high freeboard, +in which their owners will take a quantity of biscuit, rice, wine, +meat, and other supplies; these will be of great assistance, since a +number of volunteers will go. This provision made by private persons +is of considerable usefulness, and on that account I have had it +made. To induce them to go it is absolutely necessary to encourage +them to it, and to urge upon them the service which they will render +to your Majesty. This I have had to undertake, since in view of the +losses and misfortunes which they have suffered, they are poor and +discouraged. They finally volunteered to go with a good will, and their +going will be an assistance of no little consequence; as a result of +it, I am certain that we shall have provisions for more than a year. + +I have commanded the whole of this body of vessels to assemble in the +island of Panay, at the town and port of Oton, where the infantry +is on shore. When they have assembled there they will proceed, +and I will leave this city after the day of St. Francis, taking +advantage of the north winds. I shall attend to whatever shall be +necessary there, and get it all in order by the end of January or +the beginning of February. That is the season best suited for the +voyage to Maluco. It will then be most likely that we shall have +the benefit of the monsoon which is likely to blow with gentle and +favorable brisas. In this way I shall not be forced off my course +by vessels with a high freeboard; this accident happens very often, +because of the great number of currents among these islands. I have no +doubt that we shall encounter some vessels from Olanda and Gelanda, +and more this year than others, since this is the year of the clove +monsoon more than the two previous years; for in the third year the +clove-trees bear much more heavily. The fruit is like olives, and +the trees resemble olive-trees in their leaves and in their size, +as I am told. [5] I had further information from Enrique de Castro, +a Fleming, a native of Amberes [_i.e._, Anvers?], a man of good +reputation, able to speak several languages, and very sensible; he +told me that he came as a soldier in one of the companies brought by +the despatch-boat which reached here February 25. He said that he +had left Olanda fifteen months before, from the city of Nostradama +[_i.e._, Amsterdam]; and that there, and in another city in the +same country of Olanda, they were preparing twelve or thirteen large +vessels with the purpose of coming to the Yndias. He was told that +they were to seize Ambueno and the Maluca Islands, and that they were +carrying a large number of men, besides lime and cut stone in ballast, +to make a fortress. I am much afraid that this is true, because of +what I have previously written to your Majesty with reference to +the advices which I have received from the king of Tidore. He states +that the king of Terrenate had sent to invite the Dutch, offering to +permit them to build a fort and a factory in his country, in order +to make them willing to assist him against the said king of Tidore, +against the Portuguese, and against us. Accordingly the forts there +and in Ambueno are in danger. The one at Tidore is a matter for jest; +and the commandants, as well as the commanders of galleons, think of +nothing but merchandise and of making their fortunes. The same thing +is true throughout the whole of Yndia. If this news should prove true, +there would be much difficulty in this enterprise. May God turn all +things well for His cause. + +The forces of the regiment of the master-of-camp, Esquibel, have +received their pay for a year in advance, as the viceroy informs +me by his letter. At the present time more than half the year has +passed, and by the time they leave Oton the whole year will have +been completed. Inasmuch as in the order for this expedition which +your Majesty commanded to be given, I noticed that the Marques de +Montes Claros was directed, in case the forces should be retained +in the service of your Majesty for a longer period than the said +year, to send me money to pay them in case I advised him thereof, +it seemed well to me to advise him of this matter immediately, and +to tell him that during the coming year he should send me what is +needed for a thousand men in addition to the sea force. It is plain +that this will be necessary for by the time that the fleet leaves +these islands the [soldiers'] year will be at an end. I therefore +beseech your Majesty to be pleased to give him imperative commands to +fulfil this requirement; since soldiers in a country of enemies, and +so far from their own country, serve badly if they are in need. Thus +many important opportunities might be lost, and even considerable +disadvantages might be experienced without there being any possibility +of remedying them. If the enterprise turns out prosperously--as by +the grace of God I hope it will--I expect that it will provide the +means for maintaining the conquest, for paying all the expenses which +have been and shall be incurred, and for affording a large quantity +of cash surplus in addition to the expenses, besides repairing the +losses incident to this affair. In particular, I think that to drive +the enemy from the Maluca Islands and from the inlands of Banda will +be of great advantage for our affairs in Flandes, since the rebels +of Olanda and Gelanda harvest the product of these islands and draw +from them great wealth, by means of which they carry on war and become +rich. I, therefore, again beseech you to be pleased to give commands +that this expedition may be adequately provided with supplies. I +also beg that what is necessary for the expenses of the fleet and for +other requisite objects may likewise be sent. I further request that +for the regular expenses of the government a liberal supply may be +placed in the treasury of the islands on a separate account, since +the treasury is so needy and so heavily burdened with obligations. + +Weapons and gunpowder are always opportune, and generally the lack of +these causes a great deal of trouble. I accordingly beg your Majesty +to be pleased to command that as large an amount thereof as possible +may be sent, and that the forces at Manila may also be supplied. I +suggest that although what is now of most importance, and what must +primarily be considered, is merely the regaining of the fort and island +of Terrenate, still the care and attention which will be necessary to +protect and sustain the conquest, at least for the first few years, +will not be small. During that time it will be necessary for us to keep +it under control with arms in our hands. We shall have contests every +day with the natives of the country, and likewise with the Dutch, +who will not at once be willing to abandon it without testing the +defense which it can offer, for the reasons which they publish there +and in the other Maluca Islands, and in the islands of Banda. With +regard to this matter I have written to your Majesty. We must be on +the watch everywhere, making Terrenate our center. + +By the first section of the orders which your Majesty was pleased to +command to have sent to me for this expedition, it appears that the +captains who come on the expedition receive sixty ducados a month +and the privates eight, whether they were recruited in Hespana or in +Nueva Hespana. I was commanded that if this rate of payment for the +soldiers might be moderated in view of what is paid the soldiers here +who are of the same rank, I should reduce it, but with fairness. I +have to state that the pay of a private in this garrison is six pesos +a month. This is little, in view of the fact that the country is +incomparably more expensive than when their rate of pay was fixed, +as I have previously written your Majesty. The eight ducados which +the soldiers of the expedition receive is high pay; and accordingly, +in my judgment, it would be well to pay the infantry in both forces +at the rate of eight pesos (of eight reals) a month, in addition +to the thirty ducados of extra pay which are allowed every company +in Hespana and other regions. I should advise that the captains of +both forces should be paid at the rate of fifty pesos, the ensigns +at twenty pesos, and the sergeants at the rate of ten, as they are +now paid here. The captains here receive only thirty-five pesos, +while those of the expedition are paid sixty ducados, which amount to +eighty-two pesos and six reals. Your Majesty will give such commands +as you shall be pleased to issue. Until we receive the decision of +your royal will in this matter, the accounts of the members of the +expedition will not be closed. May our Lord keep the Catholic and royal +person of your Majesty, as Christendom has need. Manila, July 1, 1605. + +_Don Pedro de Acuna_ + +[_Endorsed:_ "The requests in this letter were honored, in virtue of +advice given to his Majesty by the council, August 5, 1606."] + + +Sire: + +In two ships which left here for Nueba Hespana last year, 1604, +General, Don Diego de Mendoca, of my order, [6] wrote to your Majesty +in duplicate, giving information of all the events which had happened +here. It pleased God that the flagship should return to port, after +having suffered from a tempest during which it was obliged to cut off +the mainmast. It returned to this port today, four months after it had +left it, although without any loss of the property which it carried, +[_Marginal note_: "Let him be informed that this letter has been +received and that the council has been advised of what he reports."] + +The ship "San Antonio," the almiranta, which left port first, +has not been heard from up to the present time. It is regarded as +certain that it was lost, by having struck upon some desolate island +or some shoals as it was driven by the tempest. A few days before +the arrival of the flagship, there were seen on the coast of this +island opposite Manila, and on the Babuyanes, which are some islands +in the province of Cagayan, a quantity of bales of cloth from the +lading of the almiranta. It is accordingly inferred that the ship was +lost on its way to port here, during some very severe storms which +took place during that season and in that region. Still, some hopes +were entertained that it might have made its way to Nueva Espana, +although with a very small amount of cloth; but these hopes were lost +with the coming of the two ships on which arrived the master-of-camp, +Juan Desquivel, and the officers of the expedition for Maluco. These +vessels, having left Acapulco on the twenty-second of March, reached +Cavite on the seventeenth of the present month, and reported that they +had no news of the said almiranta. This has been a very great loss and +one which has thrown this kingdom into almost incredible misery. The +return of the flagship has added to its wretchedness, because the +citizens have nothing from which to obtain money from Nueva Espana, +since their goods have not arrived there. The documents which were +sent in the flagship last year go in it again; and in this ship I send +duplicates, which your Majesty may give commands to be shown to you. + +The matter of the payment of the Indian tributes was settled by the +Audiencia, by me, and by the archbishop and the religious orders, +in conformity with the directions given me by your Majesty. The +assessment which was made accompanies this letter; and therewith +will cease many wrongs which have been inflicted upon the natives, +and the encomenderos and collectors can satisfy their consciences, +if they desire. [_Marginal note_: "Let this section be filed with the +papers which gave occasion to it, and with the report which has been +sent, and let the whole be delivered to the fiscal."] + +By a royal decree of your Majesty, dated October twenty-fifth of last +year, 1603, I was advised that your Majesty had given commands for +permission to be granted to the mariscal Graviel de Rivera that, in +spite of the fact that he has Indians in encomienda on these islands, +he may be permitted to live in the City of Mexico, where he is at +present, for two years, on condition that during that period he shall +maintain eight musketeers in this garrison at his own expense. I was +enjoined to fulfil this command and to see to it that the musketeers +should be serviceable men. On the part of the said mariscal, the +fulfilment of this decree was demanded, the aforesaid permission being +presented; and, although I answered the demand of the mariscal by +stating to him the condition of affairs in the island, I have thought +best to refer the matter to your Majesty. As soon as I arrived in these +islands to undertake my office, I was handed the instructions given +to the governor and captain-general who had previously filled them, +Don Francisco Tello de Guzman. By section 47 of these directions, +it was ordained and commanded that if, when the said Don Francisco +Tello should have arrived at Nueva Espana, the said mariscal should +not have returned to the said islands, his encomiendas should be +confiscated and should be assigned to others, without permitting +reply or excuse; and if any other procedure was followed it was +directed that it should be held as null and void. I made inquiries +to find out if the said Don Francisco Tello had complied herewith. I +discovered that, although he found the said mariscal in Mexico, he +had not complied with the commands given by the said section, but +that he had brought him with him to this city, and in a short time +had given him permission to return to Nueva Hespana for three years, +under color of having business to do for this city. I also found that +the said mariscal had appealed to the Audiencia, affirming that the +time was too short, and I learned that he received license to remain +for an additional year, making four in all. In truth, however, the +power of attorney held by the said mariscal had been revoked by the +city before he left it in the year 1600. Upon this, I wrote to the +said mariscal in Mexico that, since he was aware of the decree of +his Majesty with regard to his absence, he should return to fulfil +the duty of residence to which he was obliged in these islands, as +soon as the time of his license had expired. If he should go beyond +the period allowed, I informed him that his encomiendas would be +vacated and would be assigned to others. Since he has not fulfilled +the requirement of residence, and since the said term is at an end, +therefore, in virtue of the said section of the instructions and in +fulfilment of what is decreed by another and separate royal decree, +I have commanded that the encomiendas should be vacated, and that +one of them, the encomienda of Bonbon, should be granted to General +Don Juan Rronquillo del Castillo, a man whose merits, services, and +abilities are known to all. This encomienda is at the present time in +his possession. The income from the other encomiendas I have commanded +to be placed in the royal treasury, which is being done. As for the +report of the said mariscal, made to me in Mexico, that he was there +with the permission of the Audiencia and governor on business for the +city, I wrote your Majesty, in a letter on the second of November of +the year 1601, that it seemed to me proper for permission to reside in +Nueva Espana to be given him, in view of his services and age, since +he was serving with eight musketeers in defense of this country. After +I arrived here and saw how this matter had been arranged, in view +of the aforesaid facts, and of the great inconvenience which results +from the non-residence of encomenderos in this country, I vacated the +said encomiendas, as it seemed to me that your Majesty would not be +served by giving a dispensation to the said mariscal in this matter; +and I would not have made the report which I made in Mexico if I had +previously seen the documents. [_Marginal note_: "Let this be filed +with the papers which deal with this matter."] + +Although, as I have said, I assigned the said encomienda to the +said Don Juan Ronquillo, appeal was taken on the part of the said +mariscal and his son (who was successor to the encomienda) to this +royal Audiencia. In this case, after command had been given that a +copy of the documents should be furnished to the parties and to the +fiscal of your Majesty, and after testimony had been taken as regards +the claims of all parties, it was declared that I had authority to +vacate the encomiendas of the said mariscal; and it was decreed that +the parties should exercise their rights of justice, in conformity +with the law of Malinas. [7] It was further decreed that the said +General Don Juan Rronquillo should give bonds that, if at any time it +should be decreed that I did not have this authority to assign the said +encomiendas, he should return the income which he should have collected +therefrom. This decree was, on review, confirmed in all points, and +the case is being prosecuted. I may say to your Majesty that General +Don Juan Rronquillo is one of the most deserving men of the islands, +and one of the highest rank and services here; and further that he +is one of those who received the least rewards. He deserves that +some favor should be shown to him, as I have previously written. I +may add that on account of the aforesaid grant I have discharged him +from the office of commander of the galleys, which had been granted +to him with eight hundred pesos of yearly salary. If this sum is not +paid to him, it is certainly necessary that some compensation should +be made to him; and if in this matter that is not carried out which is +ordained by the royal decrees--which were formerly so closely followed, +especially in this country--much harm will result. + +The affairs of Christianity in Japon are in excellent condition, +as your Majesty will see from the letters of two religious which are +enclosed; but the dissensions between the bishop and the religious +orders with regard to those who go by way of these islands to +engage in that ministry cause me great anxiety. They have reached +a very high point, as your Majesty will learn from the statements +which all of them are certain to write to you. In so new a country, +governed by heathen kings, to have wrangling and lack of harmony +among the religious who instruct them cannot fail to cause scandals +and difficulties. Your Majesty will command the proper remedy to be +applied. Inasmuch as I see the necessity of ministers of the gospel +in that kingdom, and the great results which they have obtained, +I have not hindered the passage of religious from these islands to +that country, especially as I have seen no decree of your Majesty +and no brief of his Holiness to the contrary. [_Marginal note_: "Let +this be filed with the other papers dealing with this matter, and let +Don Pedro de Acuna be informed that his report has been considered, +and that attention is being given to it."] + +The chiefs of Mindanao have treated for peace; and, although I had +determined to attack them this year and to put an end to them, with +the aid of the ordinary reenforcements in men and money, which I was +expecting from Nueva Hespana, still I have thought it best on account +of the expedition to Maluco to listen favorably to them; and I shall +try to pacify and reduce them by gentle means, since they themselves +have offered such means and have sent a representative to treat for +peace. I have accordingly agreed to what they desire; yet, since they +are Indians, who when they take a whim cannot be restrained from +trying to gratify it, I have little confidence that they will keep +their promises, since there is no holding them to account except +so far as fear will oblige them to it. Still, it seems that this +year they have not made any piratical expeditions to these islands, +although I am informed that they have attacked some of the other +islands in various provinces with a great fleet of caracoas. Being +in some doubt, I have kept the provinces of Pintados in a state of +defense with two galleys, which I have sent there, with other vessels; +for, as I say, there is little confidence to be placed in the treaties +of these tribes. [_Marginal note_: "The council has been informed of +this matter."] + +When the Sangleys left here last year they brought but little cloth, +as I wrote at the time to your Majesty. This they sold, at the same +time offering to come again this year with some vessels, and very +early. For this cause the country remained entirely without any +sort of merchandise, although the citizens had considerable money, +as they had no opportunity to invest the returns which had come [from +Mexico]. Since the Chinese are very avaricious, it was regarded as +certain that some vessels would come without fail, and the swift ones +would arrive here much earlier than they ordinarily do in other years: +but this did not happen, for it was the end of May before we had any +news from China. For this reason and on account of the news which +we received from Macan (as I wrote previously) that the Sangleys +were coming to these islands to avenge those who died at the time of +the revolt, the city was in great anxiety and fear. Yet it pleased +God that eighteen vessels should come with a large amount of cloth, +which relieved us of our fear; and it now seems that this arrangement +had been agreed upon. However, demands had been made upon me on the +part of the Chinese for the Sangleys who survived the uprising, whom +I had placed in the galleys. The viceroy of Ucheo and an inspector and +eunuch, who are two other mandarins who keep constant watch over him, +sent me a letter, which will go with this; to this letter I refer, +as also to a copy of the answer which I have made, with the approval +of the Audiencia. The style is not very polished, because those who +translate it are not very skilful in both languages; and, in order +that they may understand it, it is better that the letter should be +written in these terms, as experience has showed. We are striving to +maintain our friendship with that king, since he is very powerful; +and we sustain our position here only by the reputation that we +have. [_Marginal note_: "This statement of his has been noted."] + +The licentiate Geronimo de Salacar y Salcedo, fiscal of this royal +Audiencia, died two or three months ago. No great loss will result +hereby to the affairs to the royal treasury, since he paid little +attention to them in his office. For the interim before your Majesty +shall appoint a person to fulfil the duties of this position, the +Audiencia has appointed the bachelor Rodrigo Diaz Guiral, a man +of learning, integrity, and responsibility--such a man as might be +desired for this office. My acquaintance with all these qualifications +in him has constrained me to call your Majesty's attention to them, +so that you might be pleased to favor him; for surely, in my opinion, +it would not be possible to find another man more suitable for this +office. He has property of his own, and claims and suits give him no +anxiety. Accordingly, I have made special efforts to induce him to +accept the position; for it is necessary to seek persons like him for +such offices. Since he has had so much experience with the business +of this office, I have no doubt that he will give a good account of +himself. [_Marginal note_: "Referred to the Council."] + +The commanders of the galleys which your Majesty has in Hespana, +Italia, Yndias, and other regions appoint for the said galleys +a chief chaplain and chaplains. After these are approved and have +obtained a license from the ordinary to carry on their ministries, the +archbishops and their vicars and the bishops do not trouble themselves +about the chaplains. This is a settled and recognized custom, so +that no one pays any attention to it except the archbishop of this +city, because there is nothing with which he does not meddle. He +has handed in a document, maintaining that this is not a concern +of your Majesty's but belongs to him, and that he has the right to +nominate and approve the chaplains to these positions if he desires, +or to decline to approve them. Accordingly, after I had nominated +an approved religious, a preacher of the Order of St. Augustine, +as chaplain of these galleys, the bishop directed him, under pain of +excommunication, not to fulfil this ministry, declaring that I had +no authority to make the nomination. Certain other religious who had +been chaplains of galleys in Spain, and General Don Diego de Mendoca, +and others who had sailed in galleys there, and who were acquainted +with the system followed in them, all gave testimony; but this was +not sufficient to restrain him from carrying out his purpose. I beg +that your Majesty will be pleased to give command that since this +matter does not concern him he shall not meddle with it, nor with the +other things which are outside his jurisdiction. [_Marginal note_: +"Referred to the Council of War."] + +In other letters I have reported to your Majesty the great importance, +for the security and defense of this country, of maintaining a supply +of galleys, and I have also reported the number which I have supplied +with arms. Since they cannot be kept up without an allowance of money +sufficient for them, I beg your Majesty to be pleased to command that +there shall be set aside twenty thousand ducados from the treasury of +Mexico, or else from the ten per cent duty levied at Acapulco upon +the merchandise exported hence. The purpose of this fund shall be +to maintain four or five galleys, which are necessary here. This is +the same amount that is spent in Cartagena for a single galley, and +your Majesty may trust me, as one who has looked carefully into the +matter, that this is necessary; and that expenditures without this only +waste funds and consume lives in gaining nothing. [_Marginal note_: +"Referred to the Council of War."] + +I shall examine some despatches which have been received here this +year, which as yet I have not been able to do because of the necessity +of concluding this despatch, and I shall answer them at the first +opportunity. May God keep the Catholic person of your Majesty, as +Christendom has need. + +From the port of Cavite, July 8, 1605. + +_Don Pedro de Acuna_ + +[_Endorsed_: "August 2, 1606. Examination and decree within"] + + +Sire: + +Many are the labors of this charge, both bodily and spiritual, +and almost without surcease must be the cares of him who holds, on +his own account and for your Majesty, the protection, defense, and +preservation of a kingdom and provinces so far from your royal person, +and amid so many nations, so great in numbers and so powerful, who have +so extraordinary tendencies, laws, and customs. From these we promise +ourselves, in time, with the help of God, excellent results for His +greater glory and the increase of His church. No one of these things +has given me so much anxiety as the conduct of the licentiate Don +Antonio de Rivera Maldonado, auditor of this royal Audiencia. This man, +with his temper, his haughtiness, and lack of understanding, has given +and is giving so many occasions for annoyance to the people, to me, and +to his companions--and particularly to the soldiers, and the military +and royal officials--that I have had more ado to moderate, adjust, +and set right his affairs than all others in my charge. His arrogance +is terrible. The citizens, even the most powerful of them, fear him, +for they realize that in his position as senior auditor he has the +boldness to attempt any design to their harm that comes into his mind, +or suits his desires, and that he carries out his plans. Consequently, +all cry out to God for redress for his unjust acts. For there is +no redress here, and it comes but tardily from your Majesty, owing +to the time necessary for it to reach this country. I do all that I +can, but he gives me so many provocations that it is a wonder some +great quarrel has not occurred. To obviate the difficulty in regard +to the troops, I have ordered that the companies of the guard shall +not enter in angular order, but in troops, as has been done now for +more than five months; for it appears that he was carefully awaiting +an opportunity to rout them, horse and foot, with all his blacks. I +refer to the two informations, sent herewith, which concern this, +and the rest. Although I did not choose to make investigations, for +the sake of greater secrecy, and to avoid the annoyances that the +witnesses of lower rank might suffer if the said Don Antonio knew +that they swore against him therein, measures will be taken to find +out what there is in the affair. + +The said Don Antonio has persistently striven to bring about his +marriage with Dona Margarita de Figueroa, daughter of Captain Esteban +Rodriguez de Figueroa, and has employed many instruments to accomplish +this. Several suits have been brought before the royal Audiencia on +the part of the said Dona Margarita and her sister, both of whom +were minors, against the royal treasury, some of these involving +large sums of money, as did that which concerned the conquest of +Mindanao. These girls had many suitors, and there were differences +of opinion as to where they could reside with the most security +and privacy, so that there should be no negotiations concerning +their marriages; for they were very rich, and had near relatives to +claim guardianship over them--as their grandmother, the wife of the +accountant of the royal exchequer; and Captain Francisco de Mercado, +whom the father of the minors left as their guardian, and in whose +hands was the said property. The said Don Antonio, with this object, +began to favor the causes of the above-named persons, and communicated +his intention to Andres Duarte de Figueroa, their uncle, the brother of +their father--whom he considered a safe person, as he was his intimate +friend, and a claimant for the guardianship of the girls. He proceeded +so artfully that the guardianship of the minors was denied to all the +others by the Audiencia, who commanded that they be given over to the +said Andres Duarte, who was an unmarried man. Owing to the pretensions +which the said Don Antonio entertained in regard to this marriage, +he decided the said cases in favor of the said minors, which greatly +pleased their uncle, and caused much complaint on the part of those +who were present. He used to go at night to visit the said minors, +causing a great deal of talk by his intentions. Although his purpose +was well understood by the public, it became more apparent when Don +Juan de Tello was negotiating a marriage with the said Dona Margarita, +who is now his wife. On this account the said Don Juan, fearing that +Don Antonio will be as much opposed to him in the said suits now, +as he was formerly favorable to the said minors, has accused him, +and is furnishing information against him. My proceedings in this +case, and in one of those which I mention in a paragraph before this, +are sent by this mail, by which your Majesty will see the results of +the investigation. It is held as certain that the said Don Antonio +has brought great pressure to bear on the said Andres Duarte that +he may not betray him in the matter of the said marriage, but shall +say that he was asking it for his brother, and not for himself; and +that the said Andres, on account of his friendship, and, knowing Don +Antonio's temper, fearing that the latter will do him some harm, would +not declare against him. I believe that he is going to Espana, where +perhaps he will make this matter known, as he will be free from the +jurisdiction of the auditor; but here what he swears under oath only +hinders the matter. The troubles arising from the pretensions of the +said Don Antonio are not confined to this matter; for, furthermore, +when the uprising of the Sangleys occurred, and the auditors were +obliged to lay aside their robes and put on short cloaks, as they +did, the said Don Antonio went about with a gilded sword. Then, +when occasion for this was past, the other auditors put on their +robes; but the said Don Antonio seemed to think that he represented +a different person from an auditor, and was not obliged to do as the +other auditors did. He kept on his short cloak and sword, and appeared +thus in the halls of justice, possibly because he thought it suited +his affair of the marriage, as it was at this time that he pressed it +most. And as I thought that it was not right that he should try to +distinguish himself in so unfitting a manner, and that it ought not +to be permitted, and as remarks about it had been made in public, I +told him of it, and asked him to put on the robe. The answer he gave +was what your Majesty may learn in the document which accompanies +this, to which I refer you--adding only that your Majesty may judge +by this matter how other things must go, and his manner of behavior, +in which he goes so far as to say, and let it be understood, that he +alone can do these things, and must command everything. Your Majesty +will decree the remedy which is expedient and so necessary. May our +Lord protect the Catholic person of your Majesty with the happiness +needful for Christendom. Manila, July 15, 1605. + +_Don Pedro de Acuna_ + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1606 + + + + The Dominican mission of 1606. Diego Aduarte, O.P., and others; + 1604-06. + The Dutch factory at Tidore. Joan ----; March 16. + The Sangley insurrection of 1603. Miguel Rodriguez de Maldonado. + Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III. Telles de Almacan, + and others; July 6. + Letter from the fiscal to Felipe III. Rodrigo Diaz Guiral; July. + The Terrenate expedition. Council of the Indias; August 5 and 15. + Decree establishing a way-station for Philippine vessels on the + California coast. Felipe III; August 19. + Chinese immigration in the Philippines. Pedro Munoz de Herrera, + and others; July-November. + Letter to Acuna. Felipe III; November 4. + + +_Sources_: All these documents are obtained from foreign archives: +the third (a printed pamphlet) from the Real Academia de Historia, +Madrid; the sixth, from the Archivo general at Simancas; the seventh, +from the British Museum; the last, from the Archivo Historico Nacional, +Madrid; all the rest, from the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. + +_Translations_. The first, second, fourth, fifth, and eighth of these +documents are translated by Henry B. Lathrop, of the University of +Wisconsin; the third and seventh, by James A. Robertson; the sixth +and ninth, by Norman F. Hall, of Harvard University. + + + + +The Dominican Mission of 1606 + + +I, Fray Diego Duarte, [8] of the Order of St. Dominic, affirm that +his Majesty by his royal decree, which I present herewith, commanded +that in addition to the thirty religious and four servants whom in +accordance with his said royal decree I received permission to convey +to the Feliphinas Islands, I should conduct ten other religious, +making forty in all; and that for the despatch of all of them your +Lordship should give me what was necessary at the expense of his +royal treasury. This allowance is to be in conformity with the report +mentioned in the said decree (which your Lordship has sent to the +royal Council of the Yndias), which states the cost of the passage +to the Yndias of each religious. Since the time is now far advanced, +it is necessary for me to receive the payment for the said religious +in order that they may make their voyage in the fleet which is about +to be despatched to the province of Nueva Spana, and that his Majesty's +commands may be fulfilled. This cannot take effect unless your Lordship +provide me with the money necessary to buy clothing and ship supplies, +and what else is needed. + +Therefore I beg and pray your Lordship to give commands that, in +addition to the seven hundred and seventy thousand seven hundred and +fifty-two maravedis which the treasurer Don Melchor Maldonado has been +commanded to deliver to me, in conformity with the said royal decree +issued from the royal council of the treasury, for the despatch of +the said religious, there may be delivered and paid to me the amount +which, in conformity with the said report sent by your Lordship to +the said royal council, shall be necessary and sufficient for the +despatch and maintenance of the said ten religious whom, as I have +said, his Majesty by his said royal decree commands me to conduct to +the said islands in addition to the said thirty religious--for whom +only your Lordship has given commands that allowance shall be made to +me. Thus your Lordship will do service to our Lord, and will fulfil +his Majesty's directions. For this, etc. + +_Fray Diego Duarte_ + +The aforesaid members of the Council, having considered this petition, +give as their decision that a warrant has been delivered for the +amount for which he possesses the necessary papers; and that as for +the rest for which the said Fray Diego Duarte offers his prayer, he +shall receive the papers needed; and they, accordingly direct that +a warrant shall issue in conformity with the ordinance of the treasury. + +Before me. _Adriano de Siguenca_, notary. + + +Your Lordship: Fray Diego Duarte of the Order of St. Dominic declares +that in accordance with the commands received from your Highness +directing him to seek religious of his order in order to conduct +them to his province in the Philippinas Islands, he has exerted +himself to do so, and will take the number of forty. He offers his +petition to your Highness that you will be pleased to command that he +shall accordingly be given what is necessary in order that they may +go aboard and also what they need to convey them to Sevilla, since +[his Majesty] by Don Francisco de Tejada, of his council, gave his +royal word to provide him with it. [Without date or signature.] + +[_Endorsed_: "Let him receive the two hundred ducados which were +decreed to be given. January 11, 1605." "Let father Fray Diego Duarte +receive what is needed for himself and thirty religious; and, if +he conducts more, for as many as forty, in accordance with the new +estimate and report; and let him receive in addition two hundred +ducados beside the two hundred which were given him for the living +and conveyance of the said religious on their way to Sevilla. Decreed +in full council; Valladolid, January 19, 1605."] + +_List of the Religious who go to the Province of the Holy Rosary in +the Philippinas with father Fray Diego Aduarte during the present +year, 1605_ + +_From San Esteban at Salamanca_ + +Father Fray Diego del Aguila, son of the same convent and at the +present time preacher in it, a native of Escalona; aged forty-eight +years, thirty-two years in the order. + +Father Fray Marcos de los Huertos, son of the same convent, a native +of Astudillo; aged twenty-six years, eight years in the order; his +studies completed. + +Father Fray Pedro de Armeiun, son of the same convent, a native of +Calahorra; aged twenty-eight years, nine years in the order; his +studies completed. + +Father Joan de Vera, a son of the same convent, a native of Berlanga; +aged twenty-six years, seven years in the order; his studies completed. + +Father Fray Martin de la Anunciacion, a son of the same convent, +a native of Aldea Nueva de la Vera; aged twenty-nine years, seven +years in the order; in the third year of theology. + +Father Fray Francisco de Santa Maria, a son of the same convent, +a native of Fuente de Cantos; aged twenty-eight years, seven years +in the order; in the third year of theology. + +Father Fray Matheo de la Villa, a son of the same convent, a native +of Asturias; aged twenty-five years, six years in the order; his +studies completed. + +Father Fray Diego Gomez, a son of the same convent, a native of the +district of Avila; aged twenty-five years, six years in the order; +in the second year of theology. + +Father Fray Lorenzo de Ponis, a son of the same convent, a native of +the district of Burgos; aged twenty-seven years, three years in the +order; his studies completed, since before he assumed the habit he +was far advanced in them. + +Brother Fray Gaspar de Casa-Blanca, deacon, a son of the convent of +Nuestra Senora at Pena de Francia, a native of the town of Fresneda; +aged twenty-three years, six years in the order; in the first year +of theology. + +Brother Fray Antonio de Salazar, sub-deacon, a native of Salamanca +and a son of the convent there; aged twenty-two years, six years in +the order; in the first year of theology. + +Brother Fray Roque Benito, a son of the convent of San Pedro Martir +at Calataiud; aged twenty-one years, seven years in the order; in +the second year of theology; a native of Ateca in Aragon. + +Brother Fray Antonio Vazquez, lay brother of the same convent, a +native of Vittoria; aged twenty-seven years, three years in the order. + +Brother Fray Joan Zilarte, lay brother of the same convent, a native +of Aldea Nueva de la Vera; aged thirty-two years, eight years in +the order. + + +_From San Yldefonso at Toro_ + +Father Fray Lorenzo Campo, a son of the convent of Santo Domingo at +Ocana, a native of Corral de Almaguer; aged twenty-six years, seven +in the order; in the second year of theology. + +Brother Fray Diego Lopez, deacon, native and son of Plasencia; +aged twenty-two years, six years in the order; in the second year +of theology. + + +_From Santo Thomas el Real at Avila_ + +Father Fray Francisco del Barrio, native and son of Victoria; aged +twenty-six years, eight years in the order; in the third year of +theology. + +Father Fray Gabriel Perez, native and son of Ocana; aged twenty-six +years, seven years in the order; in the first year of theology. + + +_From Sancta Cruz at Segovia_ + +Father Fray Ambrosio de Huerta, a son of the convent of Santo Domingo +at Ocana; aged twenty years, three years in the order; his studies +completed. + +Brother Fray Manuel de Ledesma, a son of the same convent, a native +of Segobia; aged twenty-two years, seven years in the order; in the +second year of theology. + +Brother Fray Gabriel de Zuniga, sub-deacon, a son of the convent of +Yepes, a native of Ocana; aged twenty-two years, seven years in the +order; in the first year of theology. + +Brother Fray Francisco Rodriguez, a son of the same convent, a native +of Guadalaxara; aged thirty years, ten years in the order. He is a +lay brother. + + +_From Sancta Cruz at Carboneras_ + +Father Fray Jacinto Lopez de San Geronimo, a son of the same convent, +a native of Torrejoncillo de Huete; aged twenty-eight years, eleven +years in the order; his studies completed. + +Father Fray Joan de Cuebas, a son of the same convent and lecturer +on the arts therein, a native of Cardenete; aged twenty-five years, +nine years in the order. + + +_From San Pedro Martyr at Toledo_ + +Father Fray Joseph de San Jacinto, a son of the convent of Ocana, a +native of Salvanes; aged twenty-five years, eight years in the order; +in the second year of theology. + +Brother Fray Pedro Gomez, deacon, a son of the convent San Gines +at Talavera, a native of the same place; aged twenty-three years, +seven years in the order; in the first year of theology. + + +_From San Pablo at Valladolid_ + +Father Fray Jacinto Orfanel, a son of the convent of Santa Catalina +at Barcelona, a native of the district of Valencia; aged twenty-eight +years, eight years in the order; his studies completed. + + +_From the college of San Gregorio at Valladolid_ + +Father Fray Pedro Balberde, a native of the district of Cordova, a +son of the convent of San Pablo at Cordoba; aged twenty-five years, +seven years in the order; his studies completed. + + +_From the college of Santo Thomas at Alcala_ + +Father Fray Melchor Mancano, a native of Villaseusa de Aro, a son +of the convent of Santo Domingo at Ocana; aged twenty-six years, +nine years in the order; his studies completed. + +Father Fray Joan de Leiba, a native of La Rioja, a son of the convent +of Nuestra Senora at Atocha; aged thirty years, ten years in the order; +his studies completed. + +Father Fray Andres de Velasco, a native of La Rioja, a son of the +convent of San Pablo at Burgos; aged twenty-eight years, ten years +in the order, his studies completed. + +Brother Fray Joan Ordima, deacon, son of the convent of San Pedro +Martyr at Toledo, a native of the same place; aged twenty-four years, +eight years in the order; his studies completed. + +Brother Fray Juan Rodriguez Morcillo, deacon, son of the convent of +La Madre de Dios at Alcala, a native of Madridejos; aged twenty-three +years, seven years in the order; in the second year of theology. + + +_From Santa Maria at Nieva_ + +Father Fray Domingo del Arco, a native of the district of Guadalaxara, +a son of the convent of La Madre de Dios at Alcala; aged twenty-six +years, six years in the order. He is not far advanced in his studies, +but is very well fitted for this expedition. + + +_From Santiago in Galicia_ + +Father Fray Garcia Oroz, a native of the district of Pamplona, a +son of the convent of Nuestra Senora at Atocha; aged fifty years, +thirty years in the order. This father has been in Nueva Espana. I +ask for a dispensation that he may have permission to accompany me, +for he will be of great use in this expedition and to that province. + + +_From the convent of La Magdalenaat Alfararin, in the kingdom of +Aragon_ + +Father Fray Domingo Vicente, a son of the convent of Preachers in +Zaragoza; aged twenty-six years, eight years in the order; a native +of the district of Calatayud; his studies completed. + + +_From the convent of San Pedro Martyr at Calatayud_ + +Brother Fray Jacinto Francin, deacon, a native of Caspe and a son of +the convent there; aged twenty-three years, five years in the order: +in the first year of theology. + + +_From the convent of Corpus Christi at Luchente_ + +Father Fray Dionisio de Rueda, a son of the same convent; aged +thirty-two years, sixteen years in the order; his studies completed. He +is a native of Valencia. + +In addition, I expect from the kingdoms of Cataluna and Valencia as +many as twelve other religious who, as I certainly know, are very +suitable persons for this mission, but I do not know their names. I +shall not be able to learn these names until the religious reach here, +which will be very late. I beg your Highness to be pleased to send me +a license, so that I may have authority to take all of them; for, in +the confidence that I should receive that permission, I have searched +them out and disturbed them in their convents. I swear, on the faith +of a religious and a priest, that those whom I have assigned so far +are the aforesaid. + +_Fray Diego Aduarte_ + + +With regard to nearly all of those whose names appear in the list I +am certain that they are religious of approved life and holy zeal, and +that they will be able to do good service to our Lord in the conversion +of the kingdoms and countries of the Indians. Many of them I saw on +the road to Sebilla going on foot, to the edification of others, and in +the order of sanctity. In the case of two or three I have found no one +who knew them; but I trust in God and in the excellent zeal and choice +of father Fray Diego Duarte that they will be like the rest. This is +what I know; and in testimony of its truthfulness I have signed it +with my name. In the convent of San Pablo at Valladolid June 4, 1605. + +_Fray Garcia Guerra_, Master [9] and Procurator. + +[_Endorsed_: "Let the documents necessary for the expenses of these +religious be issued. Valladolid, on the sixth of June, one thousand +six hundred and five.]" + + +To Diego de Vergara Gaviria, receiver of oaths in this Council: +From the sums in your charge received for court fines give and pay +to Fray Diego de Duarte of the Order of St. Dominic, two hundred +ducados, amounting to seventy-five thousand maravedis, which it has +been commanded to give him in addition to two hundred ducados which +by warrant of this Council, dated August 31 last, in the year 604, +we commanded you to pay him. This is on account of the expenses +which he is obliged to incur in the conveyance and support of the +religious. Take his receipt, with which and with this warrant the +accountants of his Majesty who aid this Council shall receive and +credit you on account the sum which you shall thus pay him. At +Valladolid, on the thirty-first of August in the year one thousand +six hundred and four. [10] + +Signed by the Council. + + +_A true report of the difficulties of conducting religious to the +Philipinas, because of the severe restrictions imposed by the decrees +of his Majesty in regard to the matter_. + +Although taking religious to any part of the Indias is a very +arduous undertaking, it is incomparably more so to convey them to +the Philippinas, since the journey is much longer, and there are more +places on the way at which it is necessary to have dealings with royal +officials. Accordingly, this voyage offers difficulties twice as great +as the others. Not only is it necessary to cross two great seas--those +of the North [Atlantic] and, of the South [Pacific]--besides the +difficult journey across the country of Nueva Espana from one ocean +to the other, but in addition his Majesty obliges us who make this +journey to pass through so many hands and through so many registries +as are certainly intolerable. If affairs be always conducted thus, +it will be truly impossible to make the voyage according to the very +severe regulations laid down by his Majesty, and with the very slight +assistance given by his officials to the religious. I do not expatiate +upon the great difficulties in obtaining religious, on their own side, +as they are the sons of many mothers; and as soon as they begin the +journey they hear a thousand things in regard to the evils of the +country where they are going. Even if nothing more is said of it than +that there is neither bread nor wine therein, that is enough to daunt +a giant. Then those who by their strength of character overcome these +difficulties at the edge of the water are frightened at the sea, and +at the dismal prophecies that are usually current, that the fleet +will be lost on account of sailing very late (as it almost always +does) from Espana. Thus many of the religious have not courage to +embark; while those who overcome this difficulty and do go aboard, +being new to the sea and seeing themselves in so narrow a space as +is that of one ship, and being very seasick--indeed, there are many +who during the whole voyage cannot raise their heads--are delighted +to find themselves on shore alive. Then having set foot on the land +of Nueva Espana, from which they understand that they are obliged +to pass anew through all that they have already suffered, and over a +much larger ocean, they are put to the test by the climate; some die, +and others find themselves attacked by a thousand sicknesses. They +get there no better report about the country to which they are +going than they had in Espana--indeed a much worse one, as it is +received from eye-witnesses, both laymen and friars; and they dare +not go on farther. All these difficulties have to be conquered by +the commissary who conducts them, by means of his prudence, of which +he needs a goodly supply. He is obliged to conduct them with love, +for the religious are not of a character to be treated with rigor +and violence, especially in a matter contrary to flesh and blood, +when they exile themselves to those distant countries, so hot and +so sterile, leaving their own land, which perhaps they can never +forget. Hence, if they were to be treated with violence the result +which your Majesty desires would not follow, that is, the service of +God and of your Majesty's self in the conversion of souls. Not only +would they, if thus treated, destroy more than they would build up, +but they would serve only to disquiet those who were there occupied in +the building up of that great church. These difficulties themselves are +not so small; but it is reasonable to add the other and greater ones, +such as are those of sending the religious away, and those which are +stated in the following paragraphs. + +_What occurs at Valladolid in despatching this business._ The first +of the difficulties is in the first steps taken to bring the journey +before the Council at the court. These steps are many; and anyone who +goes thither without money--and those who come from the Philippinas to +treat for this matter generally have no money--will find it necessary +to take a great many more steps, since the officials regard that +time as lost which they spend upon despatching the business of a +man who offers them no advantages. Accordingly, it is not possible +to obtain documents from them except by dint of importunate prayers, +and these necessarily require much going about; this in the streets of +Valladolid in winter is a very arduous task, especially for religious, +who cannot leave their convent whenever they please. Still, to avoid +this going from place to place is impossible if the business is to be +carried on. After obtaining an order from the Council of the Indias, +which one cannot generally get at the first request, it is necessary +to obtain a second order from the Council of the Exchequer with regard +to the allowance for the journey, and both of these must be recorded +by the accountants of both councils. Although this may be necessary +to give further security to the decrees of his Majesty and to relieve +them from any suspicion of forgery, still, as those which are given +to religious persons, and for so pious a purpose as this, are free +from such suspicion, they may well be privileged in some respects and +need not be obliged to pass through so many registries. On account +of the great number of matters which are attended to in Valladolid, +documents cannot pass through all the registries without taking much +time. Accordingly, much trouble is necessarily caused in the hospices +[_i.e._, guest-houses] of the convents where they lodge, and the +commissioner who takes charge of this business is also obliged to +suffer even more inconvenience--finding that for business so much to +the advantage of our lord the king, and requiring so great labor and +responsibility on his own part, and in which there is not a trace of +profit to himself, it should be necessary to make such exertions at +the very beginning. I confess, for my part, that I would have given +up at this first station on the route if I had not supposed that all +the hindrances to this voyage that I could encounter in the direction +of his Majesty would have ended at this point; but later it will be +seen how completely deceived I was in this notion. However, it is as +well that all those who concern themselves with this business should +be so deceived at the beginning, for if they were not they would give +up this work, pious as it is. + +_The smallness of the allowance for conducting the religious to +Sevilla._ Further, the amount which your Majesty commands to be +granted in Valladolid for conveying the religious from their convents +to Sevilla, is insufficient by far for the expense thus incurred. I +conducted the religious who accompanied me to Sevilla in the greatest +poverty, for many of them went on foot, and he who was best equipped +rode an ass. Yet I arrived in Sevilla burdened by a debt of more than +two hundred ducados, merely from the expenditure which I was obliged +to make on their account. + +_In Sevilla._ In Sevilla, which is the second stopping-place, another +troop of difficulties are encountered. In general, it is customary +at the House of Trade to make some additions to the decrees of his +Majesty; in order that these be accepted a great number of requirements +must be fulfilled, the lack of any one of which is sufficient to +invalidate the documents. Usually some one of these is lacking, from +which it is easy to understand the embarrassment in which he must be +who has charge of this matter, when he finds himself and his companions +already in Sevilla without sufficient means for their support. This +happened to me, and I am certain that I was not the first, and that +he who follows me will not be the last, thus situated. I found myself +in such embarrassment as the result of this that I was almost on the +point of abandoning the enterprise at that time. + +_The small allowance for provisions on the voyage._ Moreover, the +amount granted in Sevilla for the entire support of the religious +is far from sufficient for this purpose. If the amount commanded +to be granted to them is divided into vestments, bedding, carriage +of books, and freight-charges from Sevilla to Sanlucar, the amount +allowed for the ship supplies for each person comes to only twenty-two +ducados, which is all that they actually had. It is easy to see that +it is impossible to obtain with this, or even approach, all that is +necessary. It is certainly true that for bread and wine alone, I spent +almost all of what the king granted me for supplies on the voyage; +and that I had to encroach upon what was granted me for vestments and +what clothes the friars themselves used for apparel. In addition, +I was unable to pay all that we owed in Sevilla to the convent for +the days during which we had remained there; accordingly, when I left +it I was out of favor with the prior and the other brethren of the +convent and yet I reduced to a very limited amount the supplies for the +voyage. This is the statement of facts _in verbo sacerdotis_; for it +may be evident in what straits we were, to anyone who has received as +allowance for this purpose no more than that which the king gives, as +ordinarily those who come from the Philippinas have only that amount. + +_The requirement that the Council shall approve the religious who +are to go is severe and useless._ After all this, the requirement +of making the voyage under the very severe rule that the Council +shall approve the friars who are to go to the Indias brings the whole +undertaking within obvious risk of failure. If the list of names of +the religious who are going must be certain and accurate, it cannot +be sent to the Council before they are all assembled in Sevilla; +for up to that point it is very uncertain who are to go. Even then it +still remains uncertain, for many come back from Sevilla. The ordinary +state of affairs is that all are gathered there a few days only before +the departure of the fleet, for, if they go much sooner, there is no +means for their support; for his Majesty gives commands to provide +a real and a half daily for every religious, while the contribution +demanded from the convent is three reals a day for each one. Now, +if the list of names of the religious cannot be sent to Valladolid +earlier, even if it should be approved there at the very moment--and +usually business there is despatched quite otherwise--it is necessary +that the approval shall come back from Valladolid immediately, or +else the fleet will have departed, or be on the point of going. In the +meantime the religious are in suspense, without knowing whether they +are to make the voyage or no; for in the House of Trade at Sevilla they +either refuse to give them the grant necessary for their support until +the approval of the Council arrives, or, if they grant it in advance, +they require a bond which the poor commissary does not know where to +find--and which even if he could find it would be unwise for him to +give, since he has no means by which to satisfy it in case the Council +decree some other thing than what he expects. If, on the other hand, +the House of Trade allows the grant after the appropriation arrives, +the time is so short that it is impossible to provide the supplies for +the voyage, except very poorly and in great haste, and at a very high +price, since one must purchase without time for examination. Besides +this, the religious are greatly hurt to find themselves subjected to +an examination at the hands of the Council with regard to their life, +their habits, and their family, just as if to permit them to go to the +Indias were as much as to appoint them to bishoprics; this has greatly +cooled their ardor. If the commissary who conducts them is not a man +of great prudence, so that he can gild and smooth over this annoyance, +it is certain that not one of them will go farther. Much more is it +true that, if the rule should become known in the provinces of Castilla +and Aragon, whence the religious for these missions usually go, no one +would enter them; for if a man is required to leave his own country +and his relatives and friends, and exile himself to the end of the +world, at the risk of being excluded from the missions by the Council +of the Indias, that would be the same as to put on him an eternal +_sanbenito_ [11] in his order. Indeed, who would voluntarily subject +himself to an interrogation of this sort? May it please God that, +even if the bridge be made of silver, they shall be willing to go, +all the more for so long and hard a voyage as that to the Philippinas, +which in itself involves so many difficulties that only the arm of +God can overcome them. It would be well to entrust to the commissary +who conveys them this examination into their life and habits, for, +if he is a conscientious man, he knows well that he lays a burden +upon his conscience if he conducts ministers who will not unburden +the conscience of the king; and, if he is not conscientious, these +ordinances are ineffective, for, as they are so rigorous, he will +evade them with very little trouble and at no expense to himself, +for the whole matter must rest upon the honesty with which he is +willing to act. + +_Registry fees in Sanlucar._ In Sanlucar is the third +stopping-place. Here, however well a man may have managed his business +in getting out of Sevilla, there are never lacking hindrances; +for whenever religious are registered there for passage they always +meet with some obstacle, if it be nothing more than being asked for +fees. These fees are demanded by the clerk of the registry and by +the inspector of the ships, who is usually an official of the House +of Trade at Sevilla. This demand for a fee for every religious who +goes through is a very base thing. As for me, I was asked for three +reals apiece by the clerk. As I thought that the act was an injustice, +I went to the accountant and reported the case to him; it seemed even +worse to him, and he told me that he would correct it. He did so by +telling me on the following day that I should give the clerk what he +asked for, and a real and a half more for every one; and that, if I +did not do so he would not permit me to go aboard. This is the truth, +_in verbo sacerdotis_. It seems to me that since the king does not +require us to pay fees for our books and clothes, still less ought +we to be asked to pay fees for our persons. I sent a complaint to +the duke of Medina, who was greatly offended, and condemned the act, +so finally they gave me my despatch for almost nothing. + +_Fees on the Northern Sea._ At sea there is another registry at the +time of the inspection of the ships, which generally takes place in +mid-ocean at some time when the wind is fair, at the pleasure of the +commander of the fleet. In truth, it seems as if it were invented +solely for the gain which the officials obtain from it. They exact +twelve reals from every passenger; and since the poor are usually +by that time drained so dry that most of them go on board without a +single real--having spent everything on expenses in port, the king's +fees, and the ingenious exactions of the custom-house officers and +excise-men--they suffer more from this than from everything else +that they have previously spent. In my case they did me the honor to +excuse me from the fees for the religious, but refused to do so for +the servants whom we brought with us. Finally, however, we brought +them to the point of agreeing to this because it was plain that we +all had come by the order of his Majesty. This affair was the cause +of no small embarrassment and resentment for all. + +_From San Joan de Lua to Mexico._ In the port of San Joan de Lua [12] +in Nueva Espana is the fourth station on the route. It is not the most +comfortable one, although it ought to be so, since all arrive there +much exhausted and worn out by the voyage. There one begins anew to +deal with royal officials, to whom money must be given. Thus after we +have passed the ocean the torments begin, which have no mercy upon +those whom the ocean has many times spared. At that port it is very +necessary to have something left over from one's sea-stores, for +the expenses are very great in this country. The vicar must not be +niggardly in distributing them, if he has to transact any business; +or he must arm himself with patience, which is very necessary. His +Majesty commands that the religious be provided there with what they +need from his royal treasury for the journey which they must make to +Mexico. They allow them only ten days for the journey, and provide +food only for that period. The road is eighty leguas in length +and is very rough, so that it takes a well-mounted horseman with a +light load all of ten days to make it. How much more must it take +for people going in company, and with a string of pack animals (as +the religious ordinarily travel), who do not expect to go more than +five or six leguas a day. Moreover, they are traveling in countries of +varying climates; one of these being hot and the next cold, they often +fall ill on the road, and some cannot travel farther. It is no small +achievement for those in health to reach Mexico in twenty days. That +which is allowed them for ten days' journey is not enough, as is very +certain, in this country; how, then, will it suffice for twenty? + +_In Mexico_. In the City of Mexico, which is the court of Nueva +Espana, is the fifth stopping-place, where all of the difficulties +which have been experienced at the court of our lord the king and in +the city of Sevilla are renewed; because here one has to deal with +royal officials in order to obtain money, and with the officials of +his lordship the viceroy regarding the formalities necessary for the +second embarcation. And both classes of officials make themselves +so much the owners of the poor religious who has need of them that, +when they again commence their demands here, he would, even if he had +the patience of a Job, need all of it because of the many occasions +which are here offered for his losing it. Although I arrived at Mexico +burdened with the expenses of the journey, and had no food and no +place from which to get it, the royal officials are not obliged to +pay a single maravedi until all the party have passed through their +registers. This will be done when they please. They inquire from the +religious where their homes are, and who are their parents--a very +unpleasant thing. One requires great assistance from Heaven in order +not to resent it bitterly. They put so little confidence in his word +and oath that what they do not see with their own eyes it is not worth +while to swear to them. It happened, on the day when they registered +me, that I did not have with me three religious, who were lying sick +in the city of Los Angeles, which is on the route hither. Although I +told the royal officials of this and swore it _in verbo sacerdotis_, +that did not avail to make them give me the subsistence which I was +obliged to send to those sick men. After this, since the stay in +Mexico is long, lasting for almost a half a year, they asked money +whenever they paid the tri-yearly allowance, and for every warrant +they charged ten pesos, which comes to eighty [13] pesos. The payment +is made in silver, to exchange which for current money causes a great +deal of loss. Thus all of these pilferings consume the little which +is given to the religious. I pass over the fact that it is impossible +to collect money due without taking many steps and hearing many rude +answers and sometimes insulting language. At one time when I was +making such claims, one of the Mexican accountants uttered to me, +before respectable witnesses, an insult which cut me to the heart, +because I felt it as a man; and if he had uttered those words to one +of his slaves, it might have wounded him. + +_In Acapulco_. At the port of Acapulco is the last stopping-place. I +do not even know what happens there, for at the time of writing this +report we have not arrived there; but I have sufficient evidence +that it must be the most burdensome of all. It is about three months +since I have had three religious there, being obliged to send them +in advance that they might prepare there what is needed for the +voyage. One of them with my power of attorney requested the royal +officials there to grant them a house, as is usual and customary, +that they might collect there the ship-stores which are on the way +from Mexico, and might lodge the friars there when about to make the +journey. They presented for this purpose your Majesty's decree which +I possess, and the officials replied that they would not grant them +the house without a command from the viceroy. I sent this to them, +and they made I know not what additions, and so have sent it back +to me. During the two months and more that have been occupied with +these demands and answers, the poor friars have slept on the ground, +without having anyone to take them into his house--except that, being +taken ill, they were received in the hospital. It is with all these +hardships and difficulties that this voyage, so much to the service +of God and of his Majesty, is taken, besides those experienced in +the voyage itself, which are enough to make the beard of the bravest +tremble. His Majesty requires, in spite of all this, that all of the +religious who go from Espana to Philippinas must proceed thither, +without permission being granted for any to remain in Nueva Spana; +but there is no means less suitable to gain that end than obliging +them to pass through so many difficulties. They come out of them +so much grieved and humiliated that their courage and good will in +serving his Majesty has come to an end. To transport them by force +most certainly is no profit to his royal service, much less to the +service of God. It does no good to the cause of religion, as I said +in the beginning. Besides this, if your Majesty is pleased that we +religious shall pass through so many registries without having our +word or oath believed in them, because of the fraud that might exist +in the amounts allowed to us from his royal treasury--if we are not +to be trusted in this matter, much less shall be so in regard to the +relief of his conscience, for which he sends us to those regions. Hence +it seems that sending us might be dispensed with; the more since his +Majesty entrusts this matter to his royal officials to whose direction +and command he subjects us religious. They, perhaps supposing that by +showing themselves rigorous in a matter of such piety they are likely +to be regarded as zealous for the protection of the royal treasury in +all other matters, draw the string until it breaks. But it is evident +that there are royal officials in the Indias who maintain princely +houses, perhaps without having inherited means for this from their +parents. With regard to them it is plainly known that they serve the +king solely for their own advantage; yet his Majesty trusts more to +them than to disinterested religious who ask for nothing but their +food and lodging on the road. If this costs much, it is because the +journey is so tedious. Although at this point it might be said that +the accounts of the royal officials have to be audited in due time, +and that therefore they are more to be trusted, I, who have seen +much of the world and know what happens in it, know also what is the +fact in this matter. It is, that he who goes out of office richest +at the time of the residencia goes out the best justified; hence, +for fear of that, he never fails to make his profit. I do not mean +to say that there should be no order or system in regard to the +grant allowed by his Majesty to the religious for these missions; +but I mean that his Majesty should command his officials to believe +them at least on their oath, and that when they are obliged to give +their oath they should not be annoyed as they have been hitherto. + +The only objection to this is the irregularities of the fathers +commissaries who have taken religious to the Indias. These, it is +said, have obliged his Majesty to impose such restrictions in this +matter, and as a safeguard against irregularities which may occur in +future--because there have been commissaries who have taken fewer +religious than the king provided for, thus defrauding his royal +treasury by spending on a few that which was allowed for many. To +this I reply, first, that there is no fraud upon the royal treasury, +inasmuch as the allowance made by it for four is insufficient for +the support of three, as appears from the previous statements of what +happened to me in Sevilla. Hence there is not in this the evil design +which seems to exist. The second point is that, as a result of these +oppressive orders, the condition of things is sure to be much worse, +since many mare friars are certain to remain in Sevilla and Nueva +Spana, even after they have received money from the royal treasury +for their ship-stores. After this has once been paid none of it can +ever be restored to the treasury, even if a great excess were left; +since whatever would be restored to the treasury, of all this which has +been obtained from it with so many documents and precautions, would not +go to it but to its officials. This would be the more true inasmuch as +they, however justified they might be, would be unwilling to accept the +things in kind, for fear of being obliged to give an account of them +afterwards. This might subject them to great danger of loss. Above +all, if the commissary were to reveal this matter to the officials, +they would put an embargo on the whole affair, and he would undergo the +risk of being unable to undertake the voyage. This happened to me once, +for, being very fond of following truth and honesty, I told the royal +officials of this City of Mexico that two religious of my company had +received my permission to remain here, as that was expedient for the +service of God and of his Majesty, and declared that I did not require +living expenses and ship-stores for them. The officials, in place of +trusting me at seeing that I proceeded without fraud or falsehood, +cut off the provisions for all of my company, refusing for more than +twenty days to give me what his Majesty commanded to be allowed for +the support of the religious. Thus I was almost on the point of being +unable to make the journey; for I used up on their living in Mexico +all of the ship-stores which I had provided for the sea. Accordingly, +in their desire to prevent two from remaining here, they incurred the +risk that all of us might be compelled to remain. I stated this to the +royal officials and the viceroy in a petition, and gained nothing by +it. This is the kind of inconveniences which follow from practicing +honesty with regard to the decrees of his Majesty. + +As for the aforesaid, I, Fray Diego Aduarte, vicar of the religious +of Saint Dominic who are going to the Philippinas, swear _in verbo +sacerdotis_ that it is true, and I sign it with my name. At Mexico, +January 20, 1605. + +_Fray Diego Aduarte_ + +[_Endorsed_: "February 12, 1607, referred to Senor Don Francisco de +Tejada to examine the papers and report thereon to the council." + +"February 16, 1607, examined; the decrees, within."] + +[_Endorsed_: "Let the House of Trade state why dues are collected +from every religious who goes on his Majesty's account to the Indias, +and let it give an account of the amount charged for registration; +and in the meantime, and until further orders, let it take no fees, +and issue a decree that the officers shall not levy these dues. + +"Let the approval of the religious conducted by father Fray Graviel +de San Antonio to the Filipinas be entrusted to Senor Don Francisco +de Vaste; and on the credit of this alone let the House of Trade, +for this one time, furnish him with provision for the friars' support +during the voyage. + +"Write to the viceroy of Nueva Espana to direct the royal officials +and all other officers to despatch with promptitude and treat with +kindness the religious who go to the Filipinas by command of his +Majesty and at his Majesty's expense; and let them take no fees for +the despatch of their persons and their books, or for the warrants +for collection of the expenses which they incur on the journey. + +"In regard to everything else contained in this petition and report +from father Fray Diego Aduarte, let that be decreed which is fitting +to the service of God and his Majesty."] + +(Most Powerful Sire: I, Fray Gabriel de San Antonio [14], vicar of the +religious who by order of your Highness are to go this year to the +Philippinas, declare that father Fray Diego Aduarte, who conducted +the religious who last went to the said islands, found, in spite +of the liberal grant made by your Majesty to him, some difficulties +which greatly hindered his voyage, as appears from his report herewith +enclosed. Of all these difficulties the gravest are three. The first +is, that the officials of the House of Trade at Sevilla are unwilling +to pay to the commissioner or vicar who conducts the religious the +money which your Highness commands to be given for their voyage, unless +he first gives good and sufficient bonds that he will return the money +in case the religious do not embark; the second is, that the convent +of San Pablo at Sevilla and that of Santo Domingo at Sanlucar, where +the religious are entertained, demand from them three reals a day, +although your Highness grants only a real and a half; the third is, +that the registry clerks are unwilling to record the grants to the +religious unless they receive three reals for each person. As a result, +since that which your Highness grants for the voyage is but little, +they put so much difficulty in the way that the religious are unable +to go on, and the commissary or vicar who conducts them is prevented, +to that extent, from fulfilling his obligations and the service of +your Highness. + +He prays your Highness, in view of the service which he has done for +your Highness in the Philippinas, in Eastern Indias, and in sending +out the religious whom he, father Fray Diego Aduarte, conducted, +and in that which he is now about to undertake in his own person, +and considering how small is the allowance granted to the religious +for their voyage, that your Majesty will be pleased to make an +allowance for additional expense for himself and for the religious +whom he conducts with him; and he prays your Majesty that, in order +to relieve the difficulties referred to, you will decree that which +is most suitable to your royal service and to the prompt despatch of +the religious. + +_Fray Gabriel de San Antonio_) + + + + +The Dutch Factory at Tidore + + +_Testimony of a Dutchman named Juan who was taken in the factory +at Tidore_ + + +In the port of Tidore, on the sixteenth day of the month of March, +in the year one thousand six hundred and six, the captain and +sargento-mayor Christoval Asqueta Minchaca of the regiment of the +master-of-camp Joan de Esquibel, the royal commander of this fleet, +declares that the said master-of-camp, Joan de Esquibel, sent to him +in his ship a foreigner, whom he found with others in the factory +[15] at Tidore, that he might undergo examination. + +The following interrogatory was put to this man: "What are the names of +this declarant and his companions? In what vessels did they come? How +many are there in Maluco and in these Eastern Yndias? In what regions +have they been, each of them, and how long in each region, and in what +vessels did they come? To whom do these vessels belong? who equipped +them? on whose account did they make their voyage? and for whom is this +factory conducted? Are this factory and that of Terrenate all one, +belonging to the same owners? With what permission did they come to +these regions?" + +He said that he was named Joan and was a native of Amberes, a +Christian, and had been baptized in the said city. Of his companions, +the factor, named Jacome Joan, is a Dutchman, a native of the city +of Absterdaem; the second is named Pitri, a native of Yncussa in +the islands of Olanda; a third is named Costre, by his last name, +and this declarant does not know his first name. He is a native +of Campem, of the states of Olanda. This declarant came to these +regions in the ship of the [Dutch] vice-commander, which voyaged in +company with the other four; and they seized Ambueno and this fort +of Tidore. It is eight months since they left him on this island, +and two months before they had anchored in the said port, the said +five ships had halted for supplies in Java, where they remained +fifteen days. Jacome Joan, who is at present factor of this island +of Tidore, has spent five years in Terrenate. The declarant does not +know from what place he came. The merchants of Jelanda of the city of +Millburg--named Joan Comne, another Burriel, and another Muniq, natives +of Amberes--are known to this declarant, and have other associates +in Olanda in the city of Ambstradama, in Cuyssem and in Horrem. [16] +All of these together have a common purse, and it is all one amount; +it is they who have equipped these vessels for this expedition. The +names of the citizens of these cities of Olanda and Gelanda are known +to one of the associates of this declarant, the one named Costre. The +factories of Tidore and of Terrenate are all one, owned by the same +persons. In Ambueno, in Java, in Banda, in Sunda, in Pajani, in Achi, +on the coast of Vengala, [17] and in some regions the names of which +are not known to this declarant the said merchants have factories, +under such an arrangement that the whole affair is all one thing, +owned by the same proprietors. Of these fleets none set sail except +by permission of the prince of Oranje, to whom is given the part +which pertains to him as lord. And this is his answer. + +He was asked, "What ship is the one which was met by this fleet? whence +comes it? what arms and artillery, powder and provisions does it +carry? whence are they obtained and provided? and where have they +their factory?" He answered that the ship about which the inquiry +is made is one of the five which came with this witness when they +seized the said forts of Ambueno and Tidore. The captain was a certain +Gertiolfos, a native of Olanda. He set sail from Yncussen with money +and provisions for only two years. He has been cruising about these +islands for ten months, and in the opinion of this declarant the said +ship carries at present forty seamen, more or less; while the exact +number of the forces in the said ship will be stated by Costre and +Pitri, since they came as seamen in her. This declarant does not know +that they carry more arms than are needed to arm all the men on board +her. Their weapons are muskets, arquebuses, and half-pikes. When this +declarant went aboard the ship, it seemed to him she had twenty-nine +or thirty pieces of artillery. As for her provisions they get them in +places where they have factories. He does not know how much gunpowder +they carry, except that they came out from Olanda and Jelanda provided +with it. + +He was asked what treaties they had with the king of Tidore and the +king of Terrenate, and what oaths the king of Tidore had made to them; +he replied that the treaty which they had made is of the following +nature: The king of Tidore at the time when they took this fort +told the commander of the fleet, who was called Cornieles Bastian, +that they should leave here forces and that he would build a fort +where these might be kept, so that if Portuguese or Castilians came +they might be able to defend the country; while he would assure them +that the country should be for the Dutch. The commander answered that +he had not a sufficient force to be able to leave any to defend the +country; and the said king asked him to leave three or four Dutchmen, +that they might carry on their trade and barter. When the commander +asked with what security he could leave them, and what the other would +do, the said king then caused the books of his Mahometan religion to +be brought; and, laying his hands upon them, made an oath after his +custom that he would protect, favor, and defend the Dutch as if they +were his own sons. In the same manner he swore that he would sell +cloves to no people except to the Dutch, unless extreme need of food +should force him to sell them to some other people, in which case he +would not sell them except to Java. In this manner was carried out that +which is contained in this interrogatory. Being asked if the kings of +Tidore and Terrenate were at peace, and how and under what conditions, +for how long a time, and who intervened in forming the peace--he +answered that it is a matter of public knowledge in this region that +they have not made peace or amity, but that both kings are at war. + +When asked what goods they have in the factory on this island of +Tidore, what amount of cloves is due to them, who they are who owe the +Dutch, and how many the king owes--he answered that the goods which +they have in the factory are bales of cloth--such as fine muslins +and linens, gauzes [_word illegible_] and iron. This declarant knows +that the king of Tidore owes the factory a great amount of cloves, +and that some of the people of Tidore likewise owe some. He refers to +the accounts of the factor. Being asked who or which of them keeps +the book of accounts and reckoning of the factory, that he might +exhibit it, he answered that the factor, named Jacone Joan, had it, +and he referred to him. + +Being asked with what intention they remained in these islands, when +they expected to leave them, and whether they intended to maintain +a permanent trade there--he responded that this declarant and his +companions remained in order that commerce with the people of Tidore +and Terrenate might be opened, and that they were waiting for ships +from Olanda in which a commanding officer and troops would come to +remain as colonists and inhabitants, like the Portuguese, and to +carry on commerce with the islands from Olanda and Jelanda. And this +is his answer. + +Being asked what offer they had made to the kings of Terrenate and +Tidore as to aiding and assisting them against the Spaniards: he +answered that the king of Tidore had agreed with the commander that if +the Spaniards came with such a fleet that he would be unable to resist +them he would be obliged to yield the country; and by consequence, +if the Dutch had a force sufficient to take it from the Spaniards or +Portuguese, he was not sufficiently powerful to defend the country +against them. He knew that the commander had written to Java that +six vessels which he had been informed were to go to Java should come +here; after this had been done, the said commander went back to Patan, +but the ships had not come. This declarant does not know that more +vessels have arrived or set out than the five of which he has spoken. + +Being asked if they expect any ships, how many there are, when they +are to come, how many came out in a fleet from Olanda, and at what +time they set sail--this declarant replied that he was certain, +now that the commerce here had been begun and this fort established, +that vessels would come. He does not know the number, but the said +factor will have an account thereof. When this man who is making his +confession set sail, there set out from Olanda and Jelanda twelve +ships. They were divided after the following manner: Two of them +separated from the others at the Cape of Buena Esperanza [_i.e._, Good +Hope], at the island of Sant Lorenco, and two others at Masanvique +[_i.e._, Mozambique]; three remained in Ambueno, to go to Banda to +be laden with pepper; and the five others came to these islands. It +may be two years since they left Olanda and Jelanda. This declarant +does not know what course they followed, more than as a common sailor +who went on board to get his livelihood. + +Being asked of what he knows of affairs in Terrenate, and of the +state in which they are, and of the fort and defenses there--he +answered that the artillery was not inside the fort, but in a house +intended for the sole purpose of protecting the artillery against +the water. The height of the wall is four estados, as he thinks. This +declarant thinks that the city where the fort is contains as many as +two thousand men of war, armed with arquebuses, muskets, campilans, +cuirasses, and helmets. This is his answer and it is the truth, under +the penalty imposed upon him who testifies falsely; and he has signed +this with his name. [Signature is lacking] + + + +The Sangley Insurrection of 1603 + + +_True relation of the Sangley insurrection in the Filipinas, and +the miraculous punishment of their rebellion; and other events of +the islands: written to these kingdoms by a soldier who is in those +islands, and abridged by Miguel Rodriguez Maldonado._ [18] + + +[_Marginal note at beginning of MS._: "Chinese Sangleys who remained in +this island to enjoy the liberty of the gospel, many of whom afterward +failed in their duty."] + +On September 26 of the former year 603, it was reported in this city +of Manila that a negress had declared that on St. Francis's day there +would be a great fire and much bloodshed. Investigations were made in +regard to her statement, and the time passed until Friday, October +3, of the said year, the eve of St. Francis. In the afternoon, Don +Luys de las Marinas sent to Governor Don Pedro de Acuna to ask for +thirty soldiers, as he perceived that the Sangleys living in Tondo +and Minondo, where he usually lived, were in rebellion. He had learned +that a band numbering three hundred had assembled, mostly gardeners; +and, although he wished to reconnoiter them, he did not dare to, +because of the few men that he had. The messenger reached Don Pedro de +Acuna, and a little later came a Christian Sangley, one Baristilla, +then governor of the Sangleys, both Christian and pagan. He craftily +informed Don Pedro de Acuna of the news, and was heartily thanked, +as the matter was not understood. The Spaniards immediately called a +council of war, where it was resolved to send the help asked by Don +Luys de las Marinas. That same day the reenforcement left, and all the +companies were assembled with the utmost silence, in the guard-room, +and were given their orders. Some of the inhabitants were ordered +to be on their guard, and to sound the alarm if they perceived any +extraordinary excitement. Accordingly, it happened that the alarm +was sounded very suddenly, between one and two o'clock that night; +they had been obliged to give it because of a fire that they saw +near the city. There was a great commotion, as there were so few +inhabitants in the country. Every man hastened to his banner, and +all went to the guard-room, where they were ordered to take their +stations. Having manned the walls, and keeping on the alert, it was +discovered that the fire was in certain summer-houses, where Captain +Estevan de Marquina was living with his children and wife. A troop +of four thousand Sangleys went to this house, and killed him and his +wife, four children, and twenty slaves, with great cruelty, although +he defended himself as a good soldier and Spaniard. He had confessed +that afternoon, for it was the jubilee of St. Francis. Only one little +girl, his daughter, escaped from his house, whom a slave carried +out in his arms, although she was badly wounded and burned. Having +inflicted this damage, the Sangleys invested another house near by, +where the archdean, Francisco Gomez de Arellano, was living, as well +as the father-commissary of the Holy Office, and Father Fernando +de los Reyes. The Sangleys were very determined to kill those men, +but they, hearing the noise, fired two loaded arquebuses. When +the enemy perceived that they were firing arquebuses, imagining +that they had many of them, they passed by, and at one-half legua +reached a village called Quiapo. There they set a large fire, and +then immediately extinguished it. Half an hour later they built a +larger fire, which lasted a longer time. This was a signal for the +Sangleys in the Parian to assault the city, and take it. Although +the Sangleys of the Parian saw the fire, they did not then dare to +attack the city; for they were divided into factions, as the wealthy +merchants did not wish to risk their property. But as those who had +little to lose were in the great majority, they forced them to attack, +and calling to the mob, they assailed the city. [19] It is said that +they saw over the gate opposite the Parian (which they were about +to attack) a crucified Christ dripping blood, and at His feet the +seraphic father, St. Francis, with face uplifted toward Him. On this +account they became so faint-hearted that they were forced to retire, +without being observed from the city, as it was night. Those in +Quiapo set fire to it and burned it. They killed some natives, whose +moans and cries were heard on the city walls. At this juncture day +dawned, and it was seen that the enemy were marching to their camp, +in order to fortify themselves in a chapel called San Francisco del +Monte, two leguas from the city. There they established themselves, +and fortified a stronghold built of stakes filled in well with earth, +to a man's height, and furnished with two ditches of fresh water. It +seemed suitable for twenty thousand men, and had very skilfully +laid-out streets. This means that more than two hundred Sangleys +were building it for more than a month, but with so great quietness +that it was never known; for it was a district little frequented by +Spaniards, as it was swampy. The men began to gather there again, so +that at noon on Saturday, the fourth of October, the enemy had more +than ten thousand men in camp. On that day the Christian Sangleys +of Tondo and Minondo rose. When Don Luys de las Marinas saw this, +and the help that he was awaiting having arrived, he attacked them +with great spirit and killed many of them. But as he perceived that +his men were about to be attacked by a great number of people, he +requested the governor to send him a second reenforcement quickly. The +governor hesitating as to whom to send, Captain Don Tomas Bravo de +Acuna, his nephew, begged to be assigned to this task, and to take his +company, numbering seventy good soldiers--musketeers and arquebusiers, +a picked body of men. Besides this almost all the soldiers of the +country offered to go with him, as it was an expedition of so great +justice and honor. The governor was urgent in ordering that no others +than Don Tomas and his company should go. But he could not help it, +and accordingly the following persons went on the expedition. + +[Here follows a list of the principal officers who accompanied the +governor's nephew. They contained such names as Captain Juan de la +Isla, Captain Villafana, Captain Cebrian de Madrid, and Pedro de +Benavides, besides a number of citizens who are unnamed.] + +They came in sight of the enemy on this day, Saturday, and having +joined Don Luys de las Marinas in Tondo and General Juan de Alcega, +they attacked the enemy. The latter were in three squadrons, of forty +companies of one hundred and eighty men apiece; and most of them +were ambushed with their colonel. Our men were not dismayed one whit +by this; on the contrary, they were animated by their justice in the +matter and by Spanish spirit. They made so furious an attack that they +forced the enemy to retire very quickly. Eager for victory, our men +went pressing on after them, so that, when they saw the trickery of the +enemy's retreat and wished to do the same, they were unable to--on the +one hand, because they had entered a swamp, and were up to their knees +in the bog; and on the other, because the enemy had surrounded them, +and they were unable to use their arquebuses and other weapons. Thus +they were all killed with clubs and cutlasses, and only four escaped, +who had retreated when they saw the multitude of the enemy. This event +was indeed one of lamentation and grief, and news of it immediately +spread all over the country, whereat great grief was felt. However, the +truth was not known with certainty for a week, in accordance with the +governor's command, in order not to cause so great pain suddenly. The +enemy sought shelter in their camp, whither they took the heads of +our men strung on some bejucos. The three principal ones--namely, +those of good Don Luis de las Marinas, General Juan de Alcega, and +Captain Don Tomas--were placed above the gates of their camp, and +they made great merriment, while waiting the night. Then they took +the heads of the others, and carried them to the Parian, opposite +the city. There many revolted with them, but more than one thousand +eight hundred Sangleys remained in the Parian--mostly merchants and +mechanics--who cautiously wished to be on their guard, in order that, +if those of their nation should gain the land, they might join these; +but if the Spaniards should obtain the victory, they would say that +they were guiltless in the insurrection. On Sunday, and until noon of +the following Monday, the governor, accompanied by all the Audiencia, +visited the Parian, where he gave what orders seemed advisable. The +Sangley merchants told them that they were friendly to the Castilians, +and that his Lordship should decide what he would command to be done +with them. The governor answered to this that they should place their +property within the city, and that a location would be assigned them +where they would be safe under their guards. The Sangleys did not +wish to accede to this, but placed a great amount of property in the +city. The governor, seeing that they did not wish to enter, ordered +each one to be given a certificate granting him life; and had them +told that he who did not have one of these would be regarded as one +who had come from the enemy's camp. After this resolution the governor +and Audiencia left the Parian on Monday at noon. On the morning of +that day, some Spaniards and four hundred Japanese had left the city, +at the governor's orders, to attack the enemy. They did so and killed +more than fifteen hundred men, and burned all their food. This obliged +them to break camp and to return toward the city, marching in three +squadrons, numbering fifteen hundred men. Every moment they were +joined by bands of two hundred and three hundred. They assembled in a +town called Dilao, situated about three musket-shots from the city, +at twelve o'clock in the morning. They united all their forces, and +carried on operations from a very strong large stone house, which +was the chapel of Nuestra Senora de Candelaria. Two days before, her +image had been carried into the city in most solemn procession. On +that day it rained heavily, and as those in the houses were fearful +lest the enemy would set fire to their dwellings, they had removed +the nipa [20] with which they were covered. In the houses built of +stone and tile there was not standing-room, as all or most of the +people gathered there, both women and children, and those incapable +of bearing arms. All was confusion and lamentation, because of this, +and since more than sixteen hundred Sangleys were in sight of the +city. Most of the people distributed themselves along that part of +the wall; and in the cavaliers and ravelins were mounted pieces of +artillery. Until now no resolution had been taken whether to put +to the sword those Sangleys who remained in the Parian, or to set +the Parian afire, or to let the people benefit from the sack of it, +which was worth more than eighty thousand pesos. However there was no +opportunity for this, as the enemy's camp was so near, that now those +Sangleys in the chapel were communicating with and going to those in +the Parian, and those in the Parian to the chapel. Consequently it +was resolved to burn it. This was done with great haste, for Divine +justice was apparently showing that such sins as were committed there +were deserving of such a penalty. When the Sangleys who had remained +in the Parian perceived that it was burning, they packed up as much of +their possessions as possible and went to the other side of the river, +where stood the residences of the wealthy merchants. That afternoon a +council of war was held in the enemy's camp. They determined to send +late that night Sangleys in pairs to the walls, to ascertain whether we +had any artillery, and whether all the people manning the walls were +Spaniards; for they thought that this was not possible, unless we had +brought the images of the saints which were in the church. They did +not think wrong, either way, for they were a thousand holy religious, +who had laid aside their holy habits for such an occasion, and they +were encouraging all with holy words and valorous deeds, and now with +musket, now with arquebus, pike, or spear, and sword and buckler, +were standing as sentries and helping on the walls day and night. The +enemy began to make grimaces and gestures within musket-range, making +obeisances, and doing other things worthy of their shamelessness. In +reply, they remained there as if born there, so that of the many +Sangleys who came, it was found that only one escaped, and that all +were killed with the balls fired at them from the walls; for both day +and night, no one took his eyes from the enemy, who went retreating +to the river in the midst of his camp, for the other side of it was +defended by a wall, and that precaution was not a bad one, if it had +availed anything. Thursday morning, on the seventh or the said month, +the governor and council of war determined to attack the enemy. Between +eight and nine o'clock, one hundred and fifty Spanish arquebusiers and +five hundred Japanese left the city, under command of Sargento-mayor +Gallinato, who was accompanied by other captains. Attacking with +greater spirit than concert, the Japanese entered in the vanguard, and +the Spaniards in the rear, and assaulted the Sangleys. They gained the +gate of the river, and the chapel, where the camp was situated. They +killed five hundred men, besides wounding many others. They gained +possession of the enemy's flags. Then the Sangleys, perceiving that +the Spaniards were becoming greedy, attacked them on both sides with +more than fourteen hundred men--and so vigorously, that the Spaniards +were compelled to retire, in spite of their disinclination, when they +saw the Japanese retreating as rapidly as possible. Consequently +they were forced to turn and retreat to the city, and to lose what +had been gained. The enemy with loud cries went to attack in their +course the gates of the city and the lowest and weakest part of its +wall. All the army hastened to that side, to the assistance of those +on the walls. They kept their matches ready, and, with each pikeman +between two arquebusiers, Sargento-mayor Gallinato retreated to +the city. As soon as he was in safety, the artillery began to play, +and gave the enemy a shower that softened their fury, and compelled +them to halt upon recognizing their danger. Sargento-mayor Gallinato, +encouraging his men, attacked anew, issuing with his men by the lower +gate, and the city was very joyful on that account. As soon as they had +cleared the country, they halted, in order that the same thing might +not again happen as before. Had they not been near the city walls, +and had not Sargento-mayor Gallinato with only ten soldiers defended +the bridge with great spirit, they would all have been killed. After +this Gallinato sent to the governor asking for orders, for the men +were fatigued and the sun extremely hot, while he was badly used by +two wounds with stakes that he had received. Such are the weapons +used by the Sangleys; and they first wound with the point like a +spear and then draw it through from behind, with so much force that +they cut a man all to pieces. The governor ordered them to retire, +and they did so accordingly. Having informed the governor of what had +happened, a spark fell into a flask full of powder and burned three +people. From that another spark fell into a jar full of powder and +burned five more soldiers. And had not the sargento-mayor been so +agile, it would have injured him. Meanwhile those in the Parian were +not rejoicing when they saw that, the day before, half of the Parian +had been burned. As men determined to conquer or die they came that +night in two machines that they had made with so great skill that one +side was low and the other high so that they overtopped the walls of +the city; thus they could with very little trouble throw thirty men +into the city each time when they attacked. Behind these machines +came a great throng of Sangleys, of whom the fury of the artillery +killed a great number. At the same time the artillery broke up the +machines. At this juncture reenforcements of one thousand men entered +the city--Pampanga Indians, comprising arquebusiers and pikemen. They +sallied out with some Spaniards and attacked the enemy. They killed +more than a thousand of them and set fire to the rest of the Parian. In +the fire three hundred of the most important and richest merchants were +burned. These, in order not to die at the hands of our men, hanged +themselves and burned themselves alive with their belongings. The +Japanese, seeing that the Pampanga Indians were destroying and sacking +the Parian with great fury, gradually joined them. Together they +killed all the Chinese whom they met, and went away, this man with a +chest, this one with a pair of breeches, [and others with] bags filled +with silks and rich articles. But no Spaniard had any leave to take +part in the sack. However, some who took part in it, at all hazards, +profited very much from the enemy. The sack lasted all the afternoon +and part of the night. The enemy, upon seeing the Parian burned in +every part, and their goods lost, were discouraged. Having held a +council that night, they very silently went to a village called San +Pablo. They were pursued by Don Luys de Velasco with five hundred +Spaniards and one thousand Indians, by order of Governor Don Pedro +de Acuna, before they reached San Pablo. The Sangleys killed of our +men six Spaniards and four Japanese, but it cost them fifteen hundred +of their men. So great was their number, and the confusion among all +of them, that our men did not hesitate to kill as many of them as +they met on the road and elsewhere. The governor immediately sent +word to his Majesty's villages and ordered them not to spare any, +but to put to the sword whomsoever they found. Of all the Chinese, +except thirty who were taken to the city--and who died Christians, +to all appearances, for they asked for the water of holy baptism--no +others are known to have taken the road to salvation, out of more +than twenty thousand who were infidels. The governor having seen that +they were killing all the Sangleys in the islands, ordered, for just +reasons, that none of those coming to the city should be killed. As +soon as this news was given out, about four hundred came. Had they +been ten thousand, they would have been received, for they were +needed in the city. They all accused Bautistilla, a Christian, who, as +above stated, was their governor, saying that he was the cause of the +insurrection, and that he had been made king of all the country. They +also accused Miguel Onte and Alonso Sagoyo--both Christian Sangleys, +and the chiefest men. Having taken their depositions, and through the +sufficient proof that was furnished, since all blamed Bautistilla, +the latter was condemned to be hanged and quartered, and his head +set in the Parian. He was declared a traitor, and his property +confiscated for his Majesty. His houses were razed and their sites +sown with salt. This sentence proceeded from the royal Audiencia, and +was executed on the eleventh of the month of October. At the foot of +the scaffold he said that that death was not due him for his conduct, +and that he had always been a loyal vassal of his Majesty; and that +God knew what was in his breast, and the thoughts of his heart. He +died with the marks of a good Christian. Then on the fifteenth day of +the said month, the two Christian Sangleys were executed. They were +condemned by the sargento-mayor and master-of-camp. One of them, in +order to save himself, declared that the mandarins had come with the +cunning purpose of spying out the land, and that the insurrection had +been by their orders. He said that they were coming soon to attack +the city, and that the Spaniards should not neglect to act very +carefully. Accordingly the governor set about taking all necessary +measures. He and the sargento-mayor worked in a way wonderful to +behold. May God strengthen their hands! Four days later, when the enemy +had fortified themselves quite strongly in San Pablo, Captain Don Luys +de Velasco went out at the head of sixty Spaniards. Having reached the +_calaco_, he attacked so spiritedly that the Sangleys retreated. He +entered the camp of the enemy in his eagerness, whereupon, uttering +loud cries, they returned in a large mob to attack him, so that it +cost him his life and those of four soldiers. The others, on seeing +their captain killed, retreated and went down the mountain. This +news reached the city, whereupon Sargento-mayor Ascoeta went Out +with 220 Spanish arquebusiers, 400 Japanese, 2,000 Pampanga Indians +(of whom 1,500 were arquebusiers and musketeers, and the others were +armed with spears, swords and arrows), 200 Monos, [21] and 300 blacks, +who came as friends to take part in this war. After having gone only +seven leguas, they met the enemy, and having rested four days, they +formed their camp. After having found where the enemy could retreat, +and holding them at every point, they attacked the Sangleys, of whom +they killed more than four hundred. Their master-of-camp retreated +to a little elevation near by, after defending himself with great +courage. Our men rested until morning of the next day, when they went +to give them the "Santiago," and killed fourteen hundred. Three hundred +fled, and hid in the thickets and woods there-about. Our men fortified +themselves with the food that the enemy had there. On the morning of +the following day they went in pursuit of the three hundred who had +hidden and attacked them, and not one of them was left alive. This +victory was obtained without the death of more than twelve Christian +Indians. Our camp rested for three days, and on the fourth began to +march to another village, on the seashore, called Batangas. There +they found a troop of twenty-five hundred hostile Sangleys with ships +and boats, with the intention of going to their own country. After +five days' march our leader sighted the enemy, whereupon he ordered +a halt and drew up his men. On the morning of the next day he gave +battle with great fury, and killed one thousand one hundred and two +Sangleys. The rest, badly crippled, sought refuge in the mountains in +the interior. The Spaniards did not go in pursuit of them, for they +were very tired after their six hours of fighting, while some were +wounded. Consequently Sargento mayor Ascoeta sent an Indian chief, +one Don Ventura de Mendoca, with two hundred Pampanga Indians, to +pursue them. In a few days all the Sangleys were killed. After this +good result and victory the sargento-mayor retired with his camp, +without losing a man outside of twelve Indians and one Japanese, +while seventeen Spaniards were wounded. The most dangerously wounded +was the captain of the guard, Martin de Herrera, who was wounded with +two spear-thrusts through the thighs. He has proved himself a very +honorable and gallant soldier on all occasions. The sargento-mayor +immediately sent a messenger to the governor, to tell him of the +victory. This was on the twelfth of November, at eleven o'clock on +St. Martin's day. After the arrival of this news another piece of news, +of no less importance to this country, was received, namely that the +king of Mindanao wishes peace with us. As security he sent his son +and his nephew as hostages, and with them all the Christians captive +in his land. He offered to help the governor as a true friend. It is a +notable thing that even the animals have tried to show the mortal hate +that ought to be extended toward this canaille. Many thanks have been +and are given to our Lord for all. Hence the most holy sacrament has +been exposed for forty days. Every monastery has observed its octave +with great solemnity and processions, accompanied ever by their good +mother [_i.e._, the Virgin] and the propitious St. Francis, by whose +help we have obtained the victory on all occasions offered us. The +plans of the Sangleys were as follows. On the day of St. Francis, +both workmen and merchants were to enter as usual into the city, +some of the merchants with shoes and others with clothes. The barber +was to attend to his duties. Then with four Sangleys in each house, +they were to put all the Spaniards to the sword, reserving the Spanish +women. These they had already distributed, the young girls for their +enjoyment and the old women to serve in the house. For this purpose +each of them was to carry a catan, or sort of cutlass, under their +long robes. Besides this they had ordered a body of five hundred to +assemble, who were to assault the monastery of St. Francis, and leave +no one alive there. Doubtless they would have killed all according to +this plan, if God our Lord had not been pleased, in His divine mercy, +to disclose it, the day before. Although there had been some rumors of +the insurrection nine days before, the Spaniards would never believe +it; for the life of the Spaniard is all confidence, and he thinks no +one can dare to do such things. The cause of the enemy dividing into so +many troops was the factions among them, so that out of the more than +22,00[0] Sangleys in all these islands, not 800 have survived. [22] +On the twenty-fourth of October they began to dig the trench about +the city wall, at which three hundred men, all Sangleys, worked. The +one thousand Moros were engaged in other works, not only on the fort +and in the new retreat, but on the wall and the supplies for it. The +ditch is seventy feet wide and two estados deep. As soon as the war +began, three hundred Sangley Christians who lived in Tondo and Minondo +embarked in some small boats with their wives and children, and went +down the river to the governor, to whom they said that they had no +wish to revolt. These were sent away safely, and returned to their +houses. The Spaniards are living with great caution toward them, for +they are treacherous and cunning in what they do. They exercise their +trades in this city. Each of them is considered as well employed, in +exchange for which they must not commit offenses as in the past, which +were great and numerous. On the fourteenth of November, Sargento-mayor +Ascoeta entered this city, marching in good order with his camp, +both Spaniards, and the Pampanga Indians and Japanese. They brought +in the banners won from the enemy. They were very well received by +the governor and Audiencia, and by all the city. Don Pedro showered +a thousand compliments on all the Pampanga captains for their good +services. They were much pleased at this, and offered their persons, +lives, and possessions to the service of his Majesty. The Japanese +and Pampangas had a share in all the wealth of the booty, and it was +large, for it consisted mainly of gold, silver, reals, and pearls. + +I do not mention the stratagems of war, the instructions, and the +orders throughout the course of it, in order not to prove wearisome, +and, moreover, to leave them for one who can write them in a better +style. Only, as an eye-witness, I affirm what I have here told, and +that all in general have behaved themselves very well as honorable +soldiers (especially the leaders), both of the ecclesiastics and of +the laymen; and that in this, as in other matters, our Lord has shown +us a thousand favors. + +Among the enemy's flags were two that contained characters in the +Sangley language, which, translated into our Castilian vernacular, +read as follows: + +"The leader and general of the kingdom of Espana ... [23] so that +all the Chinese take part together in this affair and obey us by +destroying root and branch these hostile robbers, whom we have against +our will, both Castilians and Japanese. We the Sangleys swear that +after the conquest of this city we shall share the lands, even to +the very herbs, with equal shares, as brothers." That which gave the +traitor Bautistilla more courage in undertaking so great a treason +was a stratagem and subtilty which he employed to know those on his +side. This was to order each Sangley to bring a needle and deliver +it into his hand. This they did, and he put the needles in a little +box. He thus ascertained that twenty-two thousand one hundred and +fifty Sangley Indians could gather in Manila on the last of November, +the day of St. Andrew, patron of this country. He had determined and +ordered that the insurrection be made on that day both in this city and +in the other districts of these islands. But upon seeing the governor +raising the wall and taking other precautions, because of the many +rumors about the mandarins (who had departed to their own country, +and which the governor did not believe), the traitor determined to +make the attempt on the day of St. Francis, since our Lord permitted +it thus for our welfare. Blessed be He forever! Amen! + +On the tenth of December, Captain Marcos de la Cueva left this city +as ambassador to the kingdom of China, accompanied by one hundred +and forty Spaniards and two friars, in order to inform the eunuch +who is the viceroy at Canton of the above events. Many thought +that he ought not to go, for if the matter were learned there, and +war-vessels were to come, then the island would be supplied with men +to be able to receive them in the same manner; and if they came for +peace they would be received in peace. In the latter case they were +to be informed of the truth of the matter, to which the Christian law +binds us, and told that we did not intend to take their possessions, +or refuse to pay them what was owing them. Nevertheless, he went, +ordered to do the contrary by the Council. May God direct everything +for His holy service. + +On the seventeenth of February of 604, the said ambassador, Marcos +de la Cueva, put back to port on account of a storm that struck him, +which caused his vessel to spring a leak. He was again sent out +in another and very good vessel with one hundred and fifty picked +soldiers, under the leadership of Captain Cueva, a very honorable +and brave soldier. He left on Thursday, the twenty-fifth of the said +month, in the ship "Santiaguillo," which was quite well equipped for +whatever should happen--a very necessary thing. He arrived at the +trading-post where there are Portuguese who trade with the Chinese, +and delivered his letters to them, in order that they might be given +to the eunuch. For the period while he stayed there, no reply was +received to the letters, but he was put off with words; whereupon, +growing impatient, he returned to Manila, leaving affairs in that +condition. With the vessels that came from China this year of 605 +to this city, the eunuch sent three letters--one to the governor, +another to the Audiencia, and the third to the archbishop. All were +similar. The eunuch stated that he had received the letters taken by +the ambassador. The people who had been killed were very properly +killed, as they were an abandoned people. By the information that +he had received from some Sangleys he learned that many Sangleys had +been condemned to the galleys. He asked for them in his letters since +they were still living, asking that they be sent with the property +that had been taken from them. If not, then he would go there with +a war-fleet of one hundred armed ships and conquer their land, and +give the same to others who better merited it. [24] The governor, with +the advice of the others, answered this letter to the effect that he +refused to send the Sangleys; and that before the one hundred armed +ships reached here, he would go to meet them with five hundred, for he +would rejoice to put an end to such canaille, and had enough men to do +it. This letter was given to a Sangley, one Juan de San, a prominent +man among them, and very wealthy, who had lived many years among us, +that he might give it to the eunuch. This man and others who came +in this year of 605 brought news that in [the province of] Canton, +three hundred leguas in the interior, a river overflowed so that it +drowned two hundred thousand Sangley Indians, and much property was +lost. It was also said that earthquakes had occurred, two hundred +leguas in the interior, and as far as Canton, which lasted for two +months. They were so terrific that they shook the very strong palaces, +while other houses and mosques were overthrown. This misfortune and +plague has been by the permission of heaven. At another part, the +Japanese of Great Corria have revolted, and are warring with these +Chinese, so that four hundred thousand of them have banded against +the latter, by which the Chinese are receiving great injury. [25] +Thus, by these and other things, the Chinese are being consumed and +finished, although much time is needed for it. May God be mindful of +us, as He is able, and ever give us His protection. + +[A list of the chief Spanish inhabitants of Manila who were killed +during the Chinese insurrection follows. It contains such well-known +names as Luyz Perez de las Marinas, Juan de Alcega, Juan de la Pena, +Captain Villafana, Juan de Ybarra, Marcos Diaz, Luys de Vetasco, +Estevan de Marquina, Tomas Bravo de Acuna, besides many others, +both officers and men, among them a number of friars. [26]] + + + + +Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III + + +Sire: + +By the death of Don Pedro de Acuna, governor of these islands, who died +on Saturday, June 24, this Audiencia succeeds to their government. In +it has been considered a new order which your Majesty commands to be +followed in sending out the merchant ships that are to go from these +islands to Nueva Espana. Since those which are to go this year are +already laded, and must set sail within three or four days, it has not +been possible to put your Majesty's commands into execution for the +present year. Although this city has prayed for this new order and for +the decrees which have been granted in pursuance of it, yet on account +of the many fires which have occurred in this city in recent years, +the wars, the forced return of some ships, and the loss of others, +by which a great amount of property has been lost, the inhabitants of +these islands are burdened with heavy afflictions and necessities, +which render them unable to pay the new duties imposed by the royal +command. Although these necessities are well known, the new order +of your Majesty will be followed next year, in spite of the fact +that some details involve much difficulty, and that some sections +might well be moderated and limited in the form in which each one is +stated. This matter is of importance to your Majesty's royal service, +and to the welfare of the inhabitants of these islands. + +In the first section your Majesty commands that only the inhabitants +of these islands and no others may ship the merchandise which is to +be transported to Nueva Espana, and that the amount invested therein +shall not exceed two hundred and fifty thousand pesos of eight reals, +as was previously determined by other orders and decrees; while +the returns from this shall not exceed, in principal and profit, +five hundred thousand pesos. As for this section, it deserves serious +consideration that after the expenses of sending out a cargo--including +the fees to be paid here and in Nueva Espana, which amount to thirty +per cent in all, with the addition which the new decree imposes--it is +impossible to recover from five hundred thousand pesos the principal +and the [present] profits on the investment of the said two hundred +and fifty thousand pesos which are granted by this permission. To +reach this amount, it is considered necessary that at least three +hundred and fifty thousand pesos be spent on the cargo. In addition +to the charges referred to, many expenses fall upon the inhabitants +of this city for the maintenance and provision of their houses, +and thus are consumed and expended a part of the profits made on +the investments which they make here. If your Majesty were pleased +to permit that the amount of these investments might be at least +three hundred thousand pesos, wherewith all expenses might be paid, +then the permission to bring back five hundred thousand might well +stand. Until it is known what decision will be reached on this point, +your Majesty's commands shall be fulfilled. Care will be taken that the +investment shall not reach three hundred thousand, or pass far beyond +two hundred and fifty thousand. It should also be considered that +when his Majesty, the sovereign of the realm, who is now in heaven, +granted this permission, it was at a time when these islands were +beginning to be settled. Then there were no inhabitants who could +invest so great a sum, while now there are many. They do not send as +much as they might lade in the vessel; and if this condition of affairs +continues to increase, there is no other means of support than this +trade, nor does the country produce those means. If it shall diminish, +the people who come to live in these islands will likewise become +fewer in number. If it should increase somewhat beyond the new grant, +so many more people will come to the colony here. This population, +however great it is, is all very necessary, in view of the way in +which this country consumes the whole of it, no matter how many come. + +The second section provides that four freight ships should be built, +each one of two hundred toneladas; and that two of them shall make +the voyage every year, very early, while the other two lie in port, +ready for the following year. In this matter your Majesty's will +shall be fulfilled, and the first ships that shall be built will be +of this tonnage. + +The third section provides that there shall be only one commander +for the said two ships, with a lieutenant who shall be second in +command. The intention of this section is to avoid the great expense +which has previously been incurred in this voyage. The section also +provides that each vessel may carry a military captain in addition +to the master, with as many as fifty effective and useful soldiers +on each ship, who shall receive pay. They may also have the necessary +seamen, a certificated pilot, and an adjutant. If this section is to +be fulfilled in this form, then, instead of avoiding many expenses, +it will be the means of increasing again many others which are much +greater. Such will be the result if fifty soldiers sail in each vessel, +since because of the requirement that the capacity of the vessels shall +be so small, they cannot carry so great a number of people. The voyage +is so long that five to seven months are spent in it, and the seasons +are very severe. Many people die at sea; and it is necessary to carry +so many sailors and ship-boys that a great amount of provisions must +be taken for them and the other men. For this reason the late governor +of these islands kept down the number of permissions to go hence to +Nueva Espana to a very small number. He granted them so seldom that he +did not allow the tenth part of those who asked for them to go. Yet +in spite of all this, the commanders of the vessels were obliged, +on account of the great amount of space occupied by the necessary +ship stores, to send on shore, before leaving these islands, some +of the few passengers who had received official permission. In the +despatch of the ships this very year, our experience is of the same +sort. There had returned from the expedition to Maluco many captains, +ensigns, and soldiers detained on shipboard, whom it is necessary +to send back again to Espana. It was found very difficult to put +more than thirty soldiers on a ship of the capacity of four hundred +toneladas, although its cargo amounted to no more than three hundred +and fifty. As for this number of fifty soldiers voyaging [in one ship], +the regulation cannot be carried into effect. If it were to be done, +it could only be at the risk that most of the men on board the ship +should perish, while all would travel in great discomfort. Further, +at the time when the ships are sent out, it would be hard to find in +the city two hundred soldiers having the qualifications necessary for +them to be useful in any battle. It would be a serious evil for this +garrison to be left with so small a number of people. It is considered +as beyond doubt that those who go away from here will not return again +to this city; this will also cause others to abandon the idea of coming +here. Hence it seems that on this point it is not desirable to make +any innovation upon that which has hitherto been done, as that would +be of little advantage, and cause much expense. When the ships return +to these islands they are of much use in defense if they come well +supplied with arms and ammunition, with a hundred soldiers in each as +reenforcements for the troops in these islands. As for the regulation +that the officials who are to go on these ships are to be appointed +here, and that they shall be chosen from among the most influential +and most honored citizens of these islands and those best qualified +for such posts, and that they shall give bonds and that residencia +shall be exacted from them, your Majesty's decrees shall be fulfilled. + +As for the fourth section, it provides that the commanders and seconds +in command, and the officers of the said ships, shall have in the +voyage no trade or commerce, either small or large. As regards the +commanders and seconds in command, your Majesty's decrees shall be +executed; as for the other officers, we refer to the following section. + +The fifth section deals with the salary paid to the commander, being +four thousand ducados, while the second in command receives three +thousand for each voyage, including the going and the coming. It +seems that this might be reduced, and that it would be sufficient to +allow the commander three thousand pesos and the second in command two +thousand. As for allowing salaries and regular pay to the captains, +soldiers, seamen, and gunners who sail in the said ships with the +regulation that they shall have no trade or commerce, it seems, +with reference to the pay of the captains and soldiers, that for +the reasons referred to in the third section these expenses might +be avoided. It would be sufficient to give wages to the gunners and +seamen, without prohibiting them to trade; for the amount of their +trade is very small, and with the permission to take two bales of +cargo granted to each of the seamen and gunners the whole of their +small capital would be expended. Under these circumstances, if the +ship were to be in any peril from storm they would obey commands with +greater zeal and willingness because of their share in the treasure of +the ship. Without such bait as this, which induces many seamen to come +to these islands, without doing any harm to the residents, it would be +difficult to find anyone willing to come here. If this permission were +taken away, the wages alone would not be sufficient to support the men. + +The sixth section provides that only so many officers shall be +appointed as may be needed, that no one shall go as a gunner who is +not one in fact, and that only one gunner shall go for every piece of +artillery carried on the said vessels. In this matter your Majesty's +commands shall be obeyed. + +The seventh section provides that an inspector and an accountant +shall go on the said ships to take the accounts and inventory of +all the cargo. It directs that they shall keep books, in which they +shall enter the merchandise shipped from these islands and that which +comes back on the return voyage. It would seem that this expense also +might be avoided, since this account and inventory are taken by the +royal officials of these islands, and also by the royal officials +of the port of Acapulco. By their account it is possible to know +the cargo which goes there, and what returns. From here is sent to +the viceroy of Nueva Espana a statement in which is contained the +amount of the merchandise sent in the cargo, and the names of the +consignors, in order that in conformity therewith license may be +given, to the citizens who have shipped the goods, for sending back +the money which their merchandise shall have yielded. In this way +the account and inventory required by your Majesty are obtained, +since only the inhabitants of these islands send consignments, and +the proceeds thereof are returned to them and no others. + +The eighth section provides that the vessels shall be no more +heavily laden than they ought to be, and that room be left in them +for everything that is necessary for the men that sail in them. This +section also provides that sufficient provisions shall be carried for +this long voyage, so that the men may not perish for lack of food. This +section also decrees that the vessels shall not be overladen and +thus embarrassed and endangered; but that they shall be laden so as +to be buoyant, and able to meet dangers from storms and enemies. It +is also provided that in lading the vessels a proper division of the +space should be made. In all these matters your Majesty's will shall +be carried out. + +The ninth section decrees that the freight charges to be paid on +cargoes in the aforesaid vessels, for the voyages both going and +coming, shall be determined and regulated in proportion to the +expenses of the voyage, no more being charged than is necessary to +meet them without any supply being required for this purpose from your +Majesty's treasury. The section provides that for these expenses the +duties shall be increased--by two per cent on the goods carried in the +ships, and another two per cent on the money sent to these islands as +proceeds from the shipment. It provides that this fund shall be put +in a chest apart, and kept in this city, to meet the expenses of the +said ships and the men in them. This sum is to be kept together with +the freight charges collected. The contents of this section require +careful consideration. When the ships return to these islands, they +come laden with the forces intended for this military district and +garrison, and artillery, arms, and ammunition; and with the religious, +and the colonists who come to settle in these islands, in addition +to other things required for the service of your Majesty. Although +they do indeed bring the money for the citizens of this city, they +at the same time bring much required for the reenforcement of the +military establishments here. If these freights are to be apportioned +as your Majesty commands, there will be a large amount which might +fall upon your royal treasury. Hence it seems that, if your Majesty +should be pleased, it would be well for the present not to change the +custom which has hitherto been followed; and that only to assist the +expenditures which your Majesty incurs in sending out these vessels +should the citizens of these islands be charged two per cent on the +merchandise which they ship, and two per cent more for the money sent +them in return. For, although it is said on the other side that the +profits are large, they commonly are not; while the freight, fees, +and duties are very great. From these profits there is paid to your +Majesty in this city five per cent, including the new increase, and +in Nueva Espana sixteen per cent; while the expenses of the ships +which had to put back to port, and the goods lost in those which have +been wrecked since the year one thousand six hundred, come to more +than a million. It will take many years for the profits to make up +for such a loss. May God keep the Catholic and royal person of your +Majesty. Manila, July 6, 1606. + + +The licentiate _Telles de Almacan_ +The licentiate _Andres de Alcarez_ +The licentiate _Juan Manuel de la Vega_ + + + +Letter from the Fiscal to Felipe III + + +Sire: + +Last year, sixteen hundred and five, during which I began to serve +your Majesty as fiscal of this Audiencia, and as protector of the +natives [27] of these islands by appointment of the Audiencia, I sent +a statement of everything of importance which within the short time of +my service I was able to discover. Since that time I have considered +with care and attention the things of greatest consequence to your +royal service, and have found that I ought to give your Majesty an +account and statement of the condition in which I found affairs, +and that in which they are at present. + +I reported to your Majesty the uprising of the Sangleys in the year +sixteen hundred and three, leaving military matters to the official +reports which I knew were sent. I reported to your Majesty that it +was well to consider with care what was necessary to be done for the +good government and protection of this kingdom. Afterward I saw that, +just as if the said uprising had not occurred, permission for Sangleys +to remain in this city continued to be given. They were allowed to +have habitations, dwellings, and shops--a permission which has caused +much comment and discussion. The reason is that the Audiencia took +upon itself the administration of this matter, assigning it year by +year in turn to each auditor. With the course of time the permission +has been extended, not by the will of the auditor alone, but by the +decree and direction of the Audiencia itself. The Audiencia granted +of its own free will and pleasure, without the assent of the city +and its cabildo, permission to the Sangleys to remain. The city and +cabildo remonstrated, but the Audiencia granted licenses to as many +as it pleased. In the year sixteen hundred and four, there were 457; +and in the year sixteen hundred and five they had increased to 1,648, +as is shown by the official statement which I enclose. From this +it will be seen that during this said year of sixteen hundred and +five there came from China 3,977, and that 3,687 returned; so that +290 remained here, making with those of the previous year a total +of 747. There actually remained 1,648; hence it is evident that, +besides those who were registered, 901 came here. This has been done +by granting licenses to many to live and make their abode outside +of the city, among the mountains and in other places, where they +easily receive those who disembark before the vessel has come here, +or after the ships have set out on their return voyage. + +In view of this disadvantage I petitioned the Audiencia that no Sangley +may have permission to be absent at any time, especially when the ships +are arriving or setting out. Although this demand was so just, they +did not take action as I requested; and affairs remain as they were +before. Inasmuch as the despatch of the vessels is not yet completed, +I do not now make a statement of the evil results which I expect to +follow, until I am able to state them with accuracy. All this results +from a failure to observe the ordinance of the Audiencia with regard to +the number which each ship may carry; for, although the number allowed +was limited to two hundred in the largest vessel, one ship of no great +size has brought about five hundred, so that this year six thousand +five hundred and thirty-three Sangleys have arrived, of which I send +a sworn statement. These, added to the almost two thousand of the +previous year who remained, make up a great number. This is within +two years and a half after so dangerous an uprising, and it promises +more danger to follow. Therefore, in order to set this matter right, +I reported that since this city and commonwealth could not allow and +did not desire the Sangleys to remain, and had remonstrated against +it (although it would be for their service) I therefore demanded, +since this was necessary for the safety of the kingdom, that not one +Sangley should [be allowed to] remain in these islands. I also asked +that the number of ships to come from China each year and the number +of men to be carried in them might be definitely stated, this number +being made as small as possible, and severe penalties being assigned to +anyone who should violate the rules. Although the community requested +that what I asked for might be conceded, and the city confirmed what +it had previously said (of which an account has already been given to +your Majesty), the Audiencia has commanded that this year one thousand +five hundred Sangleys shall remain. I fear that many more will stay, +since they are scattered in the provinces, in the rural districts, and +among the surrounding mountains, from which they could be brought out +only with difficulty. The reason for so many Sangleys being brought +in the ships every year is, that the penalties are so light and the +execution of them is so relaxed. As it is to the advantage of the +owners of the ships to get large returns from their vessels, they +are not troubled at being obliged to pay the small fine levied on +them by the city. In spite of the fact that the city declares that +it does not wish Sangleys to remain, they have built many shops on +the site of their old residence, named Parian, as will appear from +the official statement which I send; and in every one of these live +three of four persons, and in some are many. I opposed the building +of these shops and caused it to cease, because if they were not under +restriction the Parian would become very large. It is now as large +as before the uprising. This evil result follows from the fact that +your Majesty granted the city the income received from these shops; +and many ducados are received for them, as is manifest in the said +official statements. To remedy this wrong, it is desirable that your +Majesty command the number of shops to be definitely limited, and +direct that in one shop one man only may live, who shall have some +known occupation and be a Christian. It would be well also to limit +the number of ships which may come and the number of persons that they +may carry, commanding that when the number is full no more shall be +received into the port, and that no vessel shall be admitted which +carries more than the appointed number. It would be well to provide +also that if the city exceed these limits, in the number and kind of +the shops, the grant allowed for the same be revoked. + +When I entered upon the functions of this office, I discovered a +serious irregularity in the succession to encomiendas of Indians. Your +Majesty commanded that such encomiendas should descend from father +to son or daughter, and, in default of children, to the wife of the +encomendero, definitely stating that the succession should come to an +end there. Yet without attracting the attention of anyone, important +as the matter is, the wife has succeeded to her deceased husband, +and then after she has married a second time and has then died, the +second husband has succeeded the wife, and so on _ad infinitum_. Thus +it has come about that nearly all the encomiendas are far from their +original assignment, the majority being in the hands of undeserving +persons. The result is that it is a marvel if an encomienda is ever +vacant; for none has been regarded as vacant unless the possessor +has died without being married or without issue. Since this wrong +is universal, and is of great importance--affecting, as it does, the +common interests of all the islands--I have deemed it proper to advise +your Majesty of it, in order that you may ordain that which shall be +most to your Majesty's service. This may be carried out by commands +given by your Majesty to the governor to declare all encomiendas vacant +in which the rule of succession shall have been transgressed. Then +since some of them are in the hands of deserving persons, in spite +of the improper way in which they have been obtained, they may be +regranted; while many others will remain unassigned and open for +granting to soldiers who have served, but who remain in poverty +and almost in despair of ever receiving a reward. The only reward +in these islands is the encomiendas; and, as they are perpetuated +in the way described, one is never vacated except in very unusual +circumstances--unusual, that is, for this country. Here, for a woman +to be of advanced age is not enough to prevent her marriage, so much +is the succession to her encomienda coveted. The reason for failing +to institute proceedings against all these people is, that they are +in possession; and if proceedings follow the law of Malinas the cases +can take no less time than would be consumed if your Majesty were to +command them to be declared vacant, as I suggest. As for those which +have been vacated during my term of office, I have begun to put a +stop to this improper custom, and shall continue to do so until I am +informed of your Majesty's commands. It is desirable that these be +sent very promptly and clearly, since correction of this evil will +be rendered very difficult if there is any uncertainty. + +The same illegality occurs in another way: an encomendero dies, and +is succeeded by his wife; if she marries and has children, these +have succeeded her, and even, when they are married, their wives +or husbands succeed them. This is contrary to the statute that the +succession shall end with the wife of the first encomendero. For all +this your Majesty will make suitable provision. + +By a section in a letter from your Majesty to Don Pedro de Acuna, +late governor of these islands, your Majesty commands that the wine +for celebrating mass which was provided to religious in charge of the +instruction of Indians on private encomiendas shall not be given by +the royal exchequer. This decree has caused resentment on the part +of those concerned. They instituted legal proceedings against the +execution of the command, claiming that the previous usage should +prevail, and affirming that the wine is thus furnished in Mexico +and Piru. I presented decrees showing that this is a grant made by +your Majesty to the religious of those provinces for a limited time; +and the Audiencia, on appeal, directed your Majesty's commands to +be executed. The encomenderos declare that your Majesty should meet +this expense, and are sending documents on the subject. I give this +information in order that your Majesty may be assured that this is +entirely an act of bounty on your Majesty's part, and that your Majesty +has many obligations and expenses on these islands, which must be met; +and that since your Majesty gives the wine on the royal encomiendas, +they can and should provide it on their own. + +Your Majesty has commanded that no offices or places of profit +shall be given to those who hold Indians in encomienda. There are +some encomiendas so small that they are insufficient as a means of +support, and sometimes these are held by persons very well fitted +for such offices as are to be granted. It would be well if your +Majesty should command that which shall be most to your service on +this matter, that no doubt may exist. The fiscal my predecessor, +whenever offices were given to such encomenderos, was accustomed to +begin suit appealing from the governor's appointments; and he likewise +appealed and brought suit against some of those to whom the governors +made grants, on the ground that they were against decrees and the +instructions of the governor. This was a fruitful source of irritation, +the governors declaring that the offices are thus granted for the good +of your Majesty's service, although it appears that the appointees are +making gain of them. Since that which has occurred and that which may +occur is of moment, your Majesty will ordain according to your royal +pleasure, observing that the governors are subject to residencias, +and that it is difficult to bring a lawsuit with reference to every +one of their decisions made after this manner, or to undertake to +settle the question whether or no such decisions are proper. + +This city of Manila is very near the villages of some Indians +who support themselves by agriculture. If there are any places +unoccupied they use them as sites for dwellings. They make use of +the grass to cover their houses and also to cover their fields, +for they always keep these covered thus during the time while the +crops begin to grow. These Indians have suffered great oppression, +for there have been established in the vicinity of this city more +than twenty-four cattle-farms. From very small beginnings they have +multiplied so greatly that in some there are more than four thousand +head, while all of them have more than a thousand. These cattle, +on account of their number, spread and wander out of bounds, and do +much damage. Finding this wrong in existence when I assumed office, +I began some suits to cause the cattle-farms to be abandoned. On one of +the farms, which belonged to Captain Pedro de Brito, near the villages +of Capa, Namayan, and Santana, the Audiencia on appeal decided that he +must keep his cattle within bounds; and that such cattle as might be +found straying might be killed by the Indians who found them in their +fields. Being a wretched race, they dare not do this, and suffer much +from this and other causes. There are some persons who charge Indians +with having wronged them, and who take the Indians into service that +they may work off the damage done. So far is this custom carried that +the service is converted into slavery. There is now a great abundance +of cattle outside of this district, and so many cattle-farms are not +needed. It would be well for your Majesty to command that all of them +within three leguas of towns and cultivated areas should be abandoned, +in order that this molestation may cease. + +The province of Panpanga is twelve leguas hence. It is the most +fertile in all the islands, and the inhabitants have done more in +your service than have any others. It lies low and is bounded by +some mountains which slope down to it. The natives of the mountains +are called Zambales. They are a race that live like beasts, without +settled habitations; and they are so murderous that their delight is +cutting off heads. For this purpose they come down upon this province, +and, as its inhabitants are a race entirely devoted to agriculture, +they take them unawares, and have wrought and do work great outrages +upon them. The effort was made to put a garrison in their country, +and some Spanish troops were stationed there. Since the country is +rough and mountainous, it is impossible to march in it; and as there +is no certain day on which the attacks of the mountaineers can be +anticipated, it is impossible to prevent them. The Panpangans have +often asked for permission to destroy these others, by killing or +enslaving them; but no decision has been given them in all the years +during which the matter has been discussed. The remedy for the evil +is easy, for if they be given for a time as slaves to any man who can +capture them, this will encourage the making of inroads upon them. This +has not been done, because of your Majesty's commands not to enslave +any of the inhabitants of this archipelago and island. This would he a +temporary slavery, and by it much or all of this evil described would +be corrected; and the expense which it causes would be prevented. The +same thing happens in the mountains of Yllocos and in other regions, +for every day the mountaineers attack and murder members of the tribes +at peace--who, as they have no permission to kill them and no hope +of making use of them, permit them to return and harass them. + +In this matter of slavery there has recently arisen anew a great +problem. This is that among these Indians there is a custom that while +[in Spanish law] the child follows the womb, among them it likewise +follows the father by half. Thus the son of a free mother and a slave +father was half slave, like the son of a slave mother and a free +father; so there were slaveries of the fourth and eighth part. The +former Audiencia, regarding this as absurd, commanded that the rule +should no longer be observed, and that the son of a free mother should +hereafter be free. This decision, being accepted without difficulty, +produced no opposition, and many were in the enjoyment of liberty who +had been married as freemen, and were such. But now, in a late case, +the Audiencia has decided that the old custom shall be observed. Hence +much disquietude has resulted; for, in addition to the infinite number +of suits as to freedom, there is now much trouble as to marriages. This +race is very fickle in that matter; and some who were married as +freemen are already talking of having their marriages annulled by +saying that they are slaves. Since in all these years there has been +no disturbance regarding this matter, I trust that your Majesty will +ordain that the disposition of the former Audiencia may stand. + +On the death of Francisco Sarmiento, who held the office of government +secretary of these islands, and on the renunciation of it by Gaspar de +Azebo, who bought the office in the time of the former Audiencia, the +governor, Don Pedro de Acuna, granted the office to Antonio de Ordas, +who acted as his secretary. This was at a time when your treasury +was in very great need, and suffered most urgent demands upon it, +especially for the building of a ship to go to sea that year. The +governor planned to sell this office, and for that purpose the said +Antonio de Ordas surrendered it; but when they set about executing +the governor's purpose this city interposed with objections, and +presented a petition that it might not be sold but might be given +as a grant. The basis of their contention was that your Majesty had +commanded in one section of the instructions given to Gomez Perez as +to the sale of clerical offices that they should be thus managed, +and should be given as grants to the well-deserving. It was urged +that this should be understood of all such offices, not only of +government but of the court of the Audiencia. I opposed the city, +and found a special decree to the effect that these two offices should +be sold. This decree was issued in the time of the former Audiencia, +and in conformity with it this office was sold. Alleging that the +said Ordas, although he had already received that grant, renounced +it so that the office might be sold, and a way be found for meeting +urgent necessities, I succeeded in effecting the sale, which was made +for seventeen thousand pesos to Gaspar Albares, who paid down that +sum, with which many matters were attended to. It was distributed +in accordance with the decision of the Audiencia in meeting the most +important demands, and especially in paying for the building of the +said vessel, which would otherwise have been impossible. I also brought +forward the argument (which I refer to your Majesty) that an office +of such value is a very large grant in these islands; while those +who are entitled to receive favors--that is to say, soldiers--are not +fitted for such offices. I add that your Majesty is very poor here, +and needs to take advantage of all resources. Thus your Majesty will +command that which will be most to your service; for all these measures +have been taken on condition of receiving your Majesty's approval. + +Among the irregularities which I discovered was the following. Although +your Majesty has commanded that clerical offices shall not be resigned +more than once, and that the resignations shall be confirmed within a +limited time, still, of four public notaryships which are in existence +here, three have been resigned three or four times, without receiving +any confirmation; but from the sales and resignations it has been +customary to place a third part in the royal treasury. I entered +an action to have them declared vacant; and after having carefully +considered the question, I found that if they were to be granted as +a royal bounty, and then were vacated, your treasury would be the +loser by being obliged to return the thirds which it had received. On +this basis, it is better that things should continue as they are. I +have arranged that if they should be vacated they may be sold; for +the demands upon the treasury are many. If this plan shall receive +your approbation I shall bring the cases to a conclusion; if not, +I shall suspend them until your Majesty gives such commands as are +most for the good of your service. When these notaryships have been +resigned they have brought eight hundred pesos, and latterly one +thousand two hundred. They are now worth more than three thousand, +so that with a single one it would be possible to pay everything due +for the thirds on all. This will remedy something of the much which +requires remedy. The same thing can be done with the clerkships of +registry, which will be worth more than eight thousand; and with +those of probate and of the estates of deceased persons, which will +be worth another good sum; and they have all been given for nothing. + +It has been very unfortunate that the funds which your Majesty has +commanded and decreed to be set aside for special objects have been +employed for other purposes. This has been especially the case with +the fund for prebends and for the payment of troops, which should +be performed with the utmost regularity. I have done all I could +to put this in order; but since the current from the past was very +strong it was impossible to accomplish my purpose. The reason given +was that one fund ought to aid another. The evils resulting are +serious; for both ecclesiastics and soldiers perform their service, +and all they get is nothing but poverty. Hence they lament with reason +that their salaries are not paid to them. This is a reason that the +soldiers are wretched and poor, some of them going about begging for +alms. An attempt will be made to correct this when new officials of +your exchequer enter their offices; and more certainly your Majesty +will provide relief in this direction, so that the soldiers' pay may +not fall into arrears. If the Audiencia had not assumed authority to +set apart in the treasury the money which came [from Mexico] during +the preceding year, one thousand six hundred and five, for persons +who had died in previous years in the war with the Sangleys and in +other conflicts, to be used to pay the soldiers, it would have been +a very great misfortune. With this the matter was set right, and the +pay has been kept up; but your Majesty has been obliged to remain in +debt for the sum which was taken for this purpose. + +The president and the auditors have likewise suffered in their +salaries, which are at the present time due them for more than a +year. Although for these salaries certain specified encomiendas had +been set apart, the returns from these have been mixed with other +funds. During the term of the former Audiencia, your Majesty commanded +that for this purpose certain encomiendas should be assigned to the +crown; but no more than six thousand pesos was thus realized. Since +the number of encomiendas above referred to will have to be vacated, +your Majesty can decree that some shall be set aside for this purpose; +then the treasury will be in a somewhat easier condition. + +One of the most important institutions possessed by your Majesty in +these islands and in this city is the seminary of Santa Potenciana, +in which care is taken of orphaned and poor girls, the daughters of +conquistadors; there are in it more than a hundred. The seminary +prevents many evil results. The girls leave it, when entering the +married state, respected and instructed; and the seminary also serves +as a shelter for other women during the absence of their husbands, +and for many other good purposes. Your Majesty is its patron, +and hence, ought to remember it. During Easter week the house, +which was very well built, and roofed, was burned to the ground, +and its inmates were dispersed. Since it was under the patronage of +your Majesty, and on account of the good work that it was doing, the +archdeacon of this diocese and I determined to ask for subscriptions +in order to rebuild it. The city zealously entered into the work, +and we collected about two thousand five hundred pesos, with which +we immediately began to build the structure. God was pleased that +by the feast of Pentecost we were able to have the greater part of +the inmates sheltered, within narrow quarters but under a roof. The +work has been continued ever since, and I hope that soon it will be +established in its previous condition. Still the institution is very +poor, and is in great need. I trust that your Majesty will command +that some Indians be assigned it, or that some grant be made to it; +for great service is done to God by this institution, through its good +works and by preventing the evil which would result in the community +if its inmates were left without shelter. + +This city was also in need of a hospital in which care might be +taken of Spanish women, of whom there are now many here. So great +was their need that some were cared for in a hospital maintained +by La Misericordia for the care of slaves. God aroused the zeal +of a conquistador of this country, by name Joan Ximenes del Pino; +and, encouraged by his own zeal, by suitable measures he bought a +building next to the royal hospital for the Spaniards, which could +be connected with the latter, and which he has given to the hospital +for this purpose, that women may be cared for in it. It cost him five +thousand pesos; and besides this he assumed the expense of putting it +into a proper state for this purpose, with which intent he placed in +my care a sum of money which is being spent. In view of the fact that +the expense is increasing, the said hospital will require some grant +of aid. I beg your Majesty to give it, for all these institutions +are under your protection. + +The hospital of the Spaniards also suffers from inadequate service, +for lack of attendants; and it is necessary for your Majesty to provide +a remedy, which can best be done by sending for this purpose brethren +of St. John of God; [28] for although Franciscan friars live there +they attend only to the administration of the sacraments, and of +everything else there is a lack. [29] + +Since men here are placed in danger they are continually giving +out, and when any of them die others take under their guardianship +the children of those who are left. Sometimes the guardians give +sufficient bonds, and sometimes not; but with the progress of time +these cases have grown steadily worse, and the poor minors lose their +estates. There are many thousands of ducados in the hands of guardians; +and although the alcaldes-in-ordinary have tried to make them render +accounts, no accounts have ever been finished during the three years +since they were begun, for they are all banded together. This is a +wretched state of affairs; hence, in order to correct this, it will be +well for your Majesty to give commands that the Audiencia shall take +charge of this matter. It should be committed to one auditor, for it +can be done in no other way. This community suffers from this evil. + +The governor, Don Pedro de Acuna, being obliged to be absent from the +city on the expedition to Maluco, appointed as his lieutenant in the +governorship and in matters of war the licentiate Christoval Tellez +de Almacan, second auditor of this Audiencia. As soon as the governor +left the city the licentiate Don Antonio de Ribera Maldonado asserted +that he, as the senior auditor, had the right to command in war and +the Audiencia to direct the government, in conformity with the decree +which declares that if the governor shall become unable to perform +the duties of his office, the Audiencia shall govern, and the senior +auditor shall perform the functions of captain-general. With regard to +this the Audiencia determined that the licentiate Don Antonio should +fill the office of captain-general, under certain limitations which +were set, while the governorship should remain as the governor Don +Pedro had left it. If it were necessary to carry out the decree, and +if the chief command in military affairs should have to be given to +the senior auditor, it ought not to be with limitations. Likewise the +Audiencia should assume the functions of the governor. Accordingly, +I give a statement of that which has happened, as I am looking to +the future. An explanation of the said decree is needed to determine +whether, when the governor is absent from the city without leaving +the jurisdiction, he shall have authority to appoint whomsoever he +chooses, or if the decree must necessarily be carried out. The decree +states that, in case the governor thus fails to act, it is necessary +to send a report of the facts to your Majesty, that you may take +suitable measures; and it seems to refer to the event of death. For +deciding this question, it must be considered that it might happen +that the abilities required for the conduct of military affairs would +be lacking in the senior auditor, while they might be found in the +one whom the governor should appoint. From this it will be clearly +seen that for the conduct of military affairs--especially in the +condition in which these islands and the new conquest of Maluco at +present are--it is undesirable not to be provided in this jurisdiction +with a person of much distinction and experience in the conduct of war. + +Since your Majesty is at such a distance, and the remedy for +these difficulties must come so slowly, there is no one to correct +certain ecclesiastics. Their superiors sometimes pay very little +attention to the complaints made against them, and hence there +have existed and do exist serious acts of impropriety, especially +among the religious. Since there is no one who has authority to +investigate their cases or to write reports regarding these, matters +are in a most lamentable condition, and mainly to the injury of +the Indians. The religious make assessments on the natives under +the name of benefactions, and employ them at their will, without +limit. I have striven to find means to correct this, and have entered +suit against the agents whom they employ to carry out their plans; +these are called fiscals, and are cruel executors of the will of the +religious. I offered my plea, and accordingly the Audiencia decided +that none of them should have the right to hold Indians in service or +should collect any contributions; and a certain amount of abatement +of this unjust practice seems to have resulted. Those who are most +notorious in this matter, and who are worse than all the others, +are the members of the Order of St. Augustine. They are practically +incorrigible, on account of having as provincial Fray Lorenco de Leon, +a friar of much ambition and ostentation. He left these islands to ask +your Majesty for bounty, and now he is striving to go again, and for +that purpose has collected a large amount of money. He has even taken +the silver from some of the mission churches of his order; and when he +visited the province of Ylocos, he even carried away the monstrances +for the most holy sacrament from Ylaguan, Vantay, Candon, Tagudin, +and other places. It will be well for your Majesty to decree and grant +authority to the Audiencia, that it may cause official investigation +to be made into these matters and others which may arise, and that +it may proceed as do the viceroys of Piru and Mexico. For, so soon +as friars are interfered with in any respect, they begin to declare +that ecclesiastical censures have been incurred and disturbances are +raised, which give occasion for scandal to the common people. When +I saw this, I petitioned the said Audiencia for some correction of +the unlawful acts of the said provincial; and they directed that +the bishop of Nueva Segovia (who was present in this city) and the +vicar-general of this archbishopric should make an official report +in the matter. This they have done in a secret document, stating +the great transgressions of this friar. When I petitioned that some +decree should be passed in session of the Audiencia, it was decided +that a remedy should be provided; but I have not learned that anything +has been done. I inform your Majesty of this, that you may take such +measures as shall be necessary. + +A great aid in making a beginning in correcting the unlawful +proceedings of these religious of the Augustinian order has been +the coming of the discalced friars of the order. They have been very +well received and several of the others have begun to join with them, +intending principally to escape the tyranny of their provincial. In +this way the others and he himself, will be corrected, when the good +result of their coming shall be evident in this effect, and in the +conversion of souls which your Majesty has so much at heart. I have +aided them in so far as to provide them with a house, where they +now are. + +In the vicinity of this city, and within it, there are Indians without +number who have come from their native places to escape the labor of +tilling the soil and raising animals as they have been commanded. They +make their living by buying and selling provisions and other things, +to the great damage of this community. I have brought suit that +they may be compelled to return to their native places; and finally +they have been commanded to do so, a certain number of them being +retained for the service of each religious order; these are gathered +by the religious into villages. The execution of this decree is very +necessary, and your Majesty accordingly ordained it at the suit of this +city. Your Majesty will please command that this decree be enforced +without exception, especially by directing that these villages for the +service of the religious orders be broken up. Each order having been +allowed as many as thirty Indians, that number has greatly increased +by the protection given to them. The reason why they protect them is, +that the Indians serve them either for nothing or at less than the +ordinary rate of pay, and the sum allowed them for these Indians who +serve them is distributed among those who remain; but, in order to +get these servants cheaply, the religious contrive that there shall +be many of them. If those who are necessary are permitted to remain, +it is but just that the religious should pay them the regular rate. + +Your Majesty has commanded that no one shall enjoy any positions +of profit in these islands without being resident here; and that +if encomenderos are absent they shall not receive the tributes. In +particular, your Majesty has decreed by your royal letters, at the suit +of this city, that the encomiendas of the mariscal Gabriel de Ribera, +who has long been absent, shall be vacated. The governor accordingly +vacated them, giving part of them to Don Jhoan Ronquillo, and placing +part of them under the administration of the royal treasury. After +this had been executed and settled, another royal letter arrived +in which your Majesty granted to the said mariscal the privilege of +receiving his tributes during his absence. When his attorney presented +this letter I opposed it, and declared that it had been obtained +by some improper statement, as I now allege, and as will appear by +the documents which I send. Nevertheless, they commanded that the +encomiendas in charge of the treasury should be returned to him, +bonds being taken; accordingly, they were given to his attorney, +because he himself did not come to demand the fulfilment [of the +Audiencia's decree]. With regard to this matter your Majesty will +take such measures as shall please you--considering that there are +many here who, although they have seen service, still suffer need; +and who are discontented that others should be rich and, even while +absent, enjoy what these men are protecting at so great risk. + +The expedition against Mindanao having been arranged during the year +ninety-five with Captain Estevan Rrodriguez de Figueroa, who was +under obligations to carry it out, he began to do so, going thither +in his own person; but in the year ninety-six he died, at the first +assault. The army being unprovided with a commander, the governor of +these islands, Don Francisco Tello, selected one. For the continuation +of this expedition a very great expense was incurred by the command +of the said governor, with the assent and advice of Dr. Antonio de +Morga, his assessor and lieutenant. A suit from the heirs afterward +followed, on the ground that they were not obliged to continue the +expedition, and were not responsible for the expenses thereof. The +Audiencia, as a court of appeal, revoked the governor's command, +and declared the estate free from obligations. I appealed the case +to your Majesty, and sent the original documents. This I did, not +only that the principal case might be decided, but also because +the heirs claim that your Majesty should cause them to be paid for +the expenditure of their property. I offer the advice that even if +they were not obliged to carry out the conquest, your Majesty is not +their debtor, since you have commanded that such conquests are not +to be made on your account and at your cost. Hence these expenses are +owing by him who commanded them to be incurred. Since I have been in +your Majesty's service I have placed this matter in a clear light, +as was not previously the case. When claims were made for wages +and other expenses, the Audiencia commanded them to be paid from +the royal treasury; and thus many such payments have been made on +the account of those who really owed them. At the present time the +judges, being informed in regard to these claims, have decided that +they are not due from your Majesty. Accordingly your Majesty is not +only not obliged to pay them, but has a right to claim satisfaction, +for the expenditures from the royal treasury, from the property of +the governor Don Francisco; and, in case it is insufficient, from +the property of the assessor by whose advice they were incurred. + +As to the provision of an incumbent for this office, it should be +noticed that most affairs in this country depend upon it--especially +the proper care of the Indians, which is most important; for with +this office is united that of being their protector. I have always +striven to attend to this matter carefully, as I have done in other +matters pertaining to your royal service. This I shall continue to do +in these islands until an appointment is made: and I petition your +Majesty to grant me, when that shall come, permission to leave this +kingdom, the governor that shall be in office making me a sufficient +allowance for my passage hence. God keep the Catholic personage of +your Majesty, with the increase of your realms. Manila, July, 1606. + +The licentiate _Rodrigo Diaz Guiral_ + + + + +The Terrenate Expedition + + +Sire: + +In the Council of War for the Indias there have been presented two +letters from Don Pedro de Acuna, governor and captain-general of the +Filipinas, written to your Majesty on the first and seventh of July +of the year 605 just past, copies of which are enclosed. In them your +Majesty, if so pleased, will see in what condition is the expedition +for the capture of Terrenate, and how the governor went in person +with it, with a great deal of confidence in a favorable outcome, +on account of the excellent reenforcement that had been sent to him +under the command of the master-of-camp, Juan Desquivel. Although they +were fewer in number than what he had asked for, nevertheless he was +pleased with the companies that he had seen, and he expected to join +with them some men from that garrison and some other available men, +and some Indians (Panpangas and others from that vicinity) among whom +are excellent arquebusiers and musketeers, who approve themselves +very well when in company with Spaniards. He says that he foresaw this +undertaking as soon as he began that government; and for that reason +he had built five galleys, as he considered them to be the vessels +most effective for the defense of that realm. He wrote that he would +take four of them, and five ships and seven brigantines; and besides +this five lorchas, which are very good vessels after the Chinese and +Japanese style, for both oars and sails, and are more capacious and +better suited for carrying food than any other kind of oared vessel. He +thought, then, that he would make that expedition, taking with him +all these galleys on your Majesty's account, and providing that for +the private persons and the encomenderos there should go seven or +eight other medium-sized vessels, with high freeboard, in which their +masters should take a quantity of biscuit, rice, wine, meat, and other +things--which would help greatly, because a large number of volunteers +were going. He had made every possible effort in urging these latter +to go, representing your Majesty's service to them; and he said that +they greatly needed this opportunity, on account of the losses and +troubles which they have suffered, and because they are poor and much +disheartened. With this force he thought that he would set out from +Manila, after St. Francis's day, for the town at the port of Oton, +in the island of Panay, where the infantry was stationed, in order +that the whole fleet might sail from there at the end of January or +the beginning of February of this year, which is the best time for +Maluco. He says that he has no doubt of encountering vessels from +Olanda and Zelanda, and more this year than in others--according to the +reports which he has that in the city of Nostra Dama, and in another +near to it, they were getting ready twelve or thirteen large vessels +with the intention of coming to the Indias to capture Ambueno and the +Malucas; and that they were bringing a large number of men, and also +lime and cut stone, as ballast, with which to fortify themselves. He +says that he fears greatly that this may be so because the king of +Tidore informed him that the king of Terrenate had sent to the Dutch, +offering to permit them to build a fortress and factory in his land, +in order to keep them satisfied so that they should help him against +the aforesaid king of Tidore and against the Portuguese and Castilians; +and that for this reason the forts there and at Ambueno were in great +danger. Don Pedro says that, if this is true, there will be a great +deal of difficulty in his undertaking. This report by the king of +Tidore seems to be confirmed and made more sure by another which he +sends with the aforesaid letter of the seventh of July, a copy of which +is enclosed. This was made by a Portuguese of Ambueno and a religious +of the Society of Jesus, both of whom were living there. It tells more +at length of the state of affairs in Maluco, and of the lawlessness +of the Hollanders, and their motive in going there with twelve large +ships well equipped with artillery, in the year 604 just past; and +how they came to Ambueno on the twenty-third of February of 605, +with eight ships and six pataches, and captured the fort which was +there, and took possession of the Portuguese town--because, those +within it, seeing the great number of men and pieces of artillery +which they carried, made no defense. Then, with the brick, lime, and +stone which they had brought they began to rebuild the fort which the +Portuguese had, and they left there about one hundred and thirty men +as a garrison. The same thing may be learned from the brother Gaspar +Gomes of the Society of Jesus, who has come from the Filipinas, sent +by the aforesaid Don Pedro de Acuna and bearing letters from him. He +says that the aforesaid Don Pedro had told him that, when the affair +of Maluco was accomplished and the land made safe, he intended to go +quickly to settle affairs in Ambueno, because he had heard that the +Hollanders who had obtained foothold there were expecting a son of +Don Antonio. [30] On this account he desired, as quickly as possible, +a special order from your Majesty; and he, the brother Gaspar Gomes, +comes to ask for it in the name of Don Pedro. This should be considered +with great care, and also what he says in that letter about the king +of Japon, in regard to keeping friendship with him--as your Majesty, +if you are so pleased, may examine in greater detail in the letter. It +is well to note also what he says about the delay that there might +be in his receiving succor because your Majesty is so far away, and +the great hindrance that it would be to him if they were not very +careful and prompt in sending him from Nueva Espana more men, arms, +gunpowder, and munitions in plenty, and also money; for, although +the men had been paid for a year, already more than half had passed, +and when he shall have started from Oton the year will be entirely +completed. It is also necessary that another goodly amount of money be +sent to the treasury of the Filipinas Islands, on a separate account, +because it is so empty and depleted. The garrison also is lacking +in men, and this should be provided for in part. All this having +been reviewed and examined with the attention which a matter of so +much importance requires, it appears that Don Pedro de Acuna has the +Terrenate undertaking well under way, and that he should be thanked +for it, as well as for going thither in person, on which account +it seems that that matter will have better support, and that better +results may be expected from it, on account of the good judgment and +experience which he is known to possess. The information which we have +of the care with which the rebels are fortifying themselves in those +regions and getting control of the trade with them is very important; +for from this results very great loss to your Majesty's exchequer, +and great benefit and increase to that of the enemy, which may be the +greatest support they have for the war which they are carrying on. If +God grants good success in the Terrenate undertaking, as is hoped, +and if Don Pedro can put that stronghold in a state of defense with +a sufficient garrison for safety, and if it appears to him that, +with the remainder of his men and what fleet may be left to him, +he can regain Ambueno and drive the Hollanders out from that island, +as he has given notice that he can do (relying on what the aforesaid +brother Gaspar Gomes has said), the aforesaid Don Pedro de Acuna +might be commanded to do so, and to place it in such a state of +defense and security as is necessary to that stronghold--which is +of the greatest importance for the preservation and security of the +trade of the crown of Portugal, and for obstructing and hindering +the designs of the enemy. Since that nation [_i.e._, the Dutch] +has more steadiness and courage in its military actions than the +Indians, and as it is quite a different thing to fight with them, +it is of great importance that Don Pedro should not lack sufficient +forces, and that he should be succored from Mexico immediately. For +this purpose the Marques de Montesclaros should be written to, and +a despatch-boat sent to him, ordering him that without loss of time +he should proceed to help Don Pedro with the men, arms, gunpowder, +munitions, and money which he requires for this Terrenate expedition, +and whatever may result from it, so that the expense which has been +already incurred in this may not, for any lack of these things, be +put to risk, and that the Holland rebels may not be allowed to get a +foothold and establish strongholds in that land; for the honor of the +state is imperiled, and very great loss to your Majesty's exchequer +is made possible through the hindrance of the trade in spices, if +they get it under their control. What should be still more thought of +and defended, since it is in greater danger, is the Catholic faith, +because the land is infested with heretics, and the Indians are a +very pliant and changeable people. Don Pedro should be informed of +what the marques has been commanded to do for his help, in order that +he may understand, and arrange and provide for everything as is best, +in order that the desired result may be obtained. + +Dora Pedro writes also, in regard to the pay of the men who were sent +to him for that expedition, that it seems to him that what a soldier of +that military department gets--namely, six pesos a month--is little, +when the fact is considered that the country is incomparably more +dear than when the pay was fixed; and that the eight ducados which +the soldiers of the expedition earn are a great deal. He thinks, +therefore, that it would be well if both were paid at the rate of +eight pesos of eight reals a month, besides the customary thirty +ducados which are regularly given in addition to each company in Spain +and other regions; and that the captains should earn at the rate of +fifty pesos a month, and the sergeants ten, as they do now. As the +captains of that region get no more than thirty-five pesos, and those +of the expedition get sixty ducados, it seems best to him that these +salaries should be adjusted in the way that he states--giving to each +at the rate of eight pesos of eight reals a month, and the customary +thirty additional ducados a month which are usually given to each +company in Spain and elsewhere; and that the captains should receive +equally at the rate of fifty pesos a month, and the ensigns twenty, +and the sergeants ten, as he says they receive now. Thus all will +have pay that is equal and well adjusted, by taking away from some +and adding to others, in the way which Don Pedro has proposed. Your +Majesty will examine and consider all this, and will order what is +best for your service. In Madrid, August 5, 1606. + +His Majesty orders that the enclosed report of the Council of War of +the Indias concerning the Terrenate undertaking be considered in the +Council of State, and that he be informed of what it shall decide. God +keep your Lordship. St. Lorenzo, August 15, 1606. + + +_The Duke_ +The honorable secretary, _Andres de Prada_ + + +Sire: + +The Council, having seen that your Majesty sent for the enclosed report +and the papers of the Council of War of the Indias, voted as follows: + +The Cardinal of Toledo--that if the injury which the rebels are +causing in India were seen here nearer at hand it would cause great +commotion; and that because it is far away it should not be regarded +as of little importance, but rather, in order to secure a remedy, we +should consider that it is very near. Accordingly, we should attend +to it with the greatest diligence, and agree to what has seemed best +to the Council of War of the Indias and to Don Pedro de Acuna--to +whom many thanks are due for the good courage with which he prepared +for the undertaking and the care with which he gave notice of the +things that were necessary for it, from which, with the favor of God, +we may expect good results. The completion of the undertaking is of +the greatest importance for the state and for its good repute. This +consists in helping Don Pedro with all that he needs, in order that +for lack of it he may not leave the work unfinished, and that what has +been gained may not be lost again; for the greater the foothold that +the rebels get in those regions, and the stronger they grow there, +the harder it will be to remedy the matter, and the greater will +be the harm which will come from them to your Majesty's realms and +to their honor. It is well to order the Marques de Montesclaros to +assist and help Don Pedro de Acuna in every way that he needs, and to +do it so promptly that he shall not fail to succeed in the undertaking +for lack of it. Besides, he thinks it well that your Majesty should +favor Don Pedro in matters which are so properly under his charge as +the matters of war are, so that the archbishop and the Audiencia may +know that in these things they are to respect him and allow him to +do what he thinks best; and that Don Pedro should be advised that in +matters which concern government and justice he should have a great +deal of respect for the archbishop and the Audiencia. + +The Constable of Castile--that he has nothing to add to the report of +the Council of War of the Indias since the importance of the matter +shows how proper it is that the Marques de Montesclaros should give +prompt assistance to Don Pedro de Acuna, and that it should be ordered +exactly so. He thinks that it is very well that the archbishop and the +Audiencia should not be mixed up in matters of war, since they do not +understand them. In regard to what concerns Portugal, he supposes that +your Majesty probably has had notice sent to that Council; and if not, +that it would be well to do so. + +The Conde de Olivares agreed to all that has been said; and he thinks +it well that the ship which the report mentions should be sent at +once to Nueva Espana, informing the Marques de Montesclaros of the +importance of the expedition, and ordering him to supply Don Pedro +de Cuniga _[sic]_ with all that he needs for the proper execution +of it, in such manner that he shall have no excuse for evading such +requisition. He also would command the archbishop and the Audiencia +not to meddle in matters of war, and to order Don Pedro to keep the +friendship and good understanding which he has with the king of Japon, +and to hang all the rebels that he shall capture. Your Majesty will +ordain, in all matters, what shall be most to your service. + + + +Decree Establishing a Way-Station for Philippine Vessels on the +California Coast + + +The King: To Don Pedro de Acuna, knight of the Order of St. John, my +governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, and president +of my royal Audiencia therein: You have already heard that Don Luis +de Velasco, former viceroy of Nueva Espana--in view of the long +navigation from the port of Acapulco to those islands, and the great +hardship and danger of navigation in that voyage because of having no +station wherein to repair the ships, and to supply them with water, +wood, masts, and other requisite and necessary things--determined +to explore and mark out the ports of the coasts from the said Nueva +Espana to those islands. He ordered that this effort should be made by +a vessel called "San Agustin;" but, as that vessel was lost, the said +exploration was not then effected. You know that afterward the Conde +de Monterrei, who succeeded him in that government, finding the same +inconveniences in the said navigation, and thinking it advantageous +to remedy them by making anew the exploration that Don Luis de Velasco +had attempted, wrote me in regard to it. He said that, in his opinion, +it could be made by small vessels sailing from the port of Acapulco; +and that the reconnoitering of the coasts and ports of the bay of +the Californias might be included in it, as well as the fisheries. In +reply I ordered, on the twenty-seventh of September of five hundred +and ninety-nine, that letters be written to him in my name that I +considered the demarcation and exploration of that coast and its +ports very desirable, and that he should accordingly set about it +immediately; but advising him not to undertake the exploration of +the Californias except in passing. In pursuance thereof, I appointed +Sebastian Vizcayno for that purpose as he was a man experienced in +maritime matters, and careful and skilled in those of that route, +and as he was one with whom I was thoroughly satisfied. Having given +him for the voyage two vessels, a lancha and a barcoluengo, [31] with +the sailors and soldiers, ammunition and provisions, necessary for a +year, and a cosmographer, skilful and versed in geometrical tables, +in order that he might very minutely and accurately place and set +down what should be discovered on a map and chart. After having +received his orders and instructions, he set sail on the fifth of +May, in the year 602, from the port of Acapulco to make the above +mentioned exploration; as I was advised by the said Conde de Monterrei +and Sebastian Vizcaino. [32] These afterward wrote me by several +letters (the most recent of which were dated on the last of April, +604) that Sebastian Vizcaino spent eleven months in that voyage; and +that he began, from the same port, to delineate and sound the coast, +ports, bays, and indentations up to the thirty-seventh degree, with +all the precision and exactness needful and required; and that from +the thirty-seventh degree to the forty-second he accomplished nothing +beyond sighting the land. He had been unable to take so particular care +there as he had done up to the thirty-seventh degree, because many +of the crew fell sick, and the weather there was very contrary. He +said that that whole coast, as far as the fortieth degree, extends +northwest and southeast; that the other two degrees remaining in +the forty-two degrees extend practically north and south; and that +from the mouth of the Californias up to the thirty-seventh degree, +he found three very excellent ports on the mainland--namely, San +Diego in thirty-three degrees, and the second, of less excellence, +near it. That of San Diego is very large and capable of holding +many vessels; and it has water and wood. The third is better and +more suitable for the Chinese vessels, and as a station for the +ships of the line from those islands. It is called Monterrei, and +lies in thirty-seven degrees. It has water and wood, better and in +greater quantity than the other port. It is excellently sheltered +from all winds, and abounds in pines along the coast, of whatever +size one may wish, for use us masts. That port is very suitable so +that the vessels on returning from those Filipinas Islands may go +there without there being any necessity of going to Japon by reason +of storms, as vessels have done several times, losing thereby a very +great amount of property. The vessels from China generally run along in +sight of this place, for which purpose it is also very suitable. For, +if that port be known, then vessels will not port until reaching it, +when necessity would otherwise compel them to go to Japon and to +those islands, since the work and trouble necessary to reach those +places would take them to the said port. Besides, they report that +the country is of a mild climate and very fertile (as is seen by its +numerous trees), and very thickly inhabited with people of very mild +and docile disposition, and whose reduction to the holy gospel and to +my royal crown will be very easy. It maintains itself, and the food is +of many different kinds of grain and of flesh of game, with which the +country is exceedingly well supplied. The dress of the Indians of the +coast is made of the skins of sea-wolves, which the Indians tan and +dress very well. They have abundance of thread made from Castilian +flax, hemp, and cotton. By these Indians and by many others whom the +said Sebastian Vizcaino discovered along the coast in the more than +eight hundred leguas of his voyage, he was everywhere informed that +there were great settlements inland, and silver and gold. This is +considered to be true, because veins of metals were discovered in +some parts of the mountains of the mainland. If the seasons of the +summer were known, one could enter the interior through this place +and locate those metals, for it promises great wealth. Also the rest +of the coast might be explored from that port, for it extends past the +forty-second degree where the said Sebastian Vizcayno went, and which +was named as his limit in his instructions. The coast extends even to +Japon and the Chinese coast. He said that he could not enter the mouth +of the [gulf of the] Californias, on his return and while passing, +as I had sent him orders, because many of his crew had fallen ill and +were dying rapidly, and because his provisions had suddenly become bad, +which obliged him to hasten his return. After examination of this in my +royal Council of the Indias, together with the surveys and relations +that were sent with the description of each port, singly, of those +discovered by the said Sebastian Vizcaino, and after having listened +to the cosmographer Andres Garcia de Cespedes, they advised me; and +after considering the great importance, for the safety and security +of the ships coming from those islands--a navigation of more than two +thousand leguas of open water--of their having a port on the voyage, +wherein to be repaired and to take in water, wood, and provisions, and +that the said port of Monterrei, lying on the thirty-seventh degree, +will be a half-way station, and that it has all the good qualities that +may be desired, I have deemed it advisable that all the vessels from +those islands, since they approach that coast, shall enter that port, +and there be repaired and reprovisioned. In order to initiate this +and establish it as a fixed and well-known practice, I have ordered +Marques de Montesclaros, [33] my present viceroy of the said provinces +of Nueva Espana, by another decree of the date of this present, to +have the said Sebastian Vizcaino, if now alive, sought with all care +and diligence, since he has made the said exploration, and has coasted +from Acapulco to Cape Mendocino; and, as soon as he shall have been +found, to order him to go to those islands. Sebastian Vizcaino is to +take with him his own chief pilot, or the chief pilot of the admiral; +and in order that his voyage may have the effect intended, and be +accomplished with all possible promptness, as is desirable, I have +ordered the said marques to despatch the ships that are to sail to +those islands in the coming year, 607. He shall despatch them in the +usual manner, and as has been done hitherto, as you probably can not +have any vessels constructed there of the two hundred tons capacity +which is necessary for the trade, in accordance with the new decree +that I had issued in this regard, because of the short time since +it was given. The marques is to appoint the said Sebastian Vizcayno +commander of the said fleet; and, as his admiral, the one whom he +had in the discovery of the said port [34]--if both are living. If +either of them is dead, then he shall send as commander the one of +them still living. As chief pilot, he shall send the said Sebastian +Vizcayno's pilot or that of his admiral, so that, having the vessels +in charge on the return voyage, they may ascertain in what manner the +said port of Monterrey can be colonized and made permanent; and can +show its bay, and the manner of making that navigation, [35] to the +pilots and crews of the said vessels, and especially to two men whom +I order you to send with the said commander Sebastian Vizcayno from +those islands. These men are to be possessed of all the good qualities, +knowledge, and experience necessary, so that they may reconnoiter the +said port, and may be given commands as commander and admiral of the +vessels that are to sail from Acapulco to those islands in the year +608, since the said Sebastian Vizcayno has to go to colonize the said +port. It is my will that these two men and the said Sebastian Vizcayno +and his admiral--and I shall consider myself as served if you favor and +honor them in every way possible--have and be paid the usual salary +that the other commanders and admirals of the said line have had; +and that it be paid to the former in the same form and manner as it +is paid to the latter. In order that all the above commands may have +the end and effect intended, as is necessary, I strictly charge you +that you assist on your part, in whatever pertains to you, with the +care and diligence that I expect from your prudence and great zeal; +and you shall advise me of what is done, so that I may have full +information thereof. Given in San Lorenzo el Real, August 19, 1606. + +_I The King_ + +Countersigned by Juan de Sivicay; signed by the members of the Council. + + + + +Chinese Immigration in the Philippines + + +_Official report of the ships from China which came this year 1606 +and of the men in them._ + +I, Pedro Munoz de Herrera, official receiver of testimony for the royal +Audiencia and Chancilleria of these Philipinas Islands, and notary +of the commission on the Sangleys, give my certificate and testimony, +based upon a memorandum of the inspection of the ships which have come +this year from China to this city, made before me, the said notary, +and the ensign Pedro Gra. Prieto, deputy of the said commission, +as to the number of the ships which have come, and the men in them, +in the form and manner following: + + + The ship of Captain Pinyon brought three hundred + and twenty-two Sangleys 322 + The ship of Captains Bincan and Quinten brought + two hundred and ninety-four 294 + The ship of Captain Yantin brought three hundred + and forty-five 345 + The ship of Captain Onsan brought three hundred + Sangleys 300 + The ship of Captain Sanagu brought three hundred + and twenty-four 324 + The ship of Captain Cuheran brought two hundred + and eighty-four 284 + The ship of Captain Selhuan brought three hundred + and sixty-seven 367 + The ship of Captain Nohu brought two hundred and + forty Sangleys 240 + The ship of Captain Sousan brought four hundred + and twenty-three Sangleys 423 + The ship of Captain Guarquico brought three hundred + and twenty-three Sangleys 323 + The ship of Captain Unican brought two hundred and + thirty Sangleys 230 + The ship of Captain Ay Pagu brought two hundred and + four Sangleys 204 + The ship of Captain Onray brought two hundred and + sixty-five 265 + The ship of Captain Cime two hundred and fifty 250 + The ship of Captain Yansan two hundred and ten 210 + The ship of Captain Ciggan one hundred and + forty-one Sangleys 141 + The ship of Captain Zuan one hundred and + sixty-three Sangleys 163 + The ship of Captain Ciray four hundred and + ninety-two Sangleys 492 + The ship of Captain Ciquey brought two hundred + and sixty-one Sangleys 261 + The ship of Captain Tzutian brought one hundred + and sixty-three 163 + The ship of Captain Tongon two hundred and fifty-nine 259 + The ship of Captain Tzontzan two hundred and + twenty Sangleys 220 + The ship of Captain Bican brought seventy-five Sangleys 75 + The ship of Captain Buyan brought three hundred and + one Sangleys 301 + The ship of Captain Licbeu brought seventy-seven + Sangleys 77 + 2,011 [36] + + +as appears and is stated at greater length in the said memorandum +of inspection, to which I refer. That the same might be officially +verified, at the request of his Majesty's fiscal the royal Audiencia, +and at the direction of the president and auditors thereof, I have +made this report, Manila, July 4, 1606, before Geronimo de Peralta +and Miguel de Vemaga as witnesses. + +In witness of the accuracy hereof: + +_Pedro Munoz de Herrera_, notary and official receiver of testimony. + + + + + +_Felipe III to Pedro de Acuna_ + +Don Pedro de Acuna, my governor and captain-general of the Philipinas +Islands: I received your letter of July 10 of last year, in which +you inform me of the coming to these realms of some religious, among +them Hernando de los Rios Coronel and Fray Pedro de San Francisco and +others, who are acquainted with many details and circumstances of the +uprising of the Sangleys in the year 1603. From them, as you suggest, +I can command full information to be given me concerning the whole +matter, since they are persons of approved reputation and entitled to +credit. I am pleased that you have sent me this information, since +in due time I shall command the proper proceedings to be taken with +reference to these persons. Ventosilla, November 4, 1606. + + +_I The King_ +Certified to by Juan de Civica, and signed by the Council. + + +Don Pedro de Acuna, my governor and captain-general of the Philipinas +Islands and president of my royal Audiencia thereof: By various +letters and reports which have been received in my royal Council of +the Yndias, I have learned that there have entered and are living in +the city of Manila three or four thousand Sangleys. It has seemed to +me that although, for the convenience of supplying necessary things +for the country, it is well that as many should remain as are needed, +still the most careful attention must be given to the evil results +which have previously been perceived, and to the very great injuries +which have followed from the permission that so many should enter +and remain in the country. I accordingly charge you that you pay +heed to this matter, and that you permit to remain no more than are +absolutely necessary, having respect to no other consideration; since +nothing can be so profitable as to compensate for the damage which +may follow from the contrary course. Bentosilla, November 4, 1606. + + +_I The King_ +Certified to by Juan de Civica, and signed by the members of the +Council. + + + + +Letter from Felipe III to Acuna + + +The King: To Don Pedro de Acuna, my governor and captain-general of +the Filipinas Islands, and president of my royal Audiencia there. Your +letter of the fifteenth of July of 604, which is in reply to and in +satisfaction of some points in another of mine dated the sixteenth of +February of 602, has been received and considered in my royal Council +of the Indias. I am glad to see the care with which you say that you +are trying to avoid all the expenses that are possible to my royal +exchequer; and, since all your care is necessary on account of the +present and future occasions for necessary expense in those islands, +I charge you to keep before you what I entrust to you. + +I was also pleased to hear of the importance of the voyage of Francisco +Rodriguez de Avila and his men to the island of Camar, in order to +pacify the natives for the harm which they received from the people of +Mindanao, and to defend them if they should come again; and the care +which you took in this matter and in all the rest which you advised +concerning this uprising in Mindanao. I thank you, and charge you that, +on occasions which may arise in the future, you do the same. + +You say that you have consulted with the Audiencia there, and with +the archbishop and the religious, to see if it is proper that the +Indians pay their tributes, or part of them, in kind; and that you +would try to have them reach a decision, in order that you may inform +me of it on the earliest occasion. I charge you to do so, fulfilling +what I have commanded you in regard to this matter. + +You have done well, during your administration, in not paying false +musters, as you informed me; and in not allowing gratuities or salaries +to be paid to the captains, ensigns and other war officers who were +appointed by Don Francisco Tello, your predecessor, for the people +of the villages. + +I have seen what you say concerning the lading and despatching of +vessels for Nueva Espana and the care which you take that in this +matter, and in the allotment of the amount allowed [by law] there +should be the equity, accurate account, and method which is proper; +and although I am satisfied with this, nevertheless I have thought +it well to charge you, as I do charge you now, that you should use +the greatest care in this matter, informing me of all that occurs; +and I am grateful for the matters which are in your care. + +You have done well in ordering my royal officials not to give wine +at the expense of my royal exchequer for celebrating mass in the +encomiendas of private persons, but rather to oblige the encomenderos +themselves to provide it; and you will try to have them do so, since +it is just that this should be at their expense and to their account. + +You say that you did not find sufficient evidence that there were +illegal methods in the election of the twelve regidors that are in +that city, and that you feared that, if you investigated the matter, +there would have arisen uneasiness which might have been followed by +trouble, and so you resolved to let it be; and also because, as they +are being vacated, the four offices can be done away with which are +in excess of the number which I have ordered that there should be. As +it has appeared that this was a good decision, I have chosen to refer +to you what concerns this particular case, in order that you may do +what seems best to you--provided, as I have said, that you observe +and fulfil what I have commanded, whenever occasion arises. + +Regarding what you said, that it did not seem best to you that an +auditor should go to visit the country, for the reasons and causes +which you mentioned, you will try to see that what has been provided +for in regard to this be followed and executed. + +I have seen the trouble which has been caused you in carrying out +the order that no more money should be taken to those islands than +that which is allowed, although you promptly executed the order; +and all that you say in regard to its being better not to press this +matter very much for the present, not only for the population of this +land, which is of so much importance, but also for the increase of +trade. Nevertheless it has seemed best to me to command you to follow +what I have ordered, without deviating from it in any way. + +I have seen what you say regarding the business of the three royal +officials of those islands, and that the office of treasurer cannot +be dispensed with because it is so necessary on this account; all +that you have told me in this regard is satisfactory to me, and I +am informed in regard to it. You will inform me (if, as you say, +you have not done so), of anything that you may observe in regard to +the persons whom my aforesaid royal officials are stationing in the +warehouses, according to what I have commanded you. + +I have been pleased to hear of the improvement in the orders regarding +the good treatment of the natives, and the very great care which you +exercise in looking after them, and in seeing that they be relieved +from all hardships which can be avoided; and I command you to continue +to do so. I charge you also not to relax in the efforts which you say +that you are making that the work on the great church may be urged on; +and that you gather materials and begin to rebuild the hospital for +the Spaniards, which was burned in the fire in the year 1603--although +difficulties will not fail to arise therein, in accordance with the +poverty which you say exists in that country. + +I thank you for the care which you have taken of the seminary of +Santa Potenciana, and that its inmates should live in due seclusion; +and I have been pleased to hear that you should make efforts to have +me send orders to the viceroy of Nueva Espana to send some religious +women thither for the improvement of the seminary. + +It will be well if you have my royal arms placed on the houses of +the cabildo of that city, as you say that you will do. Ventosilla, +November 4, 1606. + +_I The King_ +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Juan de Ziviza_ + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1607 + + + Petition for a grant to the Jesuit seminary in Leyte. January 18. + Artillery at Manila in 1607. Alonso de Biebengud; July 6. + Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III, on the Confraternity of + La Misericordia. Pedro Hurtado de Esquivel; July 11. + Trade of the Philippines with Mexico. December 18. + Passage of missionaries via the Philippines to Japan. Conde de + Lemos, and others; 1606-07. + + + +_Sources_: The first three of these documents are obtained from the +Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla; the last two, from the Archivo +general at Simancas. + +_Translations_: The first document, and the third paper in the fifth, +are translated by James A. Robertson; the second and third, by Henry +B. Lathrop, of the University of Wisconsin; the second paper of +the fifth, by Norman F. Hall, of Harvard University; the remainder, +by Robert W. Haight. + + + +Petition for Grant to the Jesuit Seminary in Leyte + + +Sire: + +The religious of the Society of Jesus of the Philipinas Islands, +considering that that country was so new, and that it was advisable +that the Indians be reared from its beginning in good customs and +Christian civilization, founded a seminary in the island of Leyte, +located in the province of Pintados. There they instruct the native +children of the island in good customs and in the matters of our holy +Catholic faith, and teach them to speak Spanish, and other things +which conduce to virtue. Inasmuch as the governor of the said islands +was made cognizant of the above, he ordered in the year 601 that one +hundred pesos of common gold and two hundred fanegas of unwinnowed +rice be given the said religious annually for four years, for the +support of the said seminary, to be taken from the fund of the fourths +[_i.e.,_ fourths of the tributes] of the city of Manila--provided +that the Jesuits could obtain a decree in which your Majesty should +give your consent to this grant. On behalf of the said religious it +has been represented that excellent results have been attained from +the foundation of the said seminary, which still continue; and that +it is advisable that it be maintained. They entreat your Majesty +to consider the matter, and have the above-mentioned gift approved, +and the said alms continued to them for ten years more; for otherwise +it cannot take effect. Having examined this in the Council, we think +that, because of the great need for the said seminary in that country, +the provision of the governor for a grant to them for four years may be +confirmed; and, in order that the seminary be preserved and continued, +that the concession of the said one hundred pesos of common gold and +the two hundred fanegas of rice, taken from the fund of the fourths, +may be made for ten years more, as they petition. The governor should +be ordered to have it all very carefully distributed for the said +purpose, and give advice thereof. Your Majesty will order as suits +your pleasure. Madrid, January 18, 1607. + +[Four signatures follow.] + + + +Artillery at Manila in 1607 + + +_Memorandum of All the Artillery in the Fortifications of Manila, +June_ 20, 1607 + +_Fort of Santiago_ + +One half-culverin, old casting of Manila, choke-bored, caliber fourteen +libras, twenty calibers in length. + +One full-sized saker of the same casting, caliber ten libras, length +thirteen calibers. + +Another of the same casting, a paterero, [37] caliber eleven libras, +length fourteen calibers. + +Another paterero of the same casting, caliber ten libras, and thirteen +calibers in length. + +Two bastards, casting Mexican--one of twenty-seven calibers, and the +other choke-bored--of twenty-four calibers, caliber ten libras. + +One saker, old Manila casting, caliber six libras, length thirty +calibers. + +One culverin, caliber nineteen libras, old Manila casting, choke-bored, +twenty-nine calibers in length. + +One demi-saker, Mexican casting, caliber three and a half libras, +length thirty-two calibers. + +One bastard saker, Genoese casting, caliber six libras, length +twenty-four calibers. + +One paterero, Portuguese casting, caliber eleven libras, length +fourteen calibers. + +One demi-saker, cast in Piru, caliber three and a half libras, length +twenty-nine calibers. + +One saker, caliber six libras, cast in Flandes, thirty calibers +in length. + +Another saker, cast in Mexico, caliber six libras, thirty-four calibers +in length. + +One paterero, old Manila casting, caliber eight libras, length +fourteen diameters. + +Another similar paterero. + +Two catapults, new Manila casting, caliber twenty libras. + +One paterero of the same casting, caliber fifteen libras, length +fourteen diameters. + +One saker, cast in Mexico, caliber five and a half libras, length +thirty calibers. + +One cannon, old Manila casting, caliber thirty-seven libras, length +twenty calibers. + +One demi-saker, cast in Flandes, caliber four libras, length thirty +calibers. + +One demi-saker, cast in Flandes, caliber four libras, length thirty +calibers. + +One demi-saker, cast in Piru, caliber three libras and a half, length +twenty-nine calibers. + +One demi-saker, old Manila casting, caliber four libras, length +thirty-one diameters. + +One paterero, cast in Portugal, caliber thirty-one libras, fourteen +calibers in length. + +In all, there are in the said fort twenty-six pieces. + + +_Breastwork of S. Gabriel in Parian of the Sangleys_ + +One paterero of Portuguese casting, caliber fourteen libras, length +thirteen calibers. + +One demi-cannon cast in Manila, old style, caliber sixteen libras, +length twenty-two calibers. + +One passe-volante, cast in Flandes, caliber five libras, length +four calibers. + +One paterero, cast in Manila, caliber thirteen libras, length thirteen +calibers. + +One demi-saker, old Manila casting, caliber three and a half libras, +length thirty-two calibers. + +One saker cast in Mexico, caliber five libras, length thirty calibers. + +In the said breastwork there are six pieces. + + +_Breastwork of Dilao_ + +One demi-saker of three libras caliber, old casting of Manila, length +thirty-three calibers. + +One saker, old casting of Manila, caliber seven libras, length +twenty-nine calibers. + +Another saker, cast in Mexico, caliber one libra, length thirty-two +calibers. + +One paterero, cast in Portugal, caliber thirteen libras, length +thirteen calibers. + +In the said breastwork there are four pieces. + + +_Breastwork of S. Andres near the Foundry_ + +Two patereroes, new casting of Manila, caliber eight libras, length +thirteen calibers. + +One demi-saker of the same casting, caliber three and a half libras, +length thirty diameters. + +Another demi-saker, old casting of Manila, caliber three and a half +libras, length thirty calibers. + +One passavolante [_i.e._, small culverin], cast in Flandes, caliber +five libras, length forty calibers. + +One saker, cast in Mexico, caliber seven libras, length twenty-eight +calibers. + + +In the said fort there are six pieces. + + +_Breastwork of S. Pedro near the New Port_ + +One saker cast in Mexico, caliber five libras, length thirty-two +calibers. + +One demi-saker cast in Manila by Sangleys, caliber three libras, +length thirty calibers. + +Two patereroes, new casting of Manila, caliber eight libras, length +thirteen calibers. + +One demi-saker, new casting of Manila, caliber three and a half libras, +length thirty-one calibers. + +One demi-saker of the same casting, caliber two libras, length thirty +diameters. + +In the said fort are six pieces. + + +_Fort of Nuestra Senora de Guia_ + +One demi-cannon, old casting of Manila, caliber sixteen libras, +length twenty-two calibers. + +Two sakers, old casting of Manila, caliber six libras, length +twenty-eight calibers. + +One paterero of the same casting, caliber twelve libras, length +eleven calibers. + +Another paterero, new casting of Manila, caliber eight libras, length +thirteen diameters. + +One bell-mouthed piece, caliber six libras, length twelve calibers. + +One demi-cannon, old casting of Manila, caliber sixteen libras, +length twenty-two calibers. + +In the said fort there are seven pieces. + + +_Curtain on the Water-front_ + +One paterero, new casting of Manila, caliber eight libras, length +thirteen calibers, in front of the palace. + +One saker, cast in Mexico, caliber six libras, length thirty-one +calibers, in the middle of the curtain. + +There are on the water-front two pieces. + + +_Plaza de Armas_ + +One demi-saker, cast in Acapulco, caliber three libras, length thirty +calibers. + +One saker, cast in Acapulco, caliber three libras, length thirty +calibers. + +One saker, cast in Yngalaterra, caliber eight libras, length +twenty-eight calibers. + +One demi-saker cast in Flandes, caliber four libras, length thirty +calibers. + +Another demi-saker, of the same casting and the same style. + +Another demi-saker, old casting of Manila, caliber four libras, +length twenty-eight calibers. + +Another demi-saker of the same casting, caliber four libras, length +thirty calibers. + +There are in the said plaza six pieces. + + +_In Cavite_ + +There are two sakers which came from Terrenate--one cast in Manila, +caliber six libras; and the other in Flandes, caliber seven libras. + +There are also four falcons, large patereroes, which were brought in +the said ship. + +In the magazines there are two or three falcon patereroes. + + +_Flag-Ship of the Galleys_ + +One piece, one-third cannon caliber, cast in Acapulco, caliber eleven +libras, length twenty-two calibers. + +Two small culverins [_moyanas_]--cast one in Ynglaterra, caliber +three libras; the other in Manila, caliber two libras. + +Four catapults, two discharging stone balls of twenty-five libras, +and the other two of thirteen libras, new casting of Manila. + +On the said galley there are seven pieces. + + +_Second Galley, "San Lorenco"_ + +One piece, one-third cannon caliber, cast in Acapulco, caliber eleven +libras, length twenty-two calibers. + +Two catapults, new casting of Manila, caliber seventy-three libras. + +Two small culverins [_moyanas_] of the said casting, caliber one libra. + +On the said galley are five pieces. + + +_Recapitulation of the Artillery_ + + + Fort of Santhiago 26 pieces + Breastwork of S. Gabriel 6 ,, + Breastwork of Dilao 4 ,, + Breastwork of S. Andres 6 ,, + Breastwork of S. Pedro 6 ,, + Fort of Nuestra Senora de Guia 7 ,, + Curtain of the Water-front 2 ,, + Plaza des Armas 6 ,, + Cavite 2 ,, + In the said Cavite, falcon patereroes 4 ,, + Magazines, falcons 2 ,, + Flag-ship Galley 7 ,, + Second Galley 5 ,, + + 83 ,, + + +I, Alonso de Bienbengud, commander of the artillery of our lord the +king in this his royal military station of Manila in the Philipinas +Islands, certify that the artillery declared in this list and +memorandum is placed and distributed in the forts, breastworks, +traverses, and other places named therein, and that it is of the +character described; in witness whereof these presents are signed with +my name. Manila, the sixth of July, one thousand six hundred and seven. + + + + +Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III + + +_On the Confraternity of la Misericordia_ + + +Your Majesty gives commands in a letter dated the seventeenth of +April, 1606, for information to be sent regarding the nature of the +Confraternity of La Misericordia of this city, when and with what +official license it was organized, its constitution, the amount +of its income and the manner in which the income is distributed, +the good results which have followed from the establishment +of the Confraternity, and what are its constitutions [_i.e._, +rules of organization]. Your Majesty also asks that a copy of these +constitutions be sent, and information as to whether the present income +of the Confraternity is sufficient for its purposes, and whether some +grant may properly be made to it; and, if so, the amount and form of +grant that would be suitable--so that your Majesty may be furnished +with full information on the whole matter. Since, as has been stated, +the departure of these vessels is so near at hand, a copy of the +constitutions of the Confraternity is not sent, but a summary of them, +which is enclosed. Your Majesty will see by this abstract that the +works to which this Confraternity is dedicated are those of great +charity and of service to God our Lord. To all such works it attends +with great fervor, using the charitable gifts which are bestowed +for this purpose. Although this Audiencia asked the brethren of the +Confraternity to make a statement of the manner in which your Majesty +might make them a grant, and as to the amount thereof, they were unable +to discover any way in which the grant could be made; nor could this +Audiencia perceive any, so much exhausted and indebted is the treasury +of your Majesty. Accordingly, your Majesty may make such grant as +shall please your Majesty, which will be well employed by them, and +much to the service of God and your Majesty. [_In the margin_: "There +is no answer. Let a copy of this section be given to the secretary, +Senor Contreras, that he may know the deliberations and decree."] + +The activity of the Confraternity of La Misericordia in this city +began fourteen years ago. At that time the governor associated with +himself some twelve of the chief persons here, and they gave every +week from their own households what was necessary for the support +of widows, the poor, persons in secret distress, and others in +pressing need. This they continued to do until they received the +rules governing the Confraternity in the city of Lisboa, where it was +first established. By these rules they have been governed ever since, +the number of brethren being now a hundred and fifty. + +1. In the first place, knowing that women, both Spanish and mestizas, +suffered greatly in case of sickness, for lack of a hospital in which +to be treated, the Confraternity determined to establish one, which +is still called the hospital of La Misericordia. They bought land +and erected a building with the money given in alms; and they pay the +expense of keeping a physician and a surgeon, of medicines, and of the +maintenance of two Franciscan religious, who administer the sacraments +and care for the welfare of the souls of the patients. In addition, +the Confraternity has made up for the lack of a hospital for slaves +by setting apart some rooms where slaves go to be cared for, and are +attended to with special care of both their bodies and their souls. + +2. The principal matter to which the Confraternity gave its attention +from the first was the succor of needy persons who committed themselves +to its protection--as widows, married persons, orphans, cripples, +and deserted persons of good life. To them the Confraternity give +what is necessary for their daily support. This matter is attended to +once a week by two brethren who give them aid in their own houses, +within and without the walls of the city, doing the work with all +the secrecy in the world. Upon this are spent weekly sixty or seventy +pesos, more or less, according to the amount of contributions received. + +3. The Confraternity has always attended to the support of the poor +in the prison. A brother is assigned to this duty, who causes food +for the poor prisoners to be prepared daily at his own house, and +takes care to have it sent to them with great regularity. He also +provides the said prison with water sufficient for the prisoners, +which is their greatest want. [38] Thus they alleviate the misery +of the prisoners. The said prison is always attended by one of the +brethren of high station, that he may attend to the care and prompt +decision of the cases of poor prisoners. + +4. This Confraternity attends to providing a shelter for the daughters +of poor conquistadors and colonists, and for other women whom they +consider thus in need; and has placed them in a seminary in this city, +supporting them there until they enter the married state, and then +it gives them assistance according to their rank. + +5. The Confraternity takes great care to place orphan boys where +they may be cared for, and to protect them. Those who desire to +give themselves to exercises of virtue and learning it places in a +college of the Society of Jesus, paying for each one a hundred pesos +for his board. + +6. The Confraternity also aids with clothing, which it collects from +charitable persons, which the said brethren give to both men and +women, who would suffer greatly without this assistance and care, +from lack of clothes. Many women would not go to mass for lack of +cloaks and other things needed, if this alms were not given them. + +7. It gives aid to many sick persons who, as incurable and beyond +remedy, are discharged from the royal hospital--the physicians +directing them, if they wish to recover, to go to certain baths +about twelve leguas from the city. [39] They are assisted to do this, +that they may recover their health. + +8. Every week when they hold their meeting and assembly they give +assistance to many persons who do not receive continued assistance, +and they also aid many who are on their way to Nueva Espana--discharged +ensigns, sergeants, and soldiers. These are assisted in proportion to +their rank, as their need and their service to your Majesty are known. + +9. The Confraternity has also given aid outside of this city, by +sending to the provinces of Pintados much aid to the Portuguese, +of both the higher and the lower classes, who by the destruction of +Maluco and Ambueno by the Dutch have been obliged to come to these +regions with their families and households. Without this assistance +they would have suffered severer privations. + +10. It has undertaken to provide persons to go [_i.e._, to the +scaffold] with those who suffer under the law, and to bury them; +and it takes up the dismembered bodies of those who have suffered, +and the bodies of the drowned, burying them in consecrated ground +with much care, and showing honor to their bodies and bones, thus +greatly edifying the natives. + +11. It attends with the necessary secrecy to securing reconciliations +between persons at enmity--sometimes of husbands with their wives, +and sometimes between other persons; and thus the brethren bring to +an end many evils and prevent injuries. They likewise correct many +persons of vices of which they have secret knowledge, which without +doubt greatly redounds to the service of God our Lord. + +12. It attends to the execution of many wills, which are entrusted to +it by persons who leave their property to be distributed for pious +works and for chaplaincies. Leaving the matter in the care of this +Confraternity, they feel certain that their trusts will be executed +forever. It is a great consolation to them to know that the execution +has been accepted by the Confraternity. In particular, the execution of +the wills of poor persons who leave heirs in Nueva Espana and Espana, +and in Yndia, is accepted by the Confraternity. + +13. All of these works of charity are performed by the said +Confraternity from the alms which are received from the citizens, from +the brethren, and from persons who at death leave them bequests because +they see how well is allotted and spent that which is collected. The +income is obtained with much pains, because of the smallness of the +population. Should your Majesty make a grant to the Confraternity, +it could accomplish more in caring for cases of need which every day +occur, requiring aid and claiming pity. + +_Pedro Hurtado Desquivel_, clerk of court. + +This is an accurate copy of the original section: + +_Juan Lopez de Hernani_ + + + +Trade of the Philippines with Mexico + +_Report from the Council of State_ + + +Sire: + +Your Majesty was pleased to order that the enclosed reports from the +Council of the Indias and that of Portugal be examined in the Council, +and that they should make such recommendations as they deemed proper; +and having examined them, the members gave their opinions as follows: + +The chief comendador [40] of Leon, in a meeting held at Valladolid, +insisted that it was not desirable that there should be trade +from Nueva Espana to the Filipinas on account of the great drain of +silver thus caused; it is occasioned by the large profits obtained by +investing the silver in the merchandise which comes to those islands +from China--partly through the cheapness of these goods, and partly +through the great value of silver. He also stated the difficulties +which are presented, in that, through this trade, the need for the +merchandise from these regions would cease, and with it the dependence +of those colonies, which it is so important to preserve. It should be +considered that, although the trade of Nueva Espana with China should +be prohibited, this would be of no use if trade with the Philipinas +were left open; for by that means the Chinese will have an outlet for +their merchandise. Accordingly it seemed best that this should be +prohibited, so that there would be no trade from Nueva Espana with +the Philipinas. But, as it must also be considered that the total +prohibition thereof would cause a hindrance to conversion and would put +an end to settlement, he thought it best, in order to maintain both +the one and the other, that two merchant ships should be permitted +to go each year from Nueva Espana to the Philipinas, of the capacity +and under the conditions which are at present in use there. Since, +if the people of the Philipinas are able to trade with Macan, there +will be the risk of their introducing through that channel a trade +with China, and consequently a drain of silver from Nueva Espana, +it seems best not to give an opportunity for this. On the contrary, +the decree should be observed which was despatched in the time of the +king our lord (who rests in glory), prohibiting the trade between +Macan and the Philipinas, for it is to be believed that this was +issued after mature deliberation and reflection; for that conduct +would be greatly to the satisfaction of the Portuguese, and we would +avoid the difficulties of opening that port to the trade from China, +as it is so important for these kingdoms to maintain what they hold in +Peru and Nueva Espana. But it would be very desirable to order that +there shall be considerable understanding and correspondence between +the governors, so that in case the ships from one region make port +at the other, driven by the weather, they may be well received and +treated; and also that they may help each other in times of need, +with money and whatever shall be necessary of provisions, munitions, +and other supplies pertaining to the defense of the land and operations +against the enemy. + +The Marques de Velada said that if the trade of Nueva Espana with the +Philipinas could be kept within moderate bounds, and if nothing came +from China to the Philipinas except what was needed there, he would +consider it good; but he regards this as difficult, and therefore +supports the chief comendador of Leon. + +The Conde de Chinchon said that the preservation of the Indias +consisted in this, that, through their need of articles which are +not produced there, they always depend upon this country; and it +would be the means of losing them if their wants could be supplied +elsewhere. To think that if there were trade between Nueva Espana +and the Philipinas there would cease to be any with China would be +an evident mistake, and therefore it should be closed. In so far as +concerns Macan, order should be given that the decree which has been +issued be observed, as the chief comendador of Leon has said. In this +state of affairs it has seemed best to him to advise your Majesty that +it ought to be carefully considered whether it is expedient that each +year there should be carried to Eastern India a million eight-real +pieces for articles of so little importance as are those which are +brought thence; and what plan could be made to obviate this drain of +silver, as we are in such need of it here. + +The constable of Castilla said that the reports [from the other +councils] discussed only the trade of the Philipinas with Macan; +and it seemed to him that the plan which had been followed should be +maintained, as it ought to be changed only after having examined and +considered well the pros and cons, and there should be very urgent +reasons for making such change. + +Your Majesty will order this to be examined and such measures to be +taken as shall be most satisfactory. Madrid, December 18, 1607. + +[_Endorsed, in the king's hand_: "All has been carefully considered, +but the remedy is not easy."] + + + +Passage of Missionaries Via the Philippines to Japan + +_Report from the Council of the Indias_ + + +Sire: + +The Duke de Lerma has written to me, the Conde de Lemos, that your +Majesty orders to be immediately examined in this Council the enclosed +report from the Council of Portugal concerning the question whether +religious from the Philipinas should pass to Japon; and that, with +the consideration which the matter demanded, you be advised of his +opinion. Complying with what your Majesty orders, it has appeared to +us that, in order that the fundamental facts might be understood, it +is proper to answer the reasons advanced by the Council of Portugal +as a basis for their report, which is in conformity with the decrees +issued by their Holinesses Gregory XIII and Clement VIII, and by +his Majesty who is in heaven, and by your Majesty: these are to the +effect that no religious shall pass to the provinces of Japon from +these kingdoms, or from the Western Indias or from the Philipinas, +except as they go by way of Yndia, and commanding that if any had +passed they should return immediately, and that the governor of the +Philipinas should be immediately notified to put this into execution. + +The Council of Portugal states--conformably to what the bishop of +Japon writes, who is one of the Society [of Jesus]--that Dayfusama, +universal lord of those realms, continues in the same suspicion that +his predecessor Taycosama had of the Spaniards from the Philipinas +Islands, and those who go from Nueva Espana, that they ate people +looking for conquests. He thinks that their principal aim is directed +to making themselves lords of the country, as they have done in the +Philipinas themselves and in Nueva Espana; and that what they call +preaching the gospel is an artifice, and a means of conquering, +as Taicosama wrote to the city of Manila. On this account, also, +he had caused the Franciscan religious to be crucified as spies, +whose intention was to conquer kingdoms; and therefore no more should +be sent there. To make this the stronger, they add an example, in the +entrance made there in the year 1602 by sixteen Franciscan, Dominican, +and Augustinian religious, who say that they were not well received +by the heathens and Christians who were there. + +The second reason is, to cut off the communication of Nueva Espana +with Japon and China, which results in the diversion of a great part +of the silver from Nueva Espana into those kingdoms, on account of +the great profit which there is in that trade, to the great prejudice +of these kingdoms. + +Reply is to be made, presupposing as a certain thing that discalced +[_i.e._ Franciscan], Augustinian, and Dominican friars have at +various times been readily admitted into Japon, obtaining great +results in conversion; and that in the year 1594 there had come a +well-known Japanese named Faranda to the city of Manila, who asked +for friars. Moreover, Gomez Perez de las Marinas, governor of the +Philipinas, sent in the capacity of ambassador father Fray Pedro +Baptista, a discalced Franciscan, with several religious of his order, +to whom Dayfusama, universal lord of the Japanese, extended many +favors, and whom he permitted to build a convent in Usaca--a very +large city near that of Miaco, where his court is--so that he might +preach the holy gospel. Afterward, in October of the year 1597, +when the Japanese undertook to destroy, in a province of Japon, +the galleon "San Phelipe"--which was going from the Philipinas lo +Nueva Espana, laden with merchandise from China of great value, and +having more than a hundred Spaniards and other men in the crew--the +said Taycosama, to have some excuse for appropriating to himself +the contents of the said ship (as he did), gave us to understand +that he was suspicious, as has been said, of those Spaniards. It +has been learned, however, that a seaman from the said galleon gave +occasion for this feeling, when he was asked how the Spaniards had +conquered so many countries. Thus far we have not been able to learn +with certainty in regard to this, except that it is said that some +Portuguese spread this news through the kingdoms of Yndia, for the +sake of their own private interests. In confirmation of the suspicion +or fear which the tyrant has shown, he has ordered the publication of +an edict, in which it is provided that no one should be a Christian; +and has crucified the six discalced friars (whom, as before stated, +he had treated with favors) and twenty converted Japanese, in the +neighborhood of Nangasaqui, to which place the galleon resorts, which +ordinarily goes each year from Macao for the Japanese trade. It was +there, with one hundred and fifty Portuguese; and the bishop of Japon +then officiated publicly, and there were more than twenty thousand +Christian Japanese and a principal college of the Society--whence +it is supposed that the reason was greed, under color of a reason +of state. For if the intention of the tyrant was to exclude at all +points Christianity and its ministers from Japon, he would not have +permitted so great a number of fathers of the Society as were residing +in that country, with their prelate (several of whom were known to +him), and hundreds of thousands of Christian Japanese, contenting +himself with the persecution of these few. This is especially so as, +in the year following this martyrdom, the conversion of more than +60,000 Japanese was affirmed, a greater number than for many years +past taken together. It may be believed that God worked this miracle +through the blood shed by those martyrs and their intercession. Since +that event, on various occasions religious have entered Japon in the +ships of the Japanese themselves, who go to the Philipinas to trade, +and express a desire that some religious from the orders there should +go. The same Dayfusama, who is now reigning, sent an embassy to the +Philipinas seeking friars in order that one of the ports of his island, +called Quanto, might be settled by Spaniards. To further this claim, he +sent later Fray Jeronimo de Jesus,--a discalced friar who had survived +his companions the martyrs, for the consolation of the converted, +and who had been hidden; accordingly the Audiencia of your Majesty +which resides in Manila ordered religious to be sent. + +To the second reason, it is answered that thus far it is not known in +the Council that there has been any trade from Nueva Espana or from +the Philipinas to Japon, nor does it even appear that those who are +occupied in trade have any need thereof; for to the Philipinas Islands +themselves there come so great a number of junks and ships belonging +to the Chinese from Chincheo, that there is always a superabundance +of merchandise, and to limit this trade your Majesty has already +decreed what appears most expedient for his service. + +What is known is that the fathers of the Society do not desire other +orders than their own to enter into Japon, giving as a reason that +others would not know the method which must be followed in preaching +to those heathen, whose perversity has need of cunning to overcome +it. This the fathers say they know, as they have been occupied in this +conversion for fifty years; and they say that there would be great +occasion for weakening the belief of the natives in the doctrine which +is preached to them, if they saw a diversity in the vestments, rules, +and ceremonies. Accordingly, with these arguments they obtained by +entreaty the above-mentioned briefs; and, having been opposed by the +Dominicans and Franciscans before his Holiness, they finally obtained +a brief that in case religious of other orders were to go, it must +be by way of Yndia. This is the same as prohibiting it altogether; +for in the domains of Portugal the missionaries are not supplied with +maintenance, including everything that they need on the journey, +as they are in Castilian lands. The road, too, is much longer, and +strewn with difficulties; and in it care is taken to embarrass them, +and not let them pass--as has been seen several times when religious +have gone by way of Yndia, several Dominicans and Augustinians having +been stopped at Goa, even after part of their sea-stores had been +placed on the ship. In the year 1602 the Franciscan friars of Yndia +said in response to Fray Pablo de los Martires, who came to seek +friars, that they could not send them to Japon. This is answered +by saying that the Catholic faith is already old and widely spread +in Japon, and it would be a dangerous thing to exclude from its +preaching the method which Christ our Lord has left in His gospel, +which the mendicant orders observe, and through which have been +converted the nations of the greatest power, genius, and learning +in the world--among them the Romans, who held dominion over it. And +it appears that not without much harm to conscience can obstacles be +put in the way of ministers who preach in 66 countries, disposed to +receive them, where it is impossible that the fathers of the Society +should be sufficient, even to maintain the faithful who are there; +for it is understood that [in Japan] they number more than 600,000, +and they have not had in past years even 150 fathers, for which reason +it was necessary for them to say daily three masses each, and then fail +in the service of the sacraments on account of the great number of the +faithful and the distance between the places. As for the difference +in vestments and rules of the orders, this is answered by the fact +that the Japanese have already seen them many times, and now see +these in their own country, yet with especial profit. Moreover, those +who are continually going to the Philipinas are, it is understood, +not only not scandalized by this, but even--considering that in +the diversity of religious orders and multitude of religious there +is but one confession of faith, one set of sacraments, and one law +alone, all submitting to the Supreme Pontiff as the universal head +of the Church--draw therefrom a very strong argument for the truth +of the gospel law which is preached to them, especially by people +of such ability and understanding as the very fathers who direct the +Japanese certify that they are. The emulation of holiness and virtues +among the religious orders is of great importance for their benefit +and that of the public; and this will cease where there is only one +order. The persecution against the faithful could not have taken place, +if religious from the other orders had gone there; for it is certain +that there would have been other and very severe persecutions before +this, if the fathers of the Society alone had been preaching in Japon. + +The Portuguese of Yndia have great interests at stake, according to +their opinion, in this measure; for it seems to them that, as the +presence of the fathers has been a means for their trade with Japon +(which amounts each year to more than a million and a half), and +the religious from Castilla must be favorable to Nueva Espana and +the Philipinas, and as the traders of those provinces pay for the +merchandise, on account of the abundance of silver which they have, +a third more than is paid by those from India, they must either be +shut out from this trade, or buy so dearly that the profit would be +very little. Thus far, as has been said to your Majesty, it is not +known that this has happened; but in order to provide for this, and +at the same time for the principal aim which your Majesty has, the +spread of the holy gospel in regions so remote, and where experience +has shown that there is so great a disposition to receive it, and for +the preservation of the states which your Majesty holds in the Western +and Eastern Yndias, it has appeared best to the Council that your +Majesty should be pleased to order his ambassador who is present in +Rome to represent to his Holiness the reasons which exist for opening +the way for preaching in Japon, for such religious as may be approved +by their superiors and the Council; and therefore he should ask for +the revocation of the briefs which oppose this object, leaving it +to the general disposal of all the provinces of the world. They also +suggest that your Majesty should order that from no part of his kingdom +should religious go to Japon without first making port at the city of +Manila in the Philipinas Islands, where the governor of the islands +and the superiors of the orders, as those who manage this business, +shall ascertain at what time and opportunity, and what religious, it +is expedient to send over to preach in Japon; and these and no others +shall go. The said governor should command that the religious who are +to go to Japon shall go in ships belonging to the Japanese themselves, +as it is understood that those who have gone up to the present time +have done, without permitting that other ships than those of the +crown of Castilla should go, under this pretext, to the provinces +and realms of Japon--severely punishing those who violate this order. + +Your Majesty will order what shall be most for the royal +service. Valladolid, May 30, 1606. + + +_Report from the Council of the Indias_ + +Sire: + +The Duke de Lerma has written to me, the Conde de Lemos, that your +Majesty orders that the enclosed report from the Council of Portugal +be examined in this Council, in regard to the order that there should +be no passing to Japon by way of the Philipinas, and that your Majesty +be advised of what seems best. In this report the principal purpose +seems to be that commerce should be prohibited, by your Majesty's +command, in order that the Philipinas may not maintain it with China +or Japon. This matter depends very much on what the same Council of +Portugal has claimed, and now brings forward as foundation for its +claim, which is the prohibition of the entrance of Castilian religious +into Japon to preach. At your Majesty's command, the Council replied, +in the past year, to another report from the Council of Portugal, +in which it proposed in detail the arguments on which it founds +its claim. Therefore it seemed best to return the report to your +Majesty, together with a letter written to your Majesty by Francisco +Pena, auditor of Rota, from which it is apparent how this matter is +considered in Rome, and how much that opinion is in conformity with +what this Council has advised your Majesty, adding what we have learned +since the aforesaid report was sent, from letters from the governor +and Audiencia, and investigations made before the aforesaid Audiencia +and the archbishop of Manila, and other trustworthy papers which +came from the Philipinas and Japon. The emperor of Japon sent to the +governor of the islands, asking him very earnestly to send religious +to settle in the land of Quanto; and some were therefore sent, and +they were very kindly received. Land was given them for houses and +hospitals; so they have founded two residences, where they are making +great headway in the conversion of the Japanese, and the religious are +very well treated. As the emperor himself has for three years desired +and insisted upon the commerce of the Philipinas with his realms, +a ship has accordingly been sent each year from the islands to those +of Quanto, with merchandise from China, and various articles of which +they have more than enough in the aforesaid [Philippine] islands; +and it brought back in return much silver (with which the land of +Japon abounds), wheaten flour, dried beef, hemp for cordage, iron, +steel, powder, and hafted weapons and other things of great value for +the provision and preservation of the aforesaid Philipinas Islands. In +those islands it appears of the greatest importance that this commerce +be introduced and preserved; because, besides the provision of the +aforesaid goods, it is well to keep the king of Japon friendly by +this means. For if he were not so he would be the greatest enemy that +could be feared, on account of the number and size of his realms, +and the valor of the people therein, who are, beyond comparison, +the bravest in all India--as has been experienced in the aforesaid +islands sometimes, with pirates who have overrun those coasts, doing +great harm and hindering the commerce of the other nations. Japon is +so anxious to assure and facilitate friendly relations with the said +islands that, the king having heard that some Japanese were molesting +them with their vessels, he ordered them all to be crucified; and he +gave chapas, or decrees, to some religious, in order that with these +the ships which went from the islands to Japon might be safe. + +Also it was understood that when the bishop of Japon (who belongs +to the Society) desired to make known to the religious who were in +those lands the last brief of his Holiness, in order for them to +depart from the country in fulfilment of it, it was represented what +great difficulties would result from the publication and execution +of it, in order that he might wait for an appeal to be taken to his +Holiness. For the orders of St. Francis, St. Dominic, and St. Augustine +have nine convents and four hospitals, where they have achieved great +results in the conversion; moreover, they were admitted and called +thither by the emperor. They find a great number of people disposed +to receive the gospel law, and it would be impossible for the fathers +of the Society (who are in some kingdoms of Japon) to be sufficient as +workmen in so broad and fertile a vineyard. On this account, it would +cause great scandal among the converted and those to be converted, +to see the opposition of one order to the others, since previously +they held them all to be uniform in the purpose of the spreading of +the gospel, and the religious to be vassals of one king and subjects +of the one and only head of the church. But in spite of the statements +of the friars, the bishop ordered the said brief to be published and +made known, with its penalties and censures. Councils were held by +the orders in the Philipinas and Japon, and they thought that they +ought to appeal from the said brief to his Holiness; this was done +before the said bishop, in order that his Holiness might understand +the state in which affairs were in those lands, and, being better +informed, revoke the brief. It seems important, for the decision of +this matter, that it be understood, from the description of Japon +and from trustworthy accounts, that the preaching of the fathers of +the Society, in the more than fifty years since they entered Japon, +has not reached to within a hundred miles of the kingdoms of Quanto, +where there are some convents of discalced Franciscan friars, nor +has the merchandise of the Portuguese done so; but on the contrary +the emperor--having a particular fondness for those kingdoms, as +being a patrimony of his--at great cost has caused to be carried by +land some of the merchandise which the Portuguese brought from China +to Japon. So then, neither is the Society limited in the bounds of +its preaching, nor is the crown of Portugal in those of its trade; +for even if six ships went there, instead of the single one that now +goes from Macao each year, all that they should carry would still +easily be consumed in the lands which are more than a hundred leguas +distant from those of Quanto. For from the island where Nangacaqui +is, until the ship reaches Quanto, there are more than two hundred +and twenty leguas of very thickly settled mainland. Granting the +prohibition which your Majesty has made that no merchandise beyond a +certain stated amount should go from the Philipinas to Nueva Spana, +on account of the great difficulties which result otherwise, it seems +well worthy of consideration that goods bought from China in those +islands of your Majesty should be diverted to Japon, from which so +much silver is and may be obtained for the benefit of your vassals +and the increase of their wealth and of your Majesty's exchequer--at +least making unnecessary in the Philipinas that which is and may +be brought from the lands of Piru and Nueva Spana, with benefit to +both those colonies and the islands. For the ships which go from the +Philipinas to Nueva Spana it is of the greatest importance to have a +safe harbor in Japon, in which to repair and supply themselves with +the necessities for so long and dangerous a voyage--because, for not +having had it hitherto, great losses have been suffered; and some, +such as that of the galleon "San Phelipe," amounted to more than a +million. It is more fitting for this purpose and for others that +our ships should go to Japon than that theirs should come to the +Philipinas, because when they come to those islands they buy from the +Chinese, who come there to sell, the merchandise which the Castilians +would have bought, enhancing the prices of it, and giving the Chinese +for it the silver which they would have given to the subjects of your +Majesty; nor is there any remedy therefor, although it has been sought. + +As for the entrance of religious, the Council persists in the opinion +of their last report, a copy of which is subjoined; but in regard +to the prohibition of commerce it changes the opinion which it +had reached, on account of the new information. It thinks that for +the present your Majesty ought to allow one or two ships to go each +year from the Philipinas to the kingdoms of Quanto, at the same time +warning the governor that he should manage this matter with the care +and prudence necessary, so that your Majesty's purpose may be attained +in facilitating and spreading the law of the gospel, and keeping your +vassals and realms in peace and quietness, in order that thus they may +serve God and your Majesty. Since the Council of Portugal, in its last +report, begs your Majesty to discuss this matter jointly with it, that +might be done, if it please your Majesty, in order that, the arguments +for and against being presented by persons whom your Majesty would +choose from both Councils, the decision might be made with greater +satisfaction and understanding of the situation, as the magnitude and +importance of the matter demand. Your Majesty will command what may +serve you best. Madrid, 31st of March, 1607. [Ten signatures follow.] + + + + + +_Report from the Council of State_ + +Sire: + +Your Majesty was pleased to order the Council to examine a report +from the Council of Yndia resident in Lisboa, dated December 4, +1605, and another from the Council of Portugal, dated January 31, +1606, which treat of the inadvisability of religious going to the +kingdoms of Xapon from the Philipinas, for the reasons advanced; and +two others dated May 30, 1606, and March 31, 1607, from the Council +of the Yndias, which allege the contrary. The Council after examining +these, and calling to mind what was advised on the occasion of other +reports from the Council of Portugal and of certain briefs of the Pope, +which were laid before them, advised your Majesty of its opinion in +this matter--namely, to examine the report and what your Majesty was +pleased to decide. And inasmuch as the said advice was given November +2, 1604, in Valladolid, and your Majesty was pleased to answer the +Council of Portugal in regard to it, and decreed what was resolved +thereon; and now since we have come to advise your Majesty: we advise +that, in order to express our opinion, as your Majesty orders, it would +be advisable to examine what your Majesty resolved then. Accordingly +if your Majesty please, you might order the Conde de Salinas to send +your Majesty the resolution taken upon the report of that Council of +the year 1604, which was accompanied by the briefs of his Holiness, +so that after examination in this Council, we may more reasonably +advise your Majesty of our opinion. Madrid, September 7, 1607. [Six +signatures follow]. + + +[_Endorsed_: "+ Officially; September 7, 1607. The Council of State +in regard to certain reports from the Councils of Portugal and of the +Yndias, of Castilla, as to whether or not religious are to go to Japon +by way of the Philipinas." _In a different hand_: "The accompanying +report from the Council of Portugal will give information on what is +asked here. Also other reports from the same Council, and from that +of the Yndias, in regard to matters of the Filipinas, and of Macan, +are enclosed. They should be examined together in the Council, and the +Council should advise me of their opinion regarding the whole matter."] + +[One signature, evidently that of the king, follows]. + + + + + +_Report from the Council of State_ + +Sire: + +Conformably to what your Majesty was pleased to order, there were +examined in the Council the reports and papers which are returned +with this, and opinions were expressed as follows: + +The chief comendador of Leon said that from the accounts and +investigations which the reports from the Council of Portugal +disclose, it is gathered that in the preaching of the gospel which is +being carried on by those of the Society who reside in Japon, they +practice, contrary to its spirit, worldly artifice; for it is said, +on the one hand, that they are preaching in secret, and, on the other, +that they maintain a ship in trade and traffic for their support. He +considers it very unsuitable that the gospel should go in disguise, +and believes that those who preach it should emulate the poverty +of the apostles, and should carry on no manner of trade or profit, +so that they may attract and convert by the example of the purity of +their lives, with no worldly ostentation. This is very fitting for +the reputation of the faith and those who preach it, that those who +oppose it may not say that they trade. If they adopt this plan, and +are so numerous that they can attend to all parts of the country where +it is necessary, the going of other orders thither might be dispensed +with. But if they are not sufficient to attend to all parts, and that +king begs that Franciscan friars should go, the comendador knows no +reason why they should not be sent; and the bishops of the Filipinas +should be charged to send such religious as are fit for the ministry +of preaching. The governor of those islands should be ordered to send +them in small vessels, which should only take sufficient provisions +for their support, expressly prohibiting that they carry any kind +of merchandise, and the trade of the Filipinas with Japon should +cease entirely; for in this way would be obviated the difficulties +which are represented on the part of the Portuguese, and the desired +end of the conversion of souls would be better attained. It would +be an easy thing to obtain from the Pope that he should revoke the +restriction that none could go except by way of Portuguese Yndia, +leaving to the choice of your Majesty all that concerns this affair; +for his Holiness may be sure that your Majesty, as the best informed +of all, will do what is most fitting for the propagation of our +holy faith. What the Portuguese allege in regard to the religious +who went to Japon being missed in the Filipinas is not sufficient; +for there will certainly be some who, without being missed there, +could go to Japon. Thus, if personal interests and differences would +cease, those religious might attend solely to the conversion of +those heathen, with the discretion and moderation which is fitting, +so as to relieve that king from the suspicion he has, that in that +way they are trying to take away his kingdom. For if he is assured +of that, and sees that no other than religious come, and that these +are engaged in no other business than that of conversion, it is to +be hoped in our Lord that he will not hinder it; since by those same +documents it is evident that the reason for his having made martyrs +of the Franciscan friars was the suspicion which he had that they had +other objects to the prejudice of his state. It is likewise fitting +that all the religious maintain friendly relations with one another, +and be united, and that their duties be not ill performed. For quarrels +between them will be of much greater injury and less edification for +the heathen than is the diversity of their garb; and, when it is seen +that they are all working toward the same end, it will be recognized +that all profess the same faith, and that religion is one. + +The Marques de Velada said that the reports from the Council of +Portugal are at variance with those from the Council of the Yndias; +for the former say that in Japon they do not desire Franciscan friars, +and the others that they are asking for them. It therefore appears best +to him that your Majesty should secure from the Pope a revocation of +the clause in the brief which prohibits other religious from going +to Japon unless it be by way of Yndia; and that his Holiness leave +it to the choice of your Majesty to send them by the way which shall +seem most fitting, as, in regard to the principal point--which is +that they should go, whether it be by Yndia or otherwise--they are in +accord. Whether they are to go by that or some other route is such a +minor consideration that it ought not to depend on that. Accordingly +he would order Don Juan de Silva [41] to investigate whether it be +true that the king of Japon is asking for Franciscan friars; and if +this be so he should not fail to send some, in the manner which has +been stated by the chief comendador of Leon. And even if the king does +not seek them, let it be known that he will permit them. Moreover, +all kinds of trade should be totally prohibited, and the passing of +any other people from the Filipinas to Japon, except such religious +friars as are not only holy, but judicious and discreet--although +these qualities were not displayed by those friars who told the king +of Japon that by means of them the Western Yndias had been conquered, +because that was sufficient reason for causing their martyrdom, +fearing that by the same means his kingdom would be taken away from +him. Accordingly it is fitting that those who go should be fully warned +not to speak of this, before assuring that king of the amity and kind +feeling of your Majesty, and that you will never attempt anything to +his injury. The members of the Society will have an advantage over the +friars, in having been so many years in that country, but the latter +will have an advantage in not having ships for trade; and it is very +fitting that this should be remedied, since the purity with which the +gospel ought to be preached will not allow of such sources of profit. + +The Conde de Chinchon said that the ill-feeling in those regions +between the Castilians and the Portuguese has lasted many years, +because the Portuguese have been and are suspicious that the profit +of the trade will be taken away from them; and if the fathers of +the Society who are in Japon proceed with the caution that they use +in England, it is no wonder that they are troubled by the fact that +others go [to Japon] who, without underhand measures, endeavor to +establish the faith as it should be done, and not in private, or with +any mixture of worldly interests. The first thing which it appears +to him ought to be done is to procure the revocation of the brief, +as has been said, so that it will remain at the free disposition of +your Majesty to send religious to Japon when and by such route as +your Majesty may judge expedient; and, having procured the revocation, +there should be no prohibition of certain Franciscan friars from the +Filipinas going there, in the manner in which the chief comendador +of Leon has suggested--totally prohibiting commerce, and the passing +of people other than religious. In this manner he believes that the +Portuguese will be satisfied, and that the fathers of the Society +will agree to it, if influence be brought to bear upon the superiors +of both orders, so that they may secure agreement between the orders. + +The constable of Castilla said that for the present he would not change +the order which was given that religious friars should not go from +the Filipinas to Japon, and he would only consider the revocation of +the brief in which they were prohibited from going by any other route +than that by Yndia; because that was nothing else than an attempt +of the Council of Portugal to tie your Majesty's hands with the +authority of the Pope, and tacitly to exclude the Castilian religious +from going there. It is expedient that your Majesty should have this +matter at your own disposal, to send them when and by what route is +expedient. This would serve as a check, so that those of the Society +would take great care as to what they do. It would also be desirable +to urge, through the Council of Portugal, that those fathers should +enjoy no trade or profit; and to prohibit totally the trade of the +Filipinas with Japon. In this way the suspicions and apprehensions +of both parties would cease, and by this means your Majesty might be +better informed, and by impartial persons, and time would show what +was most expedient. Your Majesty will have this examined, and take +measures according to your pleasure. Madrid, December 20, 1607. + +[_Endorsed, in the hand of the king_: "I am advised concerning all this +that I may decree, by one way or another, what is most suitable. Write +today secretly to the Marques de Aytona that he shall ask the Pope in +my name for the revocation of the order of which mention is here made; +and that he shall order another one despatched, leaving to my choice to +send the religious who are to go to preach, by the route which appears +best to me according to the state of affairs; and charge the Marques +to have this despatch sent immediately, as secretly as possible."] + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1608-09 + + + Annual receipts and expenditures of the Philippine + government. Pedro de Caldierva de Mariaca; August 18, 1608. + Decrees regarding way-station for Philippine vessels. Felipe III; + September 27, 1608, and May 13, 1609. + Letters to Juan de Silva. Felipe III; May 26 and July 29, 1609. + Expeditions to the province of Tuy. Juan Manuel de la Vega; + July 3, 1609. + Petition of a Filipino chief for redress. Miguel Banal; July + 25, 1609. + Despatch of missionaries to the Philippines. Diego Aduarte. and + others; [1608-09?]. + + +_Source_: All these documents are obtained from the Archivo general +de Indias, Sevilla. + +_Translations_: The first, fourth, and fifth documents are translated +by James A. Robertson; the first decree in the second, by Henry +B. Lathrop, of the University of Wisconsin; the rest, by Robert +W. Haight. + + + +Annual Receipts and Expenditures of the Philippine Government + + +Statement of the Annual Incomes and Sources of Profit of His Majesty +in These Philipinas Islands + +_Tributes from his Majesty's encomiendas_ + + +Tributes Common gold + + +3U359 In the encomienda of the coast of this city of Manila, + his Majesty has three thousand three hundred and fifty-nine + tributes. The tributes are each one peso, besides the two reals + for the _situado_, and amount to the same number of pesos. + 3U359 pesos, -- tomins. + +U533 In the encomienda of the villages of Capa, Santa Ana, and + Caruya, there are five hundred and thirty-three tributes. + U533 pesos, -- tomins. + +U100 From the wandering Indians of the said coast and of this + city of Manila, a greater or less sum is collected annually, + which accordingly approximates to one hundred tributes annually + U100 pesos, -- tomins. + +805 In the encomienda of the villages of San Miguel and San + Francisco, in Laguna de Bay, there are eight hundred and five + tributes, or a like number of pesos. U805 pesos, -- tomins. + +U894 In the encomienda of Lumban, Pacte, and Longos in the said + Laguna, there are eight hundred and ninety-four tributes. + U894 pesos, -- tomins. + +1U364 1/2 In the encomienda of Nayun and Tayavas there are one thousand + three hundred and sixty-four and one-half tributes, or one + thousand three hundred and sixty-four pesos and four tomins. + 1U364 pesos, 4 tomins. + +U275 In the encomienda of Calilaya there are two hundred and + seventy-five tributes, or a like number of pesos. + U275 pesos, -- tomins. + +U711 In the encomienda of Tuley and Maragondon there are seven + hundred and eleven tributes, or a like number of pesos. + U711 pesos, -- tomins. + +2U091 In the encomienda of Mindoro, there are two thousand and + ninety-one tributes. 2U091 peso, -- tomins. + +4U307 1/2 In the encomienda of La Panpanga there are four thousand three + hundred and seven and one-half tributes, or four thousand + three hundred and seven pesos and four tomins. + 4U307 pesos, 4 tomins. + +U824 In the encomienda of the villages of Agoo and Alingayen, in the + province of Pangasinan, there are eight hundred and twenty-four + tributes. In this province the tributes amount each to ten + reals, thus making a total of one thousand and thirty pesos. + 1U030 pesos, -- tomins. + +U431 In the encomienda of Binalatonga, in the said province of + Pangasinan, there are four hundred and thirty-one tributes, + which, at ten reals, amount to five hundred and thirty-eight + pesos and six tomins. U538 pesos, 6 tomins. + +4U785 1/2 In his Majesty's encomiendas in the province of Ylocos, where + the tributes are also ten reals, there are four thousand + seven hundred and eighty-five and one-half tributes, which + amount to five thousand nine hundred and eighty-one pesos + and seven tomins. 5U981 pesos, 7 tomins. + +2U668 In the encomiendas of Camarines there are two thousand six + hundred and sixty-eight tributes at one peso. + 2U668 pesos, -- tomins. + + In the province of Cibu, his Majesty owns the encomienda of + the island of Compot and Cagayan, the tribute of which has + not been collected for three years, as it is in revolt. + +2U400 In the encomienda of Bohol and Bantayan in the said province + of Cebu--which was apportioned to the royal crown this year, + one thousand six hundred and eight, because of the death of Don + Pedro de Gamboa, its former owner; and which his Majesty enjoys + since the twenty-second of January of this said year--there + are two thousand tour hundred tributes at one peso. + 2U400 pesos, -- tomins. + +3U624 In the encomienda of Panay and Oton there are three thousand + six hundred and twenty-four tributes at one peso. + 3U624 pesos, -- tomins. + +U382 In the village of Baybay, on the river of this city, three + hundred and eighty-two tributes are collected from Christian + Sangleys. U382 pesos, -- tomins. + +1U500 There are always a varying number of infidel Sangleys living + in the Parian of this city; as for the last collections, + they amount to one thousand five hundred tributes. + 1U500 pesos, -- tomins. + +------ ---------------------- +32U395 1/2 33U906 pesos, 5 tomins. + + +_Situados of all the encomiendas in these islands_ + + + Common gold + + The situado [42] of his Majesty's encomiendas above mentioned + amounts to eight thousand and ninety-eight pesos and seven + tomins, at the rate of two reals for each tribute--the tributes + amounting to thirty-two thousand three hundred and ninety-five + and one-half 8U098 pesos, 7 tomins. + + The situados of the encomiendas of individuals in these + islands amount to twenty-three thousand two hundred pesos. + 23U200 pesos. + + ---------------------- + 31U298 pesos, 7 tomins. + + _Tithes of gold_ + + The tithes of gold (of which the tenth is taken in these + islands) are worth on an average, considering former years, + eight hundred pesos. + U800 pesos, -- tomins. + + _Ecclesiastical tithes_ + + Of the ecclesiastical tithes of this archbishopric of + Manila and of the three bishoprics of the islands, there + are collected annually, on an average, one thousand pesos; + for, although they have been worth one thousand one hundred + pesos or one thousand two hundred pesos, in certain years, + they approximate to the said sum, according to the present. + 1U000 pesos, -- tomins. + + _Import and export duties_ + + The import duties on the Chinese merchandise entering this + city, amounted, this said year of six hundred and eight, to + thirty-eight thousand, two hundred and eighty-eight pesos, + four tomins, and two granos. In this matter no exact figures + can be given, because it is more or less, according to the + amount of merchandise brought annually by the Sangleys. + 38U288 pesos, 4 tomins, 2 granos. + + The import duties and freight-charges on the goods brought + from Nueva Espana, and entering this city are usually worth + five hundred pesos, or thereabout, because the citizens of + these islands to whom the goods are consigned have received the + concession of not paying duties on goods to the value of three + hundred pesos for the married person, and one hundred and fifty + pesos for the single person; and because the bulk of these + said goods is to be used for their households and comfort. + U500 pesos, -- tomins. + + The duties on the goods exported from this city to the said + Nueva Espana are usually worth fourteen thousand pesos. In + this matter no exact figures can be given, for it varies + according to the value of the merchandise. + 14U000 pesos. + + 52U788 [pesos], 4 [tomins], 2 [granos]. + + _Fines forfeited to the royal treasury_ + + Seven hundred and eight pesos have been paid into the royal + treasury this year from fines forfeited to the royal treasury. + U708 pesos, -- tomins. + + _Expenses of justice and courts_ + + From the expenses of justice and courts, sixty pesos have + been paid into the royal treasury this year. + U060 pesos, -- tomins. + + Amount of the tributes. 33U905 pesos, 5 tomins. + + The situados. 31U298 pesos, 7 tomins. + + The tithes of gold. U800 pesos. + + Ecclesiastical tithes. 1U000 pesos. + + Import and export duties. + 52U788 [pesos], 4 [tomins], 2 [granos]. + + Fines forfeited to the royal treasury. U708 pesos. + + Expenses of justice and the courts. U060 pesos. + + ---------------------------------- + 120U561 pesos, -- tomins, 2 granos. + + +All the above incomes total one hundred and twenty thousand five +hundred and sixty-one pesos and two granos of common gold. + + +Statement of the Ordinary Expense Incurred By His Majesty in These +Islands + + + Common gold + + + The president, governor, and captain-general of these islands + receives an annual salary of eight thousand pesos de minas, + or thirteen thousand two hundred and thirty-five pesos and + two tomins. 13U235 pesos, 2 tomins. + + Four auditors and one fiscal receive each two thousand pesos + de minas, which total sixteen thousand five hundred and + forty-nine pesos and six granos. 16U549 pesos, 6 granos. + + One chaplain of the royal Audiencia, three hundred pesos. + U300 pesos. + + Three royal officials with five hundred and ten thousand + maravedis apiece, which amounts to five thousand six hundred + and twenty-five pesos. 5U625 pesos. + + One chief clerk with a salary of three hundred pesos. + U300 pesos. + + Another clerk, for military affairs, with a salary of two + hundred pesos. U200 pesos. + + Another clerk, for matters of trade, with the same salary. + U200 pesos. + + One executioner, with one hundred and fifty pesos. + U150 pesos. + + One notary, with two hundred pesos. U200 pesos. + + One galley-purser, with one hundred pesos. + U100 pesos. + + _Alcaldes-mayor and corregidors_ + + The alcalde-mayor of Tondo, with a salary of three hundred + pesos. U300 pesos. + + Of Bulacan, with another three hundred pesos. + U300 pesos. + + Of La Panpanga, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Laguna de Bay, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Calilaya, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Balayan, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Pangasinan, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Ylocos, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Carmarines, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Arevalo, the same. U300 pesos. + + Of Cibu, the same. U300 pesos. + + Corregidor of Calamianes, with two hundred and fifty pesos. + U250 pesos. + + Of Maribeles, with one hundred and fifty pesos. + U150 pesos. + + Of Mindoro, one hundred pesos. U100 pesos. + + Of Catanduanes, one hundred and fifty pesos. + U150 pesos. + + Of Ybalon, two hundred pesos, because it serves also as the + outpost of Capul. U200 pesos. + + Of Panay, another two hundred pesos. U200 pesos. + + Leyte, one hundred and fifty pesos. U150 pesos. + + Butuan, two hundred pesos. U200 pesos. + + Alcalde-mayor of Cagayan, three hundred pesos. + U300 pesos. + + + _Various salaries_ + + One assayer and appraiser, with four hundred pesos. + U400 pesos. + + + One navy storekeeper, two hundred pesos. + U200 pesos. + + + One clerk, for the warehouses of this city, with one hundred + and fifty pesos. U150 pesos. + + One shore master, with a salary of six hundred pesos. + U600 pesos. + + One clerk, for the warehouses of Cavite, with one hundred + and forty pesos. U140 pesos. + + + One chief of galley construction, with five hundred pesos. + U500 pesos. + + Another carpenter, with two hundred pesos. + U200 pesos. + + One hundred and sixty Indian carpenters at one-half real + and their board daily; their wages amount annually to three + thousand six hundred and fifty pesos. + 3U650 pesos. + + + One master blacksmith, with five hundred pesos. + U500 pesos. + + + The Indian smiths who serve in the smithies for various + wages, now more and now less, which amount to one thousand + one hundred pesos. 1U100 pesos. + + The charcoal used in the smithies and in the founding of + artillery will amount to one thousand pesos. + 1U000 pesos. + + One artillery and bell-founder, with a salary of one thousand + pesos. 1U000 pesos. + + In the said founding eight hundred pesos will be spent + yearly in paying the Indians who work at it, and in other + petty expenses. U800 pesos. + + + One master powder-maker, with six hundred pesos. + U600 pesos. + + In the manufacture of powder, twenty or twenty-five mortars + are used, which are manipulated by slaves of private persons, + who place them there for evil conduct; and nothing but their + board is given them. + + Four coopers and one workman--the former with wages of three + hundred pesos apiece, besides their rations of rice; and the + workman, with forty-eight pesos: All together amounting to + one thousand two hundred and forty-eight pesos. + 1U248 pesos. + + + Six calkers, with wages of three hundred pesos apiece, + besides their rations of rice, which amount to one thousand + eight hundred pesos. 1U800 pesos. + + At the time of careening and repairing the ships, and for + other extraordinary matters in this trade of the calkers, + some receive daily wages of two pesos and two and one-half + pesos apiece, which will amount to one thousand five hundred + pesos annually. 1U500 pesos. + + There are sixty sailors, or two more or less, who are kept + here. As for those who come in vessels from Nueva Espana, + they serve in the port of Cavite, and in the warehouses; + and sail in fragatas used to carry rice, rigging, pitch, + and other articles which are offered and taken to the said + warehouses. They receive wages of one hundred and fifty + pesos, besides the rations of rice, which amount to nine + thousand pesos. 9U000 pesos. + + There are also other sailors and other workmen who come in the + ships from Nueva Espana, and take from here a certification + of their services here, by virtue of which they are paid in + Mexico; while nothing more than their rations of rice are + paid them here, which amount to three fanegas of unwinnowed + rice apiece per month, and some additional aid from year to + year, and between the departure of the vessels. The total + will amount to eight thousand pesos. + 8U000 pesos. + + There are three pilots, who are experienced in the navigation + between these islands and the mainland, for some voyages + that are usually made to the mainland near these islands, + and who receive six hundred pesos apiece, or one thousand + eight hundred pesos. 1U800 pesos. + + In the royal warehouses of this city, ten Indians generally + serve from month to month. They receive apiece one peso per + month, and their board, which amounts to one hundred and + twenty pesos. U120 pesos. + + In the fragatas and other vessels of his Majesty which ply + amid these islands eighty Indians are employed from month + to month, each receiving one peso per month and their board, + which amounts to nine hundred and sixty pesos. + U960 pesos. + + For the service of the port of Cavite and its vessels, sixty + Indians are generally drafted each month. They are paid six + reals per month and their board, a total of five hundred and + forty pesos. U540 pesos. + + To three Indian rope-makers who assist in the rope-factory + at Manila, where the hemp rigging is made, are paid total + annual wages of one hundred and fifty pesos. + U150 pesos + + Each month thirty Indians work month by month in this rope + factory, to whom are paid six reals per month and their + rations of rice, a total of two hundred and seventy pesos. + U270 pesos. + + + _Purchases_ + + The black rigging and that made from abaca in Balayan for + the ships and galleys will amount to four thousand pesos. + 4U000 pesos. + + Every year hemp brought from Japon is bought for rigging, + which from year to year will amount to one thousand five + hundred pesos. 1U500 pesos. + + One thousand six hundred quintals of pitch, at ten reals per + quintal, are also used annually, which amounts to two thousand + one hundred and twenty-five pesos 2U125 pesos. + + The saltpeter purchased for this camp will average from year + to year one thousand eight hundred pesos. Some years it will + amount to more or less. 1U800 pesos. + + The bonote [43] purchased to calk the vessels [going to + New Spain?] and other ships will amount to two hundred and + seventy pesos U270 pesos. + + Arquebus fuses, one hundred and fifty pesos. + U150 pesos. + + The cocoa-oil purchased for the churches where the sacraments + are administered amounts to two hundred and fifty pesos. + U250 pesos. + + The fish-oil and galagal for the careening and repairing of + the ships amounts to nine hundred pesos. + U900 pesos. + + Six hundred picos of iron, at various prices are used in + addition to that brought by sail from Nueva Espana, which + will amount to two thousand pesos. 2U000 pesos. + + _Item_: Four hundred picos of nails, which, at the least + price, is seven pesos [per pico], amount to two thousand + eight hundred pesos. 2U800 pesos. + + The canvas bought annually for the sails of the ships and + other vessels, exclusive of those for the galleys (which is + included in gross expense of those vessels), amounts from year + to year to six thousand pieces at three reals apiece, which + makes a total of two thousand two hundred and fifty pesos. + 2U250 pesos. + + For the other trifling expenses incurred in building each + year, to which, as they are various, no name can be given, + are spent two thousand pesos. 2U000 pesos. + + The purchases of timbers and ribs and their carriage to + the port of Cavite and other ports, for the ships made and + repaired, will amount to two thousand two hundred pesos. + 2U200 pesos. + + Likewise for the food supplies bought annually for the voyage + of the ships to Nueva Espana, and other trifles, are spent + eleven thousand pesos. 11U000 pesos. + + The rice purchased yearly, and collected from the tributes, + amounts to fourteen or fifteen thousand pesos for the support + of the people in [government] service, and is given them in + place of board and rations. To each one is given the amount + that he must have according to his work and contract. Six + thousand fanegas of this is given to the orders and hospitals, + which his Majesty has ordered to be given them annually. Of + the above quantity of fifteen thousand pesos, two thirds, + or ten thousand pesos, are not mentioned here; for the other + third is used in the galleys, of whose expense a report is + made later, and in that report enters this third part which + is still to be mentioned 10U000 pesos. + + The artillery balls bought annually from Japon amount yearly + to six hundred pesos. U600 pesos. + + The lead bought for the musket and arquebus balls amounts on + an average to one thousand five hundred pesos. + 1U500 pesos. + + The copper used in founding the artillery is computed at one + thousand pesos annually. 1U000 pesos. + + The tin and other metals for the mixture amount to another + thousand pesos. 1U000 pesos. + + + _Salaries and expenses among the ecclesiastics, and in the + churches and doctrinas_ [_i.e., missions_] + + Archbishop of Manila, with an annual salary of four thousand + one hundred and twenty-five pesos 4U125 pesos. + + Bishop of Cibu, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-eight. + 1U838 pesos. + + Bishop of Cagayan, the same 1U838 pesos. + + Bishop of Camarines, the same 1U838 pesos. + + The dean of Manila, six hundred pesos + U600 pesos. + + The archdeacon, five hundred pesos U500 pesos. + + The precentor, another five hundred pesos + U500 pesos. + + The schoolmaster, another five hundred pesos + U500 pesos. + + The treasurer, another five hundred pesos + U500 pesos. + + Four canons, with salaries of four hundred pesos apiece, + which amounts to one thousand six hundred pesos + 1U600 pesos. + + Two racioneros [44] with three hundred pesos apiece, amounting + to six hundred pesos U600 pesos. + + Two medio-racioneros, [45] with two hundred pesos apiece + U400 pesos. + + One chaplain of the college of Santa Potenciana, with three + hundred pesos U300 pesos. + + To the convent of San Agustin in this city, six hundred pesos + and six hundred fanegas of rice, for six religious who are + engaged there in instruction; given by decree of his Majesty + U600 pesos. + + To the above convent, seven hundred pesos annually, which sum + is the situados from two encomiendas, given for the building + of the convent, until the fulfilment of three of his Majesty's + decrees--one of which grants ten thousand ducados, another + six thousand, and the third two thousand + U700 pesos. + + Each of the two convents of St. Dominic and of the Society of + Jesus are given four hundred pesos and four hundred fanegas + of rice for four religious, which amount to eight hundred pesos + U800 pesos. + + And although his Majesty orders the same to be given to the + convent of St. Francis they neither accept nor wish it. + + To the convent of Santisimo Nombre de Jesus, in Cibu, are + given annually two hundred pesos and two hundred fanegas of + rice. That convent was the first one founded. + U200 pesos. + + In the doctrinas of the encomiendas belonging to his Majesty + in these islands (which were mentioned in the statement of + the incomes), there are fifty-eight religious who administer + instruction therein; and, according to the stipend given to + each one, the total amounts to seven thousand and seventy-one + pesos 7U071 pesos. + + To six parish priests and their sacristans, located in the + six Spanish settlements--namely, Manila, Caceres, Segovia, + Arebalo, Villa Fernandina, and Cibu--are given salaries of + fifty thousand maravedis to each priest, and twenty-five + thousand to each sacristan, making a total of one thousand + six hundred and fifty-four pesos, three tomins, and two granos + 7U654 pesos, 3 tomins, 2 granos. + + Three other parish priests and two sacristans, for the towns + of Cavite and La Hermita de Guia, and for the natives in + Manila and those outside its walls, receive a total of seven + hundred pesos U700 pesos. + + It appears that there has been excessive expense hitherto in + the building of churches; but at present there is not so much, + because there is not given to any church that is being rebuilt + that part [of the expense] pertaining to his Majesty--and + which his Majesty should have paid--in the encomiendas of + private persons. For the churches in the lands of the royal + crown the amount averages four thousand pesos annually + 4U000 pesos. + + For the ornaments given to the doctrinas of the encomiendas + apportioned to the royal crown, exclusive of missal-books + and other articles from Nueva Espana, six hundred pesos + U600 pesos. + + To the three convents of St. Augustine, Santo Domingo, and + the Society of Jesus, are given medicines according to his + Majesty's decree. This amounts annually to six hundred pesos + U600 pesos. + + _Item_: Six hundred Castilian ducados, given to the Manila + cathedral, by decree of his Majesty--five hundred for music + and the verger, and one hundred for the building of the church. + U85 pesos. + + _Item_: Four hundred pesos, to be given annually to the said + cathedral, by decree of his Majesty, for six years, for wine, + wax, and other things U400 pesos. + + _Item_: Five hundred ducados, given annually by order of Don + Luis Perez Dasmarinas, former governor of these islands, to + the native hospital of this city. This amounts to six hundred + and eighty-seven pesos and four tomins. Further, one thousand + five hundred fanegas of rice, one thousand five hundred fowls, + and a number of coverlets for the sick + U687 pesos, [tomins] + + _Item_: To the hospital of Cagayan, three hundred pesos + annually, by order of Doctor Santiago de Vera, former governor + of these islands U300 pesos. + + + _Extraordinary expenses_ + + On his Majesty's account, a vessel is annually despatched + to the kingdom of Japon with an embassy and present to the + king. This, with other embassies to various other kings and + lords, and many other trifling matters, will amount to six + thousand pesos annually 6U000 pesos. + + Likewise there is another expense of the two salaries paid + at the same time to a governor, auditor, or royal official; + for from their departure from Espana until their arrival here + the salary of each is paid to him, as well as to the official + here, so that two salaries are paid at the same time for one + office. These amount annually to about two thousand pesos + 2U000 pesos. + + The salaries paid to the agents who collect the tributes of + his Majesty's encomiendas, and the situados of individuals, + in accordance with what each one collects, and the commission + given him, amount to one thousand six hundred pesos + [1U600 pesos] + + + _Expenses of the soldiers and their officers_ + + One master-of-camp, with a salary of one thousand six hundred + and fifty-three pesos. 1U653 [pesos] + + This camp of Manila has five captains, each receiving a salary + of four hundred and twenty pesos, which amount to two thousand + one hundred pesos. [2U100 pesos] + + Five alferezes, with a salary of two hundred and forty pesos + apiece, which amount to one thousand two hundred pesos + 1U200 [pesos] + + Five sergeants with one hundred and twenty pesos apiece, + which amount to six hundred pesos U600 [pesos] + + Five drummers, with seventy-two pesos apiece, which amount + to three hundred and sixty pesos U360 [pesos] + + Five fifers, with the same pay U360 [pesos] + + Five shield-bearers, with the same pay + U360 [pesos] + + Also five standard-bearers, with the same pay + U360 [pesos] + + At present there are also two captains, two alferezes, two + sergeants, two drummers, two fifers, two shield-bearers, + and two standard-bearers, who all receive the same pay as + those above--but they do not draw it in the lump but only + for extraordinary expenses--who were appointed for the + reenforcement of the Pintados. + + _Item_: One commanding officer of this reenforcement, with + eight hundred pesos' pay annually. [800 pesos] + + _Item_: One sargento-mayor, with the same pay as the captains + above-mentioned. + + His adjutant, with the same pay as that of this camp. + + According to the last musters made, there are five hundred and + sixteen foot soldiers, of whom one hundred and four lately + departed for the said reenforcement of the Pintados. Among + them are included fourteen corporals, twelve halberdiers of + the captain-general's guard, and those serving in the fort + of Santiago. At the rate of six pesos apiece per month, this + amounts to thirty-seven thousand one hundred and fifty-two + pesos annually 37U152 pesos. + + _Item_: At the option of the captain-general, one thousand + pesos is distributed among all the soldiers, ten pesos being + given to each soldier whom the captain-general wishes to favor. + 1U000 pesos. + + _Item_: There are one hundred musketeers among all this + soldiery, each of whom receives two pesos more each month + than the pay of the arquebusiers of infantry. This amounts + to two thousand four hundred pesos + 2U400 pesos. + + _Item_: There are fourteen corporals, each of whom + receives twelve pesos more per year than the pay of the + infantrymen. This amounts to one hundred and sixty-eight pesos + U168 pesos. + + There is an artillery-captain in the camp, with an annual + salary of four hundred and twenty pesos + U420 pesos. + + An adjutant of the sargento-mayor, with one hundred and eighty + pesos' pay U180 pesos. + + One campaign barrachel, [46] with the same pay + U180 pesos. + + One head drummer, with seventy-two pesos + U072 pesos. + + One captain of the guard of the captain-general, with two + hundred and forty pesos. U240 pesos. + + One corporal of the said guard, with eighty-four pesos + U084 pesos. + + In the presidio of the town of Arevalo are one sergeant and + twenty-nine infantrymen, with the same pay as the others, + which amounts to two thousand two hundred and eight pesos + 2U208 pesos. + + In the presidio of Cibu are a captain, alferez, sergeant, + drummer, fifer, shield-bearer, standard-bearer, and + eighty-three infantrymen, all with the pay above mentioned + for the others. The total amounts to seven thousand and + forty-four pesos 7U044 pesos. + + _Item_: One adjutant of the sargento-mayor, with ninety-six + pesos U096 pesos. + + In the presidio of Cagayan are a sargento-mayor, and another + sergeant, each drawing ninety-six pesos; and forty-seven + infantrymen, with the same pay as the others. The total + amounts to three thousand five hundred and seventy-six pesos. + 3U576 pesos. + + In this camp there are usually twelve artillerymen, who + serve in the fortresses, ships, and on other occasions of the + camp. They draw pay of two hundred pesos apiece, the total + amounting to two thousand four hundred pesos, beside their + rations of rice. 2U400 pesos. + + In the districts of Calamianes and Leyte are eight infantrymen, + whose pay amounts to five hundred and seventy-six pesos. + U576 pesos. + + By virtue of one of his Majesty's decrees, brought by Governor + Don Pedro de Acuna, and of a clause of the instructions + received here by Don Francisco Tello, the said Don Pedro de + Acuna began to rebuild the galleys, and, as appears, built four + galleys. After having often adjusted the expenses incurred by + his Majesty annually in salaries, food, and other expenses of + galleys, the expense is found always to reach six thousand + pesos per galley. At present there are two eighteen-bench + galliots, the expenses of which, likewise adjusted, amount + to four thousand five hundred pesos apiece, a total of nine + thousand pesos. 9U000 pesos. + + _Item_: There is usually one sentry-post in the island of + Maribeles, which receives two hundred and forty pesos for the + pay of the Indians serving in it, besides the rice given them + as rations. U240 pesos. + + + _Castellans_ + + One castellan of the fort of Santiago in this city of Manila, + with a salary of eight hundred pesos annually. + U800 pesos. + + One lieutenant, with pay of three hundred pesos. + U300 pesos. + + _Item_: One sergeant, with one hundred and twenty pesos; + one corporal, with eighty-four pesos; a drummer and fifer, + with seventy-two pesos' pay apiece; all amounting to three + hundred and forty-eight pesos. U348 pesos. + + In Cagayan, a governor of the fortress, with title of captain, + who draws a salary of two hundred pesos. + U200 pesos. + + One lieutenant, with ninety-six pesos. + U096 pesos. + + In Arevalo there is another governor of the fort, with two + hundred pesos. U200 pesos. + + In Cibu is another governor of the fort, with two hundred + pesos. U200 pesos. + + One lieutenant with ninety-six pesos. + U096 pesos. + + + Expenses. 255U578 pesos, 1 [tomin], 8 [granos]. + Incomes. 120U561 pesos, 2 [granos]. + Excess of expenses over incomes. + 135U017 pesos, 1 [tomin], 6 [granos]. + + +The incomes total one hundred and twenty thousand five hundred and +sixty-one pesos and two granos; and the expenses two hundred and +fifty-five thousand five hundred and seventy-eight pesos, one tomin, +and eight granos of common gold. In conformity to this, the said +expenses exceed the said incomes by one hundred and thirty-five +thousand and seventeen pesos, one tomin, and six granos. + +The above statement was drawn from the royal books in our charge, +at the order of Don Rodrigo de Bibero, president, governor, and +captain-general of these islands. Manila, August eighteen, in the +year one thousand six hundred and eight. + +_Pedro de Caldierva de Mariaca_ + +_Alonso Despia Ssaravia_ + + + +Decrees Regarding Way-Station for Philippine Vessels + + +The King: To Don Luis de Velasco, [47] my viceroy, governor, and +captain-general of the provinces of Nueva Espana. Your predecessor +in the government of those provinces, the Marques de Montes Claros, +informed me by a letter of May 24 of last year that he had received +my decree of August 19, one thousand six hundred and six, in which +were contained the directions to be followed by him in the opening to +navigation and the settlement of the new port of Monte Rey, discovered +by Sevastian Vizcayno on the voyage from Nueva Espana to the Philipinas +Islands. He stated that the decree could not be carried out in any +respect, since it reached his hands when the trading fleet for those +islands had already set sail, and since Sevastian Vizcayno--whom I +had commanded to undertake that voyage and found the colony, as being +the discoverer of the said port--had departed for that kingdom in the +fleet of that year. He stated that with a view, above all, to reaching +a decision in regard to what must be done for the prosecution of this +business, it seemed to him well to inform me of what he had heard, and +of what had been brought before him with reference to the matter. He +took for granted that it was of great importance to discover a port +where the ships returning from the Filipinas might stop to refit; +for on so long a voyage the greatest part of the danger is due to +the lack of a place where the injuries received in the voyage may be +repaired. If no more suitable place should be found, he said, it would +be advisable to make use of the port of Monte Rrey, of which he had +been notified; but, to understand better the importance of this port, +it would be well to notice that according to the survey made by the +said Sevastian Vizcayno it seems to be in latitude thirty-seven, on +the coast known as the coast of Nueva Espana, which runs from Cape +Mendocino to Acapulco. Now while it is true that most of the ships +on his voyage sight land within one or two degrees of that place, +still, it must be understood that they always regard themselves as +being at the end of their voyage and out of danger on the day when +they reach there. This is so true that there have been ships which, +when they were at the mouth of the harbor of Monte Rey, decided, as +soon as they recognized it, not to enter it, but kept on their voyage +with all sails spread. They felt that as soon as they sighted land +anywhere they could go on, and, with favorable weather, reach the +harbor of Acapulco in twenty-five or thirty days. The accidents and +injuries caused by hurricanes--which are the things that place ships in +jeopardy, and which oblige them to return to their port of departure, +with so much loss--ordinarily occur from the time when they pass the +cape of Spiritu Santo on the island of Manila, all along the chain +of the Ladrones until they pass the end of Japon at the point called +the Cape of Sestos and reach latitude thirty-two or thirty-three; +consequently, the ship which receives such injuries always does +so before entering the great gulf of Nueva Espana, and can find no +place of refuge without returning to Japon or to the Philipinas. If +its condition should permit it to sight the coast of Cape Mendocino +after fifty days (the usual length of time), its troubles would be +practically over. On this account, and since the harbor of Monte +Rrey is so situated that when the ships from the Philipinas reach +it they feel that their voyage to the harbor of Acapulco within +twenty-five or thirty days is certain, as has been said, and since +it has never been known to occur that a ship after sighting land +has been obliged to put back, therefore the Marques declares that, +as the object is to provide ships with a harbor where they may land, +or at least touch and refit, the harbor should be provided, or at +least be sought, where it may be of use before the vessels enter the +great gulf of Nueva Espana. This he urges the more because there are +two islands in latitude thirty-four or thirty-five, named Rrica de Oro +and Rrica de Plata, [48] to the west of the harbor of Monte Rey and +in almost the same latitude though very distant in longitude. Those +who have undertaken that voyage and have made it declare that both +these islands are very well suited to be places of refitting for the +ships from the Philipinas, and that it would be advantageous to find +them again and colonize one of them for this purpose. Regarding this +as certain, the Marques thinks that the exploration and colonizing +in question should be mainly at these islands, being committed to +some person of competence, care, and fidelity. For this he judges +that the said Sevastian Vizcayno would be suitable, because he would +know, as well as anyone could, the way to the harbor of Monte Rrey, +being already acquainted with it. If the commission were entrusted +to him, it would be well for him to go from Acapulco as commander of +the ships for the Philipinas, returning from Manila with two small +and lightly-laden ships for no other purpose than the discovery; +for if he were to return as commander [of the trading fleet] the +merchandise and stuffs of the inhabitants of Manila would run great +risk of being detained on the voyage, and of suffering some loss, +and the owners would have a right to recover damages from my royal +treasury. Then after the new harbor which is affirmed to exist shall +have been discovered, Sevastian Vizcayno may go as commander in the +year following, and may make a beginning of refitting a station there +with the trading ships, so that the navigation may be opened. After +this report had been brought before my Council of the Yndias and +my Council of War for those lands, and had been discussed there, +both sides having been considered by me, the suggestions of the said +Marques of Montes Claros were approved by me. Therefore I command +you that since he declares that the two islands, Rica de Oro and Rica +de Plata, in latitude thirty-four or thirty-five, will be much more +suitable than the harbor of Monte Rey as a port in which the ships of +the Filipinas trade may refit, you shall suspend for the present the +opening to navigation and the settlement of the harbor of Monte Rey. I +command you that, in conformity with the opinion of the said Marques of +Montes Claros, you shall give the charge of the expedition to Sevastian +Vizcayno; and shall cause to be undertaken the discovery, settlement, +and opening to navigation of a harbor in one of the said islands, Rica +de Oro and Rica de Plata, as shall seem best and most suitable for +the purpose intended. For the present I intrust to you the choice of +all that concerns the matter. On account of my trust in your prudence +and caution, and my confidence that you will not permit any excessive +expense, I license you to expend from my royal exchequer, for all the +aforesaid and for the arrangement of all other requisites, all the +money needed, drawing the same from my royal treasury of the City of +Mexico. I sanction and command the granting by you to the colonists +of the same privileges that were granted in my decree of August 19, +one thousand six hundred and six, to those who should go to colonize +the port of Monte Rey. In case it seems to them that the latter port +is entirely preferable to either of the two islands referred to, you +will execute the decree previously issued with reference to the said +colonization and opening to navigation of the said port of Monte Rey; +and by this my decree I command my accountants for my Council of the +Yndias to record this command. Dated at [_word partly illegible_; +Aranjuez?] September 27, one thousand six hundred and eight. + + +_I The King_ + +Certified to by Juan de Civica and signed by the members of the +Council of War of the Yndias. + + +The King: To Don Luis de Velasco, my viceroy, governor and +captain-general of the provinces of Nueva Espana, or to the person or +persons in whose charge the government may be. Having understood that +as a way-station for the vessels in the Philippine trade, one of these +islands, Rrica de Oro and Rrica de Plata, would be more suitable than +the port of Monte Rey--which had been explored, and for the opening +and colonization of which orders had been issued--because the former +are in a better situation: by a decree of the twenty-seventh of +September of the past year, I commanded you to suspend for the time +being the opening and settlement of the said port of Monte Rey, and +to undertake the exploration, settlement, and opening of one of those +two islands, Rrica de Oro and Rrica de Plata, as it appeared better +and more suitable for the object desired; and you were to spend from +my royal exchequer whatever money was necessary for this, and settle +other matters, as should be expedient. You were to concede to the +settlers the same privileges as were accorded to those who were to +go to settle the port of Monte Rey; and in case it still appeared to +you that the latter was better fitted than either of the two islands, +you were to execute what I had ordered you to do in connection with +its settlement and opening, as is explained more at length in my said +decree, to which I refer you. But now Hernando de los Rios Coronel, +procurator-general of the said islands, has represented to me that +in any case it is best that the said exploration should be made from +the Filipinas, and not from Nueva Espana--both to avoid the great +expense which would fall on the royal exchequer, if the ships for this +expedition were built there, as all marine supplies are very dear in +your country, and difficult to procure; and also because it would be +necessary to make that voyage at hazard, mainly, and there would be +great danger of not finding the islands and of losing the results of +the voyage and the expenses incurred. For they are in a high latitude, +and far distant from your country of Nueva Espana; and, besides, +as all those who should go on this expedition would necessarily +take a large amount of money to invest in the Philipinas (for, as +the ships are to go back empty, they would take the opportunity to +lade them with merchandise), they might, in order not to lose their +goods by going on the exploration, draw up an information on the ship +(as has been done at other times), saying that on account of storms, +or for some other reason, they were unable to make the islands. But +if the said discovery were made from the Philipinas, all these +difficulties would be avoided; for it is evident that the cost and +danger would be much less, as the two islands to be discovered are +so near at hand that they can almost go and take them with their +merchant ships. All the rest may be arranged merely by ordering that, +having made the discovery, they shall come back to the Philipinas +without going to Nueva Espana; for in this way there will be no +reason for them to lade their vessels with merchandise. Furthermore, +there are in the Philipinas trustworthy persons for this affair, to +whom it may be entrusted; and the sailors there are more competent, +since they have more experience. Having again considered this in our +Council for the Yndias, it has seemed best to command you, and you +are so commanded and ordered, that if you have not begun to carry out +the preparations for this exploration, as I have ordered you to do, +and if you have not so advanced them as to make it inconvenient or +very expensive to abandon it, you shall examine and consider with +especial attention whether, for the suitable execution and less cost +of the exploration, it would be expedient to place it in the hands +of my governor and captain-general of the said Philipinas Islands, +so that he may proceed to undertake it from those islands. And if it +appear to you that this plan is expedient, you shall send at the first +opportunity to my said governor the letter which will accompany this, +for him, in which he is so ordered; and at the same time you will +remit to him the money that in your opinion may be necessary, which +is not to exceed the twenty thousand ducats, which I had granted for +the settlement of the port of Monte Rey Dated at San Lorenzo el Real, +on the third of May of the year one thousand six hundred and nine. + +_I The King_ + +Countersigned by Juan de Civica; signed by the members of the Council. + + + +Letters from Felipe III to Silva + + +_Personal services from the Indians_ + +The King: To Don Juan de Silva, my governor and captain-general of the +Philipinas Islands, and president of my royal Audiencia of Manila; +or to the person or persons in whose charge that government may +be. Having been advised from various parts of the Yndias, of the +great vexations suffered by the Indians who pay tribute to their +encomenderos in personal services, I have despatched decrees to all +the viceroys, presidents, and governors of the Yndias, commanding +that the encomenderos, judges, or commissaries of assessment shall +not commute, or be paid in personal services, the tributes of the +Indians. This same is my wish and my will, and is to be observed +and executed in all provinces that are or may be under your charge; +and you will not tolerate the said commutation, from the abuse of +which have resulted so great evils and complaints as was the case +when personal service was maintained; it must be entirely done away +with in that region. For this good object you will immediately give +official notice to the Indians who now pay their tributes in this +form; and whatever they are to pay shall be received from them in +produce that they possess and gather from their own lands, or in +money, as may seem the least oppressive and most convenient for the +Indians. For the same end, if any encomendero shall violate in any +manner any of the provisions of this clause, he shall incur the loss +of his encomienda; and any royal official who shall be guilty of this, +or of concealing it, shall be deprived of his office. At Aranjuez, +on the twenty-sixth of May, of one thousand six hundred and nine. + +_I The King_ + +Countersigned by Juan de Civica; signed by the members of the Council. + + + + + +_Proposal of Dominicans to found a college_ + +The King: To Don Juan de Silva, my governor and captain-general, and +the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia of the Philipinas +Islands: The bishop of Nueva Segovia wrote to me in a letter of June +20, 1606, that he and the former archbishop had discussed the founding +of a college there, where there could be as many as twenty collegiate +students of theology and the arts. For this purpose, before the death +of the archbishop, [49] he outlined a plan to purchase some buildings +near the convent of Santo Domingo, in which the college could be +established. In the mean time, while the work was being carried out, +or until I should otherwise decree, it should be administered by the +Order of Saint Dominic. In order to avoid certain difficulties, one +of the articles of foundation was that the writings of St. Thomas +should be read, as is done in the reformed universities; and the +income derived from the Indians was to be devoted to the support +of the collegians, the college being under obligation to attend to +the lawsuits and causes of the Indians, soliciting for them, and +making their petitions, and aiding the protector whom I had appointed +for them. The chairs were to be two, one of arts, and the other of +theology; and the professors were to be appointed by the archbishop +and the governor, one or two auditors of the Audiencia there, and the +provincials of orders whom I should approve. For the present, as it +is so good a work, the lectures were to be given by the incumbents +without remuneration, since it is certain that more austere orders +give instruction without it; and the degrees could be given as is +done in the convent of Santo Thomas de Avila, also of the Dominican +order. By this plan a university with its expenses may be dispensed +with, and dignity and assistance be conferred on that country. As I +wish to know from you what is your opinion on the subject, I command +you, when you shall have examined and considered it with attention, +to inform me in regard to the whole matter in great detail, so that, +having examined it, suitable measures and decrees can be provided. At +Segovia, July 29, 1609. + +_I The King_ + +Countersigned by Juan de Civica; signed by the members of the Council. + + + +Expeditions to the Province of Tuy + +_Relation of the information that we possess regarding the province of +Tuy, and the wanderings of those who went to explore it, each singly; +and the condition in which the said exploration was left. What is +known of the characteristics of the said province, and the great +importance of completing the exploration of it all, and pacifying +and colonizing it, for the preaching of the holy gospel; of its +fertility and the excellent disposition of the people, of whom it +is understood that they will readily accept the holy Catholic faith, +because it has pleased God that the cursed sect of Mahoma, which is +being extended through this archipelago, has [not] yet arrived there_. + + +_Guido de Lavacares_. When Guido de Lavacares was governor of these +islands, he sent an expedition to explore this land, as he had learned +of a densely-populated and very fertile province eighty leguas from +the city of Manila, in the northern part of these islands. For this +exploration he sent Captain Chacon; but the latter managed the affair +so poorly that, after having covered half the distance and reached the +place called Bongavon, he returned to the city of Manila with his men, +under pretext of having no guides, without bringing any account. + +_Doctor Santiago de Vera_. Doctor Santiago de Vera, who succeeded +to the said office, having been informed of the same region, sent +an Indian chief, named Don Dionisio Capolo, who is still living. He +gave the latter one hundred Indians for the said exploration. This +man returned after having gone sixty leguas from Manila--twenty more +than the former expedition--on the said exploration. He reported that +Indians of the country, his acquaintances, upon learning his errand, +advised him not to proceed farther, for the people whom he was going +to discover were numerous and warlike, and were hostile and would kill +him. And inasmuch as he had no order to fight, and had but few men, +he returned. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_. In the year one thousand five hundred and +ninety-one, Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, governor of the said islands, sent +his son, Don Luis Perez Dasmarinas, with seventy or eighty Spanish +soldiers, and many Indian chiefs of La Pampanga, who were going with +their arms and men to serve with Don Luis, to explore the province +now called Tuy. The chiefs took more than one thousand four hundred +Indian bearers. Don Luis, having reached the river called Tuy, [50] +which is at the entrance of the said province, ordered a cross to be +made there on a tree, rendered thanks to God, and took possession, +in his Majesty's name, on the fifteenth of July of the said year. On +the sixteenth, after having told the inhabitants of that village, +which was called Tuy, that he came in order to make them friends of +the Castilians, and to have them render homage to his Majesty, so +that the latter might take them under his royal protection, and so +that they might be instructed in matters of the faith--for which he +[Don Luis] had brought religious; and after having given them a few +small articles, as pieces of cloth, garments, beads, and combs: they +accepted the situation, and promised to pay tribute and recognition in +due season. They swore peace after their own manner, which consisted +in Don Luis and another another--a chief, who spoke for all--each +taking an egg, and throwing the eggs to the ground at the same time; +they said together that just as those eggs had been broken, so they +would be broken, should they not fulfil their promises. + +_Bantal; Bugay; Burat_. That same day, Don Luis summoned other +chiefs of the villages of Bantal, Bugay, and Burat, and after the same +ceremonies as on other occasions, ordered them, since they were friends +and vassals of his Majesty, to bring their wives (whom they had placed +in the mountains) to the villages. Although he so ordered them twice, +they declined, saying that they were keeping them in another village +in order to amuse them, and give them time to rest from the care of +their houses, and that it would be impossible to bring them at this +time. Another chief, named Tuy--after whom the province was thus named, +and who had not taken part in making peace--as soon as he knew this, +reproved the Indians severely for having made peace; and he caused them +to break it by hostilities. Don Luis also heard that a great number +of armed Indians were in the mountains. He attacked the trenches of +the fort built by a troop of Indians, who declared with loud boasting +that they desired no peace, even if the Spaniards were to go farther to +see other villages. The natives set fire to the village of Tuy itself, +which was totally burned, with the houses within the fort--although +all the means possible were exerted, and some soldiers risked their +lives--as the houses were all roofed with nipa and were built of wood, +compactly constructed and built, with their streets evenly laid out. + +_A notable case_. All the village having been burned, together with +some houses near a cross, the latter did not catch fire on the front +side facing the street, but only at the back. And although the rattan +that fastened the arm of the cross was burned, the arm did not fall, +or destroy the shape of the cross. And while there was not a single +stick left unburned in the village, the fire did not leave mark or +stain on the front of the cross, but it retained the same color as +when set up. Alonso Vela, notary of the expedition, testified to the +truth of this. + + + + + +_Tuy, sixty houses; Bantal, thirty houses; Burat y Buguey, with five +hundred houses_. Don Luis afterward arrived at three villages, one of +sixty houses, another of thirty, and the third of five hundred. There +were no people there, but he learned of two provinces, one called +Danglay and the other Guamangui; and that inhabitants of the above +villages had gone to join those of the said provinces, although before +that time they had been hostile to them. + +The chiefs of Sicat, Barat, Tuy, Bugat, and Bantal begged pardon +of Don Luis for the past, promising peace and the payment of the +tribute in products of the land. They took oath according to another +custom--each chief taking a candle in his hand and Don Luis one in +his, and saying that so would he, who failed to keep his promise, +or who broke his promise in whole or in part, be consumed even as +that candle was consumed. Then they extinguished the candles, saying +that just as that candle expired and was consumed, just so would he +who broke his promise be slain and perish. Then the tribute for that +year was conceded to them, whereat they were very happy. + +_Acknowledgment: Tuy; Sicat; Ybarat; Bugay; Bantal._ On July 29, +the village of Tuy paid its acknowledgment, consisting of seven +little trinkets of gold in the shape of necklaces; that of Sicat, +three maes of gold and two canutos of rice; Barat, six little gold +trinkets in the form of necklaces of the value of four maes, and two +canutos of rice; Bugay, thirteen small gold necklaces valued at eight +maes, a small string of beads, and two canutos of rice; Bantal, five +small gold necklaces valued at three maes, and two canutos of rice. + +_Dangla Province_. On the thirty-first, Don Luis left Tuy, going +down the valley, following the course of the principal stream, +a large river, which at Cayan gives a passage to the province of +Dangla. The chiefs of the province came to see him, whom he informed +that the inhabitants of Tuy, Bantal, and other villages, accepted the +peace. They took the oath, with the ceremony of the egg, and rendered +acknowledgment in small gold necklaces of the value of eight maes, +and ten _bandines_. + +_Japalan; Tugai; Bayaban; Balayan; Chiananen; Yabios; Bayalos; Banete; +Lamot; Bolos._ From the second of August until the eighth of the same +month, Don Luis remained in the villages of Japalan, Bugai, [_sic_], +Bayaban, Balayan, Chicananen, Yabios, Bayocos, Banete, Lamot, and +Bolo. The chiefs of these villages and the Indians rendered homage, +took the oath as the others had done, and gave as their recognition +small trinkets of gold necklaces, _cornerillas_ [cornerinas?], [51] +and other trifles. The Indians of Boloc alone seized their weapons +and fled to the open fields. + +By the sixth or seventh of August, they had already consumed the +food that they had brought, and what they had seized at Tuy and +other villages; and they had seized some without paying for it, as +appears from the original. Don Luis reached three little hamlets, and, +calling an Indian, the latter told him that his chief was gone to make +peace with the Spaniards who were coming up the river; and that if +Spaniards came both up and down the river, they were to escape. Don +Luis saw also the old village of Yugan, which was then divided +among the three hamlets above, for they did not dare to live in the +village after killing seven Spaniards, who had come up the river from +Cagayan with assurances of safety. Don Luis returned to the hamlets, +and, after summoning the chiefs, four of them came. These, together +with some Indians, rendered homage, and promised to pay tribute; +and by way of acknowledgment, they pardoned the damage committed +by Don Luis in one of the hamlets. When they offered to ransom some +women and children who were in the camp, Don Luis gave these to the +Indians freely, so that they might understand that the Spaniards did +not come to harm them. The Indians swore, with the candle ceremony, +to remain obedient and to pay tribute. The province of Tuy, it seems, +ends at that place. On the ninth or tenth of August, Don Luis embarked +on the river of Tuy, which is the same river as Cagayan, otherwise +called Nueva Segovia. It appears that he did no more than the above. + + + + + +_Relation of what Don Francisco de Mendoza did in the exploration of +the said province_. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_. At the beginning of August of the same +year, Gomez Perez Dasmarinas sent Don Francisco de Mendoca with +a troop of soldiers after Don Luis Dasmarinas, his son. Having +reached Tuy on the nineteenth of the said month, the chiefs gave +him a cordial reception, and he traded with them, especially with +one of the principal women. Thence, accompanied by this woman, and +other Indians of her village, who aided him in carrying the burdens +of his stores, he went to Bantal. There he found a cross erected, +and the inhabitants of the village drawn up near it with lance and +shield, as if about to offer him battle. He asked nothing from them, +and they gave nothing. He did not stop there. A chief went with Don +Francisco of his own accord to Buguey, where he found its inhabitants +stationed in the passes with the same preparation of arms. The people +making an effort to fool him with some bundles of grass, he begged +them for rice in return for money, but they refused him. He seized by +force two chiefs, and took them with him. These men, having seen the +injury done him by the inhabitants of Tuy, took it upon themselves +to guide the expedition to the hamlets where Don Luis had been before +going to Dangla. Don Francisco tried to get rice in Dangla, offering +to pay for it; but as they refused to sell it to him, he seized a +chief. He entertained this chief and his wife and had them sleep near +him. When morning came, the chief offered that if Don Francisco would +allow him to go to the village, he would bring him rice; but as soon +as he was at liberty he took flight, and had the village put under +arms. The inhabitants went out to meet Don Francisco armed with spear +and shield, so that he was obliged to fortify himself during one night, +as they insolently molested the Spaniards. + +_Balabat; Pao; Palali; Lamot; Nacalan_. Don Francisco went to the +villages of Balabat and Pao. The two chiefs in his custody escaped +from him there. Thence he went to the village of Palilamot, which +he found under arms. From this latter place he went to the village +of Nacalan, which he found deserted. In that place he embarked in +certain small boats on Thursday, the twenty-ninth, and voyaged along +the river until the thirty-first of August. On that date he reached +three small villages, which he found deserted and their approaches +strewn with straw. + +He reached some farms on the first of September, where Don Luis had +been, opposite Yugan. He offered several Indians pay to guide him, +but they refused. On the third of September, Don Francisco reached +a river, that of Cagayan. Embarking on it, he reached the settlement +of Purao, where he seized some supplies. On the sixth of September he +reached the presidio of San Pedro y San Pablo [St. Peter and St. Paul] +where he found some Spaniards from the province of Cagayan. Continuing +his voyage in search of Don Luis, along the said river, he reached +the city of Nueva Segovia. [52] It is understood that he was sent +from Manila to look for Don Luis, since throughout his journey he +proceeded on the road that he had taken, without stopping to attend +to anything pertaining to the exploration and pacification. + + + + + +_Expedition made by Pedro Sid to the province of Tuy in the year 591_. + +_Gomez Perez, November 16; Tuy._ In that same year of 91 Gomez Perez +Dasmarinas sent Pedro Sid and a number of soldiers to make explorations +additional to those made by Don Luis, his son. It appears that on +the sixteenth of November, he arrived opposite the settlement of Tuy, +near Bantal. He found that place deserted, but after he had informed +the inhabitants that he had not come to harm them, they returned to +their village. The chief of Tuy, accompanied by many other Indians, +went to his camp. He received them with much show of affection, +asking them whether they desired religious to instruct them in the +faith. They replied that they did not know what that was, but that the +Spaniards should do as they wished. Don Pedro had some bits of cloth, +bells, rings, needles, small strings of beads, and combs given to +them. When he asked if there were any other settlements, they replied +that there were several thickly-settled valleys back of a mountain +to the left. He told them that his Majesty wished no tribute for +the present, but only what recognition they were willing to make as +a sign of homage; and that they should settle and cultivate their +fields and grow their products, in order to have the wherewithal +to pay their tribute when it should be asked. They answered that +they would do so. When he asked them where they obtained the gold +that they possessed, they answered that they obtained it from the +villages of Yguat, Panuypui, and Bila, which were located behind a +range of mountains opposite them. The inhabitants there obtained it +from the village of Bayaban, located near the town of Yguat, close to +the Ygolotes, where the gold mines were situated, and where the gold +was traded. They gave as recognition two fowls and a small quantity +of rice, and very heartily bade Don Pedro farewell. + +_Bantal, Marangui._ After this, chiefs came from Bantal and the village +of Marangui; and with them the former scenes were reenacted. They +gave as recognition some fowls, a little rice, and sugar-canes. + +It appears also that chiefs came from Bugay, accompanied by other +Indians. After the same dealings with them as with the others, they +said that Pedro de Sid should be bled with them in order to make the +peace sure, and that each should drink the other's blood. This was +accordingly done, whereupon they gave as recognition a small string +of red beads, together with a little rice, gold, and a few fowls. + +_Dungla._ It appears that Don Pedro went afterward to the village +of Dungla, where he was received by the chiefs and a number of +Indians. The same ceremonies were enacted with them as with those +above, and blood friendship was made. Their recognition was one cock, +three chickens, and rice. + +_Pamut._ He also went to Pamut, where the same things occurred as +with the others, and he was bled with them. + + + + + +_Palan; Pao; Balabat; Payta; Balavad; Yanil._ The inhabitants of the +villages of Palan, Pao, Balabat, and Paita did the same. They gave, +as recognition, hens, chickens, swine, and rice. It appears that +he shifted his course at the village of Balabad, and went up the +river. After half a day's journey he reached a village called Yanil, +which he explored anew. The Indians received him gladly, and declared +their pleasure at becoming acquainted with the Castilians. They +confirmed the peace by bleeding themselves as those above had done, +and gave as recognition two fowls and rice. + +_Saguli._ On the afternoon of that same day, Don Pedro came upon +another village named Saguli, which is located in the same valley. The +chief and the Indians went out to meet him with expressions of their +joy at becoming acquainted with the Castilians. They made peace after +the manner of those above, and Don Pedro advanced the same arguments +with them as with the inhabitants of the above-named villages. + +_Pintian._ Next day Don Pedro discovered the village of Pintian, +where the same proceedings occurred as with those above. They received +him gladly and gave as recognition, venison and sweet potatoes. He +took possession of that place and those above mentioned, as he had +rediscovered them. + +After a four days' march through very rough roads, and without knowing +his bearings, Don Pedro reached the village of Ayubon, through which he +had passed on his way up. That place is located between the province +of La Pampanga and that of Tuy. There his expedition ended, on the +thirtieth of November of the said year 591. Don Luis Dasmarinas, Don +Francisco de Mendoza, and Pedro Sid made this exploration so hastily +that all three expeditions were made between July seven, five hundred +and ninety-one, and November 30 of the same year: for Don Luis began +his on the seventh of July of the above year, and finished it, and +left the said province on the eighth of August of the same year. Don +Francisco left on the sixth of August of the said year, and finished on +the sixth of September. Pedro Sid began his expedition on the fourth of +November, and finished on the thirtieth [of November] of the same year. + + + + + +_Relation and treatise of Captain Toribio de Miranda's deeds in the +exploration and pacification of the said province of Tuy, in the +year 1594._ + +_Year 1594. Don Luis Dasmarinas._ By commission of Don Luis Perez +Dasmarinas, who became governor of the Filipinas upon the death of +his father, Gomez Perez, Captain Toribio de Miranda was sent in the +year 594 with eighty Spanish soldiers, four Franciscan religious, and +the necessary Indian bearers, to pacify and complete the exploration +of the province of Tuy. He reached the valley of Dumagui, which the +religious called Todos Santos ["All Saints"], near the village of +Guilaylay, which lies in front of Tuy, on the second of November. A +chief went to meet him, whom Captain Miranda received courteously, +and gave to understand the reason for his coming--namely, for their +good and protection; and told him that he had fathers to instruct them +in the faith. The captain gave him some small articles, and he gave +the captain two fowls and a sucking pig. He said that the settlement +consisted of forty houses, and went away happy. + +_Anit; 70 houses._ That same day the captain reached the village of +Anit, which consisted of seventy houses. From the houses were hanging +the heads of people and animals. On being asked why they did that, +the people answered that it was their custom. The captain dealt with +the chief and Indians as with those above named. They said that they +would receive instruction, and three of them gave rice, a sucking pig, +and three chickens. They were quite satisfied. + +_Bantal; Buguey._ The chiefs went to meet him, among them one +Ybarat. The captain gave them some presents, whereat they were +satisfied, and Ybarat promised him rice, but did not keep his word. The +captain built a fort, which he called San Jhoseph, and suspecting that +Ybarat was planning some treachery, seized him several days later, when +he came with a sucking pig and four jars of rice. On this occasion the +captain heard that the chiefs were waiting in the village of Buyguey +in order to kill the Spaniards. Chief Ybarat was so insolent that he +could not be induced to bring provisions either by requests or threats; +and, as our men lacked food, it was determined to go out to obtain +rice, by orderly means, among the Tanbobos; it was brought from the +village of Bantal and the fort was supplied. This was done without any +resistance, for the village was deserted. One of the principal women, +the mother of Chief Tuy, the friend of Don Luis, brought two baskets +of rice and two sucking pigs. The captain made much of her and gave +her several articles. Having told her that the fathers were coming +to give instruction in the faith, she was overjoyed. She told the +captain of a village called Tulan, whose inhabitants she declared to +be knaves and excellent archers. She visited the fathers, while in +the fort. The captain told Ybarat that he would set him at liberty, +if the latter's children would remain as hostages. As soon as their +father told them this his children said, with great humility, that they +would do as he ordered. The captain did the same with a chief who had +been arrested as a disturber of the peace. The latter gave his only +son, and the youth obeyed with cheerful face and great resolution, +remaining as prisoner in his father's stead. The captain ordered +another chief, who had been arrested, to do the same; but the latter +refused to give his son as hostage. Ybarat requested the captain to +free his children when he should fulfil his word, and the captain, +trusting his word, restored them to him. + +On November 16, the captain reached the valley of Dangla. A chief with +his timaguas went out to meet him. The captain received him well and +said that he was coming to treat them well, and brought fathers to +instruct them in the faith, and told them to treat the fathers with +great respect. Chief Ybarat guided them, having done so because the +captain had gained his good-will. The captain asked them for some +provisions, to be supplied for pay and on the account of the future +tribute. They replied that they did not desire pay. They gave two +hogs and two baskets of rice. The first village which he reached was +called Agulan and consisted of eighty houses. It is to be noted that +many little boys and girls were observed in that village who wore +gold necklaces of as good quality as those of the Moros of Manila, +and good enough to be worn in Madrid. When they were asked where +they had obtained these, they replied, "From Balagbac," which was +the customary reply to all such questions. + +The captain went to another village called Yrao, which consisted of +sixty houses, at a quarter-legua's distance from the former village. A +chief gave the Spaniards a cordial reception, and called himself +their friend. He said that he had not gone to visit them because of +sickness. They asked him for some rice, and he gave them three baskets +of it, and two hogs. In this town were seen chased gold necklaces, +and armlets reaching to the elbow, and anklets. Their earrings were +of fine gold. + +Thence the captain went to the village of Palan. A chief and some +Indians went out to receive him and carried him a hog and rice. This +chief was Ybarat's brother-in-law. They asked, since the latter was +the friend of the Spaniards, why they also should not be friends of +our people. The captain presented them with some articles and asked +them for rice; and because they did not give it to him, seized it +and paid for it in cloth. That village had eighty houses. + +_Tuguey; 112 houses._ The captain went from that village to the village +of Tuguey, crossing a lofty mountain to which the Spaniards gave the +name Altos de Santa Zicilia ["St. Cecilia's Peaks"]. Notwithstanding +the stout resistance of the Indians, the Spaniards entered the +village. The natives hearing the discharge of the arquebuses came to +make peace. They gave six baskets of rice and six sucking pigs. The +captain made the same statements to them as to those above, and they +were satisfied. The village has one hundred and twelve houses. + +_Giarin; 40 houses._ Thence the captain went to the village of +Giaren. The inhabitants are excellent archers, and with their bows +and arrows tried to resist the Spaniards' entry. After forcing their +way into the village, the Spaniards assured them with friendly talk, +and gave the people some trifles, so that they lost their fear of +the Spaniards. The village contained forty houses. + +_Pao; 40 houses_. The captain went thence to the village of Pao, +which contained forty houses. He used with them the same arguments +as with the others, and they gave two hogs and some rice. + +_Balagbac, with 120 houses; another village, of 12 houses._ Thence +the captain went to the village of Balagbac, which consists of one +hundred houses. On the way he passed another of twelve houses, called +Bizinan, dependent on Balagbac. As he was passing that village, the +people shot some arrows at him from a thicket, and, in the camp, it +appeared that a Cagayan, who was acting as guide, was killed; but it +was not ascertained who killed him. The captain informed them of the +purpose of his expedition, and that he had fathers to instruct them +in the faith. He gave them some trinkets, and they gave rice and hogs, +and were satisfied. + +Thence he went to the village of Paytan, which he found deserted. Three +Indians came with a little rice and a hog; and although he assured +them, so that they might call their people, they returned to the +village and their chiefs. Only one chief came, and the captain detained +him, to act as guide. + +_Palali; Buya, with 30 houses; Batobalos; Apio, with 180 houses._ +On the twenty-eighth of November, the captain went to the village +of Palali, which he found deserted. From that place four [_sic_] +other villages were seen: Buya, with thirty houses; Batobalos, +the population of which was not known; and Apio, with one hundred +and eighty houses. The Indians seemed to be much disturbed, and with +threats warned the Spaniards to depart from their country, since all +the valley was uniting in order to kill them, and that the Pogetes, +who are Indians in the more rugged parts of the mountain, had joined +the others. At that place, they killed an Indian guide with a volley +of arrows. This loss was felt deeply, for he had promised to show the +Spaniards the mines of Yguat. An extensive ambuscade was discovered, +whereupon the captain ordered a musket and four arquebuses to be +fired at the same moment. With this volley a great noise was heard, +and the people fled. From this point the captain returned to his fort +with all his men, for lack of guides, ammunition, and provisions, and +with some sick men. A guide informed him of certain villages located +in the mountain to the left, called Piat, Pulinguri, Malias, Ybana, +and Aplad. Their population is not known. + +By the flight of Chief Ybarat, the captain feared lest he should go to +incite to rebellion the villages that he had left quiet behind. Going +to them, he found the inhabitants of the village of Balagbac in +insurrection, and that of Paytan deserted, while the village of Bugay +was also deserted. Upon reaching the fort, the captain found that +the said Ybarat was inciting the people of his village to assault the +fort; and those who were inside the fort were very fearful, and some +of them sick. + +After the captain had provided some necessary things in the fort, he +made another sally and remained away for two days. During that time +he discovered certain very small villages among the mountains. On his +return to the fort, he captured Ybarat, and sent him to Manila. Don +Luis Dasmarinas had him feasted and delivered him to Don Dionizio +Capolo. After some days Don Luis visited Ybarat and those who +accompanied him, and then sent him back, well satisfied, to his own +country, in charge of the same Don Dionisio. + +The captain again made a trip, to look for some mines that were +reported to be situated among those mountains, and a golden goat [53] +which people said that a chief had abandoned. It was all found to +be false. The captain requested permission from Don Luis to return, +as he was sick, although the friars had first made the same request, +notwithstanding that they had promised great perseverance at first. + +In his place, Don Luis sent Captain Clavijo with orders to go on +farther in order to discover the mines of the Ygolotes. Although +that captain left the province of Tuy in search of the Ygolotes, +he turned back on the way, because he was assaulted by more than one +thousand Indians. The latter wounded his guide, Don Dionizio Capolo, +very severely in the face; and it is reported that the captain was +forced to return because he had no one to guide him. After his arrival +at the fort, it was determined that the entire camp should return to +Manila, as they had no provisions and the soldiers were sick, without +making any further efforts for the discovery of the Tuy Ygolotes. + +In the year 607, when the Audiencia was governing, two chiefs of that +province [Tuy] came to the house of Don Dionisio. This man had been in +all the above expeditions, where he had served with great fidelity. He +took the two chiefs to the Audiencia and said that those chiefs were +coming to render homage to his Majesty, and wished to pay tribute, +and would make others come. This was regarded lightly, for the most +part, although the Audiencia took care to make much of them and to +feast them, in order to get news of their land from them. Finally +permission was granted to Don Dionisio to return with the chiefs to +their land, in order that they might bring in more Indians who might +wish to come. He accomplished this so well, that he brought seventeen +chiefs, whom he took to the Audiencia. These were received with the +same coldness as the two chiefs, and no more was given them, nor any +interest in them displayed. And inasmuch as a citizen encomendero +came with the report that those chiefs were peaceful and belonged to +his encomienda--which was a notorious falsehood, as they lived more +than forty leguas from his encomienda, and were hostile, as appeared +but a few days ago--this was sufficient completely to extinguish what +little interest the Audiencia had displayed in the matter. + +In order that the prevarication of the encomendero may be understood, +it is to be noted that about one year ago, the inhabitants of the +encomienda of this man and other fellow-citizens of his attempted +to make an incursion into the land of these Tuy chiefs, under the +leadership of three Spaniards; but the inhabitants of Tuy attacked them +and killed more than one hundred, among whom were more than twenty +chiefs and the Spaniards. From that occurrence the encomendero's +falsehood is manifest, as well as the coldness and neglect of the +Audiencia, although not of all that body. + +Don Dionizio attests that he has gone to the province of Tuy sometimes +with seven or eight Indians; and as they were acquainted with him +in the past, and knew that he had entertained Chief Ybarat, they +have received him very hospitably and entertained him. They request +him earnestly that some officer may go to protect them and receive +their submission to his Majesty, and for fathers to teach them. They +show by their deeds that they desire just what they say, for they +begged a servant of this chief to teach them the prayers and Christian +instruction. They learned these in the Tagal language and went to pray +before a cross raised by the same chief. It is reported that their +land is quite capable of sustaining the burden of the Ygolotes and +the Spaniards who should go there to discover and work the mines; and +would be of great service in the discovery of them and the pacification +of the mountaineers, because of their communication with the latter, +as the said province borders on the said Ygolotes. The land contains +many settlements and many level plains, while its rice is the best +that is grown in the Yndias. + +The nature of that land is for the most part good. It is an upland +situated between two mountains, and is covered with grass, like +Castilla. There is abundance of water and trees; and there are many +valleys and broad, pleasant plains. It has many deer and carabaos, +or buffaloes. Sugarcane is grown, and produces abundantly, and it +attains a much larger growth than in other regions; and even, where +moisture is obtained, many trees grow. There are many bare mountains, +thought to be composed of minerals. The highest mountains are very +rugged. The region explored by those who have gone there hitherto has +been only the valley of Tuy, and part of the headwaters of the river +of the same name. This river becomes of great volume, and terminates +at the city of Nueva Segovia, or Cagayan. It contains numerous fish, +and the best ones that are found in the island of Luzon. This valley +and province are said to be forty leguas long, and end at the mountains +of the Ygolotes. Its width is unknown, except that it extends from +the province of Pangasinan to the sea, from which one may infer that +is a greater distance than the forty leguas. + + +_Relation of what has been known from old times, in these districts, +of the rich mines of the Ygolotes--both from seeing the great amount +of gold that the Indians of those mountains have extracted without +skill, and are still obtaining, and which they sell to the neighboring +provinces, and trade for food; and by persons (Spaniards as well as +Indians) who have been in the mines opened by those mountaineers._ + +First, it is to be taken for granted that they are located in the +mountains and ridges called Ygolotes, at somewhat less than eighteen +degrees of latitude; It is an upland situated between two mountains, +and is covered with grass, like Castilla. There is abundance of +water and trees; and there are many valleys and broad, pleasant +plains. It has many deer and carabaos, or buffaloes. Sugarcane is +grown, and produces abundantly, and it attains a much larger growth +than in other regions; and even, where moisture is obtained, many +trees grow. There are many bare mountains, thought to be composed of +minerals. The highest mountains are very rugged. The region explored +by those who have gone there hitherto has been only the valley of Tuy, +and part of the headwaters of the river of the same name. This river +becomes of great volume, and terminates at the city of Nueva Segovia, +or Cagayan. It contains numerous fish, and the best ones that are found +in the island of Luzon. This valley and province are said to be forty +leguas long, and end at the mountains of the Ygolotes. Its width is +unknown, except that it extends from the province of Pangasinan to +the sea, from which one may infer that is a greater distance than +the forty leguas. + + +_Relation of what has been known from old times, in these districts, +of the rich mines of the Ygolotes--both from seeing the great amount +of gold that the Indians of those mountains have extracted without +skill, and are still obtaining, and which they sell to the neighboring +provinces, and trade for food; and by persons (Spaniards as well as +Indians) who have been in the mines opened by those mountaineers._ + +First, it is to be taken for granted that they are located in the +mountains and ridges called Ygolotes, at somewhat less than eighteen +degrees of latitude; and as the land in itself is so lofty, it is cold, +although its inhabitants go naked except for some garments made from +the bark of trees. This region lies between the provinces of Cagayan, +Ylocos, Pangasinan, and Tuy. The people are light complexioned, +well-disposed, and intelligent. [54] It is reported that about +eighteen or twenty thousand Indians use lance and shield. They are +at war with their neighbors up to certain boundaries. Beyond those +boundaries those peoples trade with one another; for the Ygolotes +descend to certain towns of Pangasinan with their gold, and exchange +it for food--hogs, carabaos, and rice, taking the animals alive to +their own country. Until that food is consumed, or but a little time +before, they pay no heed to securing any gold. Then each man goes to +the mine assigned to him, and they get what they need, according to +what they intend to buy, and not any more. They are a people as void +of covetousness as this; for they say that they have it there at hand +for the times when they need it. + +It is probable that the mines here are very numerous and rich; and +it is a well-known fact that for these many centuries the greatest +quantity of gold, and that of the finest quality, in these islands has +been and is still obtained there; and at the present time this industry +is as active as ever. Although gold is obtained in certain parts of +these islands, such as the island of Masbate, Catanduanes, Paracali, +and the Pintados, yet none of it is in such quantities as that here; +and this has been always, and now is the general opinion. Consequently +one cannot doubt that a great treasure could be secured with expert +men and the order to work those mines, since rude Indians, without +any skill except in washing, obtain so great a quantity. It is said +that one can obtain more gold in the rewashing of what the Indian +leaves than the latter obtains. + +It is also said that the wealth of these mines lies in certain +mountains, in a district of four or five leguas in extent, and +included between two large rivers which flow into the province of +Pangasinan. The natives do not cultivate the land--for one reason, +because of its great sterility, and the lack of ground to cultivate; +and, on the other hand (which can more easily be believed), because, +confident in their gold mines, they have thereby sufficient to purchase +whatever they wish from Pangasinan, where the nearest abundant supply +of provisions is to be found. The richest and chiefest among them +is he who has more heads hanging in his house than the others; for +that is a sign that he has more food, and gives more banquets. These +mountains contain large pines, and other trees found in Castilla. Don +Luis Dasmarinas, as above stated in the relation of Captain Miranda, +sent Captain Clavijo to discover those mines; but he did nothing +therein, because his guide was wounded on the road. + +It is not known that these people have as yet received any evil +religious sect. Accordingly they are pagans, and but little given +to pagan rites, at that. On the contrary they are very lukewarm in +their idolatry, and consequently it will be easy to inculcate in +them the holy Catholic faith, as they are a race uncorrupted with +pagan rites. One may greatly hope, with the divine aid, that their +souls will be stamped with the faith, like a clean tablet. The same +is said of the inhabitants of Tuy. + +Don Gonzalo Ronquillo, former governor of these islands, sent Juan +Pacheco Maldonado to discover those mines. It was said of this man +that he was of little diligence and intelligence, and that he remained +two months amid those mountains, in which period he could not catch +a single Indian except only two women. At the end of that time, +he returned because his provisions were all consumed. He brought +a quantity of earth with him, which he declared to be from the +mines. A charlatan--who had been brought from Espana, at a salary of +one thousand ducados, as an assayer--having made the test, found no +gold in this earth. They say that the reason was, that he threw salt +into the mass that he was about to smelt; and that salt should not be +thrown into gold as is done in smelting silver. As then but few men +knew of that, they did not investigate this difficulty. That test was, +accordingly, worth nothing, since the experience of so many centuries +and that of the present prove that those mines contain quantities of +gold, most of it of twenty-two carats; for almost daily those Ygolotes +go to a village of the province of Pangasinan, as to an emporium, +to buy provisions in exchange. Of this one cannot doubt in the least. + +This race and the inhabitants of Tuy, and those of many other +provinces and mountains, have a cruel, barbarous custom, which they +call "the cutting off of heads." This is quite usual among them, +and he is considered as most valiant who has cut off most heads in +the civil wars waged among themselves and with their neighbors. This +race are ruled by certain superiors whom they call "chiefs," who are +the arbiters of peace or war. + +The above relations follow the fragments of certain old papers that +have been found, and the narratives of persons acquainted with these +matters. From them one can easily infer the lack of care among those +who have ruled the country, to know the truth concerning the Ygolotes; +but in no event would that have been work lost. On the contrary, +according to the opinion of many men who have lived a long time in +the country, it is regarded as very probable that a wealth of gold +would have been discovered, like the silver of Potosi. [55] The same +is true of Tuy, even if no other wealth should be attained beyond the +inestimable one of having reduced to the faith of Christ a province +so vast, and which is said to number more than 100,000 souls; that +would be a most lofty and divine work and one accompanied by great +temporal advantage. + +After having reached this point in the present relation, I saw the men +who made the test of the earth brought from the Ygolotes. They were two +men sent by Joan Pacheco from Tuy to Don Gonzalo Ronquillo. They tried +to deceive the latter by bringing some bars of very fine gold, which +they said was taken from the mines which had been discovered. Some +doubt having been expressed at this, the governor had the metal or +earth pulverized in their presence, and had the said men make the +test. Being ignorant of that business, they did not obtain a grain +of gold. On being urged, they said that those bars had truly been +obtained from the Indians of the mines of the Ygolotes; accordingly, +they did not come from the earth that had been brought. Thereupon Juan +Pacheco came, without any clearer explanations, which sufficiently +demonstrates his lack of intelligence, since he was unable, in so +long a time, to catch any Indians in order to talk with them. If the +Indians descended to the plain daily, as they do at present, for food, +as would seem necessary, they could have caught many of them; for, +as above stated, the natives resort to Pangasinan, as to a market or +fair. Given in Passi, July three, one thousand six hundred and nine. + +_Doctor Juan Manuel de la Vega_ + + + + + +_Relation of how Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, governor of the Philipinas, +heard that the province of Tuy was unexplored, which induced him to +undertake its exploration; and his authorization to his son, Don Luis +Perez, to make the said exploration._ + +Governor Gomez Perez Dasmarinas learned from certain religious of the +Order of St. Augustine that this island of Luzon, where is located +the capital of all the islands--namely, the city of Manila--was not +yet completely explored or conquered, as it was suspected that the +interior contained hostile and very valiant Indians; that the country +was exceedingly productive, temperate, and fertile, and contained many +cattle; that it was called the province of Tuy, and was contiguous on +one side, as was imagined, to the farthest territory of the Sanvales +[_i.e._, Zambales], and on the other to the source of the river flowing +to Cagayan. This last was one of the reasons why Cagayan had always +been hostile, and the Indians never weary of continuing the war; for +they went inland by way of the river--where, the Spaniards did not +know, beyond the fact that they were supplied from that region with +provisions and other things, which the Spaniards took from them, in +order to reduce them. When the governor asked the Spaniards the reason +for so much neglect--why, for twenty years, they had made no attempt +to go inland, since that was so important for the pacification of what +was discovered--they did not know what to answer, except that a certain +number of Spaniards had once ascended the Cagayan River, seven of whom +were captured by the Indians. Since then, they said, the ascent had +not been again attempted. The governor, having found that, although +he tried to obtain from the Spaniards more definite information of +the nature and characteristics of the said new land of Tuy, they were +unable to give him any account of the said province, tried to gain +information of that land by means of some of the natives. This he did +by sending two Indians thither with all secrecy. One of them only, +the more clever of the two, reported that beyond the farthest village +of the Sanbales toward the north, he had learned with certainty that +there were three or four villages of very well-disposed Indians, +and that the country was excellent. He recounted some details of it, +adding that he believed that the river of that province ended in +Cagayan. The governor realized the importance of the expedition from +this relation, and through two Indian women (by the medium of two +interpreters from that land); and saw that the sure pacification of +all Cagayan and of this island of Luzon, and the removal of errors +by ascertaining with certainty what it contained, depended on that +expedition. There was also reasonable ground, from the indications and +reports adduced, for expecting that there must be many undiscovered +Indian settlements. Accordingly he determined--although against the +advice of the Spaniards who had lived longest in the country, who +declared that the country was thoroughly explored and that there was +nothing else to explore in it--to send his son, Don Luis Dasmarinas, +thither to make the said new exploration of Tuy. The latter was to be +accompanied by the captain and sargento-mayor, Juan Xuarez Gallinato, +Captain Don Alonso de Sotomayor, and Captain Cristoval de Asqueta +(all old residents), and seventy soldiers, most of whom the governor +had brought new with him from Espana, besides certain of the governor's +servants and some other soldiers who had been here in the country. The +said Don Luis was accompanied also by two fathers, religious of the +Order of St. Augustine, for the greater justification both of the +expedition and of the mildness with which he was to proceed. One was +the definitor, Fray Diego Gutierrez, and the other, Fray Mateo de +Peralta. Juan de Argumedo, and even many soldiers and others, private +persons, who came to the governor to ask permission to go with his +son, accompanied Don Luis halfway, but halted in La Pampanga, as they +did not appear to be needed. To these latter the governor refused the +permission, although very much pleased at seeing so great willingness +and readiness in all of them to follow his son, and to take part in +this or in any other expedition that might offer, and which for lack +of system and resolute action could not be continued throughout, as +was fitting, according to the arrangement and outcome of affairs. The +title of lieutenant to the captain-general was given to the said Don +Luis, with the following orders and instructions. He was instructed +especially to tell his father in detail all that should happen. + +_Warrant of Don Luis Perez Dasmarinas for the exploration of the +province of Tuy._ + +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, etc. Inasmuch as I have been informed by the +relations of persons of credit that about three days' journey from +Mungabo, a village of La Pampanga, lies a densely-settled district, +very fertile and prosperous, called Tuy, which extends to the confines +of the province of Cagayan; and although many things have been told +of it and of its vast population, no exploration has as yet been +made therein, nor has possession been taken of it in his Majesty's +name; and although his Majesty's royal and holy intention is the +preaching of the holy gospel; and since--so that these nations may +learn of the true God, and be saved by means of our holy Catholic +faith--it is advisable to explore and colonize the said province, +and establish therein the holy Catholic faith and obedience to his +Majesty, for which it is necessary to send religious to preach the +law of God and the Christian doctrine, and soldiers to accompany +and protect the religious: Therefore, by this present, I order my +son, Don Luis Dasmarinas, hereby appointed by me as lieutenant of +the captain-general in this camp, to undertake the exploration, +entrance, and new pacification of the said province and district of +Tuy accompanied by the said fathers, religious of the said Order of +St. Augustine, and those soldiers who will be assigned to him. He shall +fulfil and observe the instructions that shall be given him with this +my order, in the expedition and exploration. For all the above and for +all annexed and pertaining to it, I grant him authority and power in +due legal form, and as I possess and hold it from his Majesty. Given +at Manila, July three, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +By the governor's order: _Juan de Cuellar_ + + +_Instructions for this expedition given by Gomez Perez Dasmarinas to +his son._ + +Granting that one of the reasons for the hatred and hostility of the +Indians toward us is the collection of tributes, especially when it is +not accomplished with suitable mildness and moderation, this question +shall by no means be discussed with them in the beginning. Rather, +if the Indians should be fearful of what should be collected from +them, and should place obstacles in the way of their reduction and our +principal end, that of their conversion, good hopes shall be offered +them that all satisfaction shall be accorded them in this matter, +and that the tribute shall be only what they choose to give. + +2. You shall under no consideration allow any soldier to seize any +gold or any other article of value from any Indian, in case that any +of the said Indians should flee through fear or any other reason, and +abandon their gold or other property to the power of the soldiers. It +shall immediately be sent to its owner, to show them, as above stated, +that the expedition is not being made there for their gold. On the +contrary, you shall endeavor, before the Indians, to attach very +slight importance to gold, alleging that it has but little value and +esteem among us. In all the above, and in whatever else may come to +your notice, you shall always govern yourself by, and conform as far +as possible to, the opinion of the undersigned members of the council +of war. You shall endeavor to direct everything that you do with the +great energy and resolution that can and should be expected from your +wisdom and prudence. In all things you shall regard the service of +God and that of the king our sovereign. + +3. Rivers, so far as possible, shall be crossed only on well-made +rafts, and without any danger to the soldiers or overturning them in +the water. + +4. On entering the country, possession of it shall be taken by notarial +attestation in his Majesty's name. The summons and protests made +shall be made through an interpreter, and by the religious fathers, +and by those others whom you deem most moderate. + +5. As soon as you shall have come in sight of the district that you +are to seek, you shall send your message and protests, with show of +great love and moderation, so that the natives will admit our trade and +friendship, as above stated. You shall under no consideration permit +any soldier to violate any woman, or to offer to either mother or +daughter any uncivil or rough treatment. Rather you shall see that no +ill-treatment, or offenses to God, occur. You shall give the natives +some silks or gifts of slight value, which will be highly esteemed +among the Indians, and which will be a partial way of making them +understand that we do not go there only for their property, but in +order to give them ours, so that they will admit our friendship and +trade, which is beneficial to them. + +6. You shall appoint what governor and other officials you deem +necessary in that district that shall render homage to his Majesty. You +may leave there some Spaniards, if you think that they will remain +with safety. This is left to your judgment. + +7 If the natives will give the tribute peacefully, and without trouble +and willingly, you shall assign them the usual tribute ordered to +be collected by his Majesty, namely, ten reals. You shall send a +census of the people, and a description and plan of their location, +and a relation of the special features of the district, together with +the nature of ports, rivers, grain-fields, and any products that may +be mentioned. + + +_Title of lieutenant of the captain-general of Don [Luis] of the camp +of the Philipinas._ + +From the same document it appears that Gomez Perez Dasmarinas appointed +his son, Don Luis, as his lieutenant of the captain-general, two +days before, in order to send him with authority on this expedition, +as appears from the title itself, dated July first, one thousand five +hundred and ninety-one, and which was drawn before Juan de Cuellar, +government notary. The writ for it does not accompany the present, +because of its prolixity. + + +_The villages reporting gold from the Ygolotes_ + +Although not stated in the relation, for the sake of brevity, the +natives were asked from how many villages they obtained the gold +that they paid as a recognition, and deposited. They replied that +it was obtained from one village in the mountains of the Ygolotes, +where gold was bartered; and that there were thirteen villages. This +is to be noted so that one may understand how widespread everywhere, +and among people that we do not know, is the knowledge of gold mines +among the Ygolotes. + +_Doctor Juan Manuel de la Vega_ + +_Additional conditions and stipulations in regard to the conquest and +pacification of the province of Tuy, and the discovery of the mines +of the Ygolotes._ + +Most potent Sir: + +Inasmuch as the conditions contained in the present paper, additional +to those which were given over our signatures in a former paper, seem +to us advisable and necessary, in order that the end desired in the +conquest and pacification of the province of Tuy and the mountains +of Ygolotes may be better attained, and his Majesty better served, +we add these others. + +1. First, inasmuch as many clauses of the first conditions entreat +his Majesty to order the governor and captain-general, the Audiencia, +and the royal officials, to observe, and that exactly, the requirements +therein set forth; and inasmuch as by not doing so, the pacification +and exploration will not be obtained without the imposition of a +larger fine; and inasmuch as it is advisable to prevent mischief, +when the remedy is so remote: in order that no occasion may be taken +from this, as some ill-intentioned persons desire, to discontinue the +pacification and exploration, it is advisable to impose a large fine +on each and all who do not observe it, with the injunction that his +Majesty will also consider such conduct as displeasing to himself. + +2. _Item_: That all the officers and soldiers engaged in this conquest, +either on pay or as volunteers, who had while in Manila any right to +receive a share in the lading, [56] shall retain and preserve that +right while engaged in the said conquest. To the volunteers--whether +married or single, without distinction--shall be given [space therein] +to him who has no capital, at least one _pieza_; and to him who has +capital, in proportion to that capital, and to his length of residence +here. Thus many may be induced by this _pieza_ to take service, +who otherwise would not serve, but would be wandering about idly, +and gambling, to the corruption of the community. + +3. _Item_: Inasmuch as the envy of two or three men, who try, by means +of trickery, to prevent and thwart any affair or action of another, is +very usual and well known in this country; and it is to be presumed of +these men that they will not, even if they can, pardon this conquest; +and as they say slyly that the share of the citizens in the cargo +may be so large that there is no one who can buy any of the tonnage, +or use other artful means, or say that at least the tonnage must be +sold cheaply, at less than fifty pesos a share--in order that, as the +proceeds therefrom will be slight, the conquest and exploration might +not be made: to correct the above, it is necessary to ordain that no +one, under heavy penalties, can sell the piezas granted to him until +the eighty toneladas are sold--which are given them, in accordance +with the royal decrees, not to be sold, but for export purposes. We +might make public by proclamations, public criers, or edicts, the +provisions regarding this matter, and order the officials who regulate +the cargo not to lade any pieza without certification by the receiver +of the freight, of what one shall have sold, given, or transferred +to another in any way, under penalty of losing his office as manager +of the cargo, and one hundred pesos' fine for each pieza thus laded. + +4. _Item_: In order that volunteers may be induced to serve on this +occasion, a moderate ration of rice and wine shall be given them +from that bought with the money received for the tonnage. This is +a matter of slight importance, since in a whole year, even if there +be a hundred and fifty volunteers [_aventureros_], the sum does not +amount to one thousand five hundred pesos. + +5. _Item_: That we may build the forts and fortresses of stone, or +wood, as was determined by the council of war, or sun-dried mud bricks, +for the preservation and defense of what is obtained from the price +of the tonnage, or from the tributarios that shall have been pacified +in the said province and mountains of Ygolotes, measures for this +purpose being taken by three councils of war on different days. That +we be authorized to appoint wardens, their deputies, and the other +necessary officers in order to govern, defend, and faithfully guard +the said forts and fortresses in the name of his Majesty, together +with what garrison soldiers are necessary--to whom we may assign pay +in proportion to the importance of the stronghold, after consultation +with the council of war. The pay of these shall be a charge on the +royal treasury, and be paid on their presentation of their title and +appointment as wardens, assistants, and other officers and soldiers. + +6. _Item_: That if, in the opinion of the council of war, it should +be necessary for the service of the camp to appoint other needful +officers, besides those specified in the other conditions, we be +authorized to do so, assigning to them the adequate pay from the money +received for the tonnage; and, if there is no money in that fund, +from the royal tributes of the conquered country. + +7. _Item_: That, if there be any good result, such that it is worth +while to advise his Majesty of it, we be authorized to send it by +way of the sea of the said provinces--that is, the sea by which +the voyage is made to Nueva Espana--without being obliged to have +recourse to the governor and Audiencia. This is to be done at the +cost of the royal treasury, taken from what is conquered, or from the +money received for the tonnage; because, as that region is more than +one hundred leguas distant from Manila by land, and it is necessary +to guard against the tardy despatch that is usually made, and the +later necessity of sailing among islands for another hundred leguas, +which is the most dangerous navigation between these islands and +Nueva Espana. In that course the ship "Santiago," and another vessel +that came with advices from Nueva Espana, were wrecked last year. On +the other hand, the coasts of Tuy and Ygolotes are the most advanced +points toward Espana, so that he who sails thence will be halfway on +his journey before he who sails from Manila has reached the open sea. + +8. _Item_: That, if, by our care and diligence, we allure the chiefs +of the Yogolotes together with the other chiefs by means of presents, +kind words, and mild treatment, to descend to the plain, or to live +quietly in settlements in their natural habitat, submissive to his +Majesty, paying their tribute, and abandoning the barbarities that +they have been wont to practice on their own children and those +of the lowlands; and if they accept the faith and are quiet and +pacified: we receive permission to distribute and apportion them in +encomiendas--assigning one-third to the royal treasury, and another +third to the soldiers engaged in the conquest, while we be awarded +the remaining third as our exclusive property; for the Indians will +be few, and reduced after many days and great toil. + +9. _Item_: That we beseech his Majesty to concede this favor to +us, that we pay the tenth of the gold obtained from the mines to +be worked by our order, instead of the fifth. The same is to be +understood in regard to the mines of silver, quicksilver, and lead +that shall be discovered and worked by our order; and that in all +mines we be excused from clause 31, law 5, title 13, book 6, of the +_Recopilacion_, [57] so that we may have more than two mines in one +vein, if there is only a slight space between the different mines, +in order to keep the measure of one mine. + +_Doctor Juan Manuel de la Vega_ + + +_Additional conditions and notifications in regard to the conquest, +pacification, and exploration of the province of Tuy and Ygolotes._ + +In the last or next to last of the former conditions we make two +statements: one, that it is unnecessary to wait for advice or +investigations from here, for the reasons and causes assigned in +the condition; the second, that an answer must be given us as to +the acceptance of our offer, in the same year when our despatches +are received, and by the first advice-boat; and if this shall not +be done immediately, then we shall be free from all obligations. It +remains to answer the silent criticism that may be opposed to each +statement: to the first, that it seems a senseless thing for us to +proceed according to our own judgment, without ascertaining whether it +is advisable or not and that there are others who may make a better +contract; and to the second, that our offer may be solely to fulfil +appearances and not real. + +1. In regard to the first, we reply that it has already been determined +to be advantageous to make the said conquest, pacification, and +exploration, by what each of the governors, as declared in the +relation, tried to do during his administration, and what was +lastly and courageously determined by the great governor, Gomez +Perez Dasmarinas, to whom the Spaniards now living in these islands +owe their lives. He undertook the exploration of the province of +Tuy, and held the same in great esteem, since he entrusted it to +no less than the person and valor of his only son, Don Luis Perez +Dasmarinas, sending with him the best captains of this camp and +Sargento-mayor Juan Xuares Gallinato. He was moved by the reasons +given in the first chapter of the relation of this conquest, +the literal copy of which accompanies these conditions, as it is +believed that no advice can be given his Majesty or your Highness +that will be as forcible as this. The importance of the matter is +superlative; and it is all the more advisable to undertake it, as +that was done by a most truthful knight and one most zealous for +the service of God and of his Majesty. And it is quite well known, +as is said unanimously by all this community, that it was seen and +could well be believed that, had not death taken him so suddenly, he +would have finished the conquest. Lastly, Don Luis Perez Dasmarinas, +who became governor at his father's death, followed in his footsteps; +and desiring to enjoy and attain what his father had himself begun to +discover, sent Captain Miranda. Although the latter exerted himself, +yet he did it without any system. If he had had the discernment and +sound judgment necessary for the permanent pacification of the lands +explored, he would have remained there with the soldiers working thus +night and day and through rain and wind; but at the very best time, +he had to abandon all. Then, touching the mines of the Ygolotes, +this serves also as a good relation, for the news of them that both +Don Gonzalo Ronquillo and Don Luis Dasmarinas had received obliged +each one to make his greatest efforts; and the knowledge of those +mines was widespread, both among barbarians and Spaniards. + +As to the opinion that this should not be done at the cost of the +royal treasury, as the former expeditions were made, we believe +that it cannot be done more mildly and without prejudice to a third +party, and it is better to do it at the expense of this commonwealth; +for this year the community has allowed, without any remonstrance, +the owner of a small vessel to lade, for the freight-charges, eighty +toneladas for whomsoever he wished, besides the tonnage allotted to +the citizens. Consequently it may be believed that the community will +not object to applying the freight money to this conquest; but rather +that it will be done to the great satisfaction of all the public, +if no other burden is imposed, as in the past. + +Then in regard to there being some person who would accomplish this +enterprise more advantageously by loading upon his own shoulders a +so heavy burden, there is the risk of his having to keep it for these +four or five years without any greater profit than the ordinary pay. + +The emoluments, gains, and advantages to be derived from the enterprise +are very large. It seems very probable if it be not done in any +other way, or through us, it can be done only by those occupying the +positions that we now fill. For as regards the position of auditor, +the person appointed to the charge of the mountains [_montaraz_] +could serve in that capacity [_i.e._, as auditor], (although with +great inconvenience), in the labors of both peace and war, and can +remain quietly at home. But he cannot do that, except with great zeal +for the service of both majesties. As for the position of captain +of this camp, it can serve on this occasion, thus relieving the +royal treasury of his pay and of that of all the company--which, +agreeably to the stipulations, has to be paid from money received +for the eighty toneladas. In regard to our persons we shall be ready +for it, and trust that the divine Majesty, who placed this thought +in our hearts, will give us the needful ability--to one to counsel, +aid, and govern, since the pen never blunts the spear; and to the +other to execute with valor and courage what is most fit for these +states. And it is to be expected of him that he will do it well, +since, before he was twenty years of age, God made him once alferez +and twice captain, more by reason of his ability than of his being the +son of his father. From the age of twenty-three he must have been very +capable for any occasion. Hence, we believe, after considering these +reasons thoroughly, that no further reports or relations are needed, +and that we are not unreasonable in asking that answer be made to +us without awaiting them--especially since they are so dangerous in +this country, where the zeal for God's service and that of his Majesty +and the public welfare is so lukewarm, and self-interest so strong. A +further consideration is, that serious harm to the conversion of those +people may result from delay; for those people are very indifferent, +and the accursed sect of Mahoma is gaining a foothold among them. This +sect is spreading throughout this archipelago like a pest, and once +established, as it is so contagious, it will be, in order to eradicate +it, more difficult to convert ten Moros than to reduce a thousand +pagans. Likewise touching the service to be performed by Doctor de +la Vega, ordering him to do it would result in loss, because from +sixty years on, every man weighs more than he did before that age; +and it is not good for him to ascend and descend mountains, even with +the aid of another's feet. + +2. Touching the second point, that reply must be made to us whether or +not our offer be accepted, in the same year when the despatches are +received, where we are not free. Replying to that, we may contradict +the opinion that in requesting an answer to so serious a matter in +so short a time, our offer is more apparent than real. We declare, +Sir, that we are going on the supposition that the relations which +were sent to his Majesty and to your Highness are truth itself, +and were made by persons who have seen what they relate, according +to the papers which have been found, the summary of which composes +the relation which is being sent there. I believe that those of +Gomez Perez and his son, and common tradition must be as fresh in +the minds of people as if their expeditions were taking place, and +that these were true reports of those former governors; and that +they proceeded with so great zeal, that their zeal served to make +us determine to thank them by responding. But this, forsooth, must +furnish opportunity for entertaining so sinister a suspicion, that +we are offering what we do not intend to fulfil in one, two, or three +years, and what would be of most service to his Majesty--although it +is of great importance to consider that any delay in the conversion +of those souls means great loss, especially if meanwhile one should +succeed in binding them more closely together. + +3. Inasmuch as there might occur some uncertainty and strife among +those encomenderos possessing encomiendas within the boundaries of +La Pampanga, Canbales, Pangasinan, Ylocos, and Cagayan, in order to +avoid these it is advisable to state definitely the points where the +province of Tui begins and ends, in every direction, that a specific +declaration may be made of the boundaries; and in case that anyone +should have been entered on the list without any warrant, or with a +greater number of natives than had been assigned to him, or should +he not have pacified or instructed the greater number of the natives +that belong to him by his title, a statement of what he ought to do +shall be made. + +In respect to the first the province of Tuy commences, as the +documents state, and as Gomez Perez Dasmarinas declares, as one goes +from La Pampanga to the said province from the end of the Canbales +to the beginning of the Tui River; thence following its course to the +villages of Datan, Lamot, and Duli to the end of the province of Tui, +and the commencement of that of Cagayan; and, cutting this line, by +a cross-line from the end of the province of Pangasinan to the sea, +on the coast opposite Manila. + +As to the second, the encomiendas which shall be within the confines of +the said province and shall have any part in the province of Tuy--that +the encomenderos retain what they have thus far held and collected +by the register, quietly and peacefully, without exceeding the number +of natives assigned to them; and in such case they may remain in the +province of Tuy and be distributed according to the conditions and +agreements. In case that any one's concession and title indicate a +greater number of natives than he possesses, he must keep only those +whom he himself has conquered, pacified, and had instructed, and no +more; for it is not right that he enjoy those who were hostile when +the concession was given him, those conquered or instructed here +later, if others have shed their blood in the conquest of these, +and they have been won at his Majesty's expense. + +4. _Item_: We believe that the condition stated in the first clause of +the first [agreement] can be emended, granting that authority is to be +given to Doctor de la Vega to be able to appoint the alcaldes-mayor +of the provinces of Cagayan, Ylocos, and Pangasinan, and take their +residencias. This gave opportunity to the governor to complain that, +inasmuch as none of this pertained to Doctor de la Vega, a part of his +[the governor's] office was being taken from him. This was necessary +for the proper accomplishment of his Majesty's service; but in order +not to give any occasion for ill-feeling in the other affairs that will +arise daily with the governor, it seems a sufficient remedy to give +the said Doctor de la Vega commission, so that these alcaldes-mayor +be subordinate to him, as all the justices in the adelantamientos +[58] of Castilla [are subordinate]. Also the said Doctor de la Vega +and his deputies should be authorized to try the causes, as stated in +the first clause herein cited of the first conditions, leaving their +appointment and the taking of their residencias to the governor, +or to whom that may pertain; and the said Doctor de la Vega should +have full power, in case that they do not exactly fulfil any orders +sent them, to punish them, and to execute upon them the penalties +to which he shall condemn them, even to suspension or exile. For +if they know that that can be done, they will act more carefully, +in order to give no occasion for such action. + +By decree of his Majesty, it is ordained that the inhabitants of this +city may export the products of the country without formal allotment +in the lading. We beseech his Majesty to be pleased to allow the +cakes of wax possessed by the volunteer soldiers who shall go to +serve and who actually do serve in this expedition, to be exported; +and that our certification and that of each one be sufficient for +the official laders to stow it in the vessels as soon as they, or +anyone in their name, may arrive, under severe penalties. The same +we beseech for the piezas of the cargo which should be given to them, +when it shall likewise appear, by certification, that they are engaged +in this expedition. + +_Doctor Juan Manuel de la Vega_ + + + +Petition of a Filipino Chief for Redress + + +Sire: + +In former years the archbishop of these Philipinas Islands, on petition +of the natives of the village of Quiapo, which is near this city of +Manila, wrote to your Majesty, informing you that the fathers of the +Society of Jesus--under pretext that the former dean of this holy +church of Manila, whom your Majesty has lately appointed archbishop, +[59] had sold them a garden lying back of our village--have been +insinuating themselves more and more into our lands and taking more +than what was assigned them by the dean; and that we had scarcely +any land remaining in the village for our fields, and even for our +houses. The petition begged your royal Majesty to remedy this and +protect us under your royal clemency, since we are Indians, who cannot +defend ourselves by suits, as we are a poor people, and it would be +a matter with a religious order. Your royal Majesty, as so Catholic +and most Christian, sent a command to the royal Audiencia resident in +these islands to gather information of the details of this matter, +and to redress it, and not allow injuries to be inflicted on us. We +have heard that the royal Audiencia has advised your Majesty; but +we do not know what they have advised, for nothing was told us. Now +this present year, I, who am the chief, and claim that the lands which +are in dispute with the fathers are of greater extent, built a house +in my fields. One of the fathers [_i.e._, Jesuits], named Brother +Nieto, came with a numerous following of negroes and Indians, armed +with halberds and catans; and of his own accord, and with absolute +authority, razed my house to the ground. This caused great scandal to +those who saw a religious armed for the purpose of destroying the house +of a poor Indian--although, after seeing his intention to seize all my +property and bind me, I did not raise my eyes to behold him angered, +because of the respect that I know is due the ministers who teach us +the law of God. Although the alcalde-mayor of our village (namely, +the master-of-camp, Pedro de Chaves) was angry, as was proper, at the +little attention they paid to the royal justice of your Majesty and of +your servants; and went immediately on that same day to the destroyed +house, and did not leave the village until he knew that another small +house had been rebuilt for me in place of the one destroyed--yet, as +all the fathers had threatened me that, as often as I should build +a house there, they would return to raze or burn it (and this they +have declared before the alcalde-mayor himself and the canon Talavera, +our minister), and as I am a poor Indian, I fear the power of the said +fathers. For I fear that I can find no one to aid me in the suits that +the fathers are about to begin against me, or who will appear for +my justice, since I have even been unable to find anyone who dared +to write this letter for me. This letter is therefore written by my +own hand and in my own composition, and in the style of an Indian +not well versed in the Spanish language. But I confide my cause to +your royal Majesty's great kindness, and, prostrate at your Majesty's +royal feet, implore you to protect me with your royal protection, by +ordering the royal Audiencia and the archbishop to inform your royal +Majesty anew, and to summon me in order that I may inform them of my +claims to justice. Also in the meanwhile will you order the fathers +not to molest me in the ancient possession that I have inherited from +my fathers and grandfathers, who were chiefs of the said village. I +trust in the royal clemency and exceedingly great Christian spirit of +your Majesty that I shall be protected and defended in what should +have justice. This I petition from your royal person, whom may our +Lord preserve during many happy years, for the protection of these +poor Indians, your Majesty's loyal vassals, and for the increase of +this new Christian community. From Quiapo; July 25, 1609. + +The useless slave of your royal Majesty, + +_Don Miguel Banal_ + +[_Endorsed_: "Have the governor and the Audiencia investigate, and +in the meanwhile provide suitable measures."] + + + +Despatch of Missionaries to the Philippines + + +_Information by father Fray Diego Aduarte, concerning the journey +that he made in the year 1605 from Spana to the Philipinas, with 38 +religious of his order; and, further, that made by father Fray Gabriel +de San Antonio in the year 1008; and, further, what is necessary that +there should not be failures in such journeys_. + +By command of Senor Don Luis de Belasco, viceroy of this country +of Nueva Spana, in compliance with a clause of a letter from his +Majesty--whereby he was commanded to advise his Majesty of the +religious who, going under his orders to the Philipinas, have remained +here, and what was the occasion of it; and in particular of those who +remained of my company, two years ago--I, Diego Aduarte, declare as +follows, having come as his vicar; and I call God to witness that in +all I tell the truth. + +In the month of July of 1605 I sailed from Spana, with thirty-eight +religious of my order, whom I was empowered by his Majesty's decrees +to convey thither; and none were lacking. Among these there were only +four lay brethren; and of the rest, who were priests (they being the +majority), all except one were preachers and confessors; and those who +were not such had studied sufficiently to be ordained as priests for +mass--as all of them now are, and actual ministers, who preach and +hear confessions in various languages which they have learned, much +to the service of God and the increase of His church. I arrived in +this country of Nueva Spana with all the said thirty-eight religious, +where two of my priests died. One of them was named Fray Dionisio +de Rueda, who had come from Valencia, of which he was a native; +the other, Fray Pablo Colmenero, who came from Salamanca, and was +a native of Galicia. [60] Both of them were religious of excellent +abilities. I embarked at the port of Acapulco for the Philipinas, +with only twenty-eight. Although it is true that at the time of +embarkation some nine were absent, who had not yet arrived at the +port, yet even if they had arrived they could in no wise have been +embarked; for the ship which was given me was very small, and had +accommodations for no more than twelve friars at the most. So true +is this, that the treasurer of his Majesty of this City Of Mexico, +one Birbiesca, who was then at the port to despatch the ships by +command of the Marques de Montesclaros, told me not to embark more +than twelve. This I swear to be true _in verbo sacerdotis_. I left +in that very port several religious, with permission and order to +return to Mexico until they could go to the Philipinas; and I was +many times sorry for those whom I had embarked, on account of the +poor accommodations that we had. Four of them died at sea, between +here and the Philipinas (three of these being priests, and the other +not), all of them being friars from whom much was hoped. I have made +information of all this before the notary of the ship itself (who was +called Francisco de Vidaurre), with witnesses who were aboard--which, +with the favor of God, I myself shall take to Espana, as I am now on +the way there. This was in the year of 1606. + +The very next year two religious of my company--priests, confessors, +and preachers, Fray Jacinto Orfanel and Fray Joseph de San +Jacinto--went to the Philipinas with Don Rodrigo de Mendoza, nephew +of the marques, who was commander for two patajes; and this year, 608, +I sent four others of the same qualifications with the lord governor, +Don Rodrigo de Bibero. + +Thus of all my company, except six who have died, only one has failed +to go to the Philippinas. To this one, I confess, I gave permission +to remain; and he is at present in the province of Oaxaca as minister +and interpreter, and so has not been obtained for it unfairly, since +religious go from Spana to this province also at the cost of the +royal exchequer. It was at the time expedient and even necessary +to give the permission; and if his Majesty should try to tie the +hands of him who takes the religious in charge, in this matter, it +would be the occasion of many grave injuries to his royal service, +and still more to that of God, for the new church in the Philippinas +can be entrusted only to ministers with the apostolic spirit. For, +in order to persuade to the faith, the lack of miracles must be +made good by the life of the minister, which, when apostolic, is +so much the more a power, as the ability to work miracles is less; +for the force of example, and that of miracles which the apostles +had to convert the world then, must now be contained in the life of +the minister. In truth this is more important for the heathen than +are miracles, if it be what it ought. But it is impossible for the +superior who takes them in his charge to become acquainted with them +before he engages them, as there is no opportunity for that in Spana, +or hardly even to know their names; for after procuring his decrees at +court, almost all his time is necessary, up to the embarkation, to get +his ship-supplies in Sevilla and set affairs in order there. And if +he must go about seeking religious in one house and another, through +all Castilla and Aragon, as far as Barcelona, how can he have time to +become gradually acquainted with them, as he should do? Although it is +true that, if he supplies religious to this country by his authority, +when he has become acquainted with them, it is a loss to the royal +exchequer, to the amount that he has spent for them without carrying +out his Majesty's intentions; yet, if they should go on farther, +that purpose would be much less successful, and the expenses would +be greater. It is less harmful to spend some money ill, than a great +deal to the loss, perhaps, of souls, whose welfare is the object +of these expenditures. In the government of man, to attempt to flee +from difficulties is the greatest hindrance of all; accordingly, the +difficulties that may be encountered in this matter can best be avoided +by not entrusting this work to anyone except some very trustworthy +religious; then his Majesty, being thoroughly informed in regard to +him, can place entire confidence in him. For as he must do this with +men in his royal service, there is no reason why he should not do as +much here, for his agent is a priest and a religious, with greater +obligations to keep his conscience pure than has a secular minister; +nor is he ignorant of the fidelity which he owes his king and lord, +and how great a sin it would be against justice, and what obligation +there would be for restitution of money ill spent. The truth is that +anyone to whom his Majesty entrusts this could, if he did not proceed +with great exactness, very legitimately excuse himself by saying that +what was ordered to be given him for the despatch is not enough, +by far, and so he is spending on a few what is given him for the +many; since it is hardly enough for even the few--having recourse, +for the external forum, to equivocal answers. It is actually true, +that the provision that his Majesty orders to be given, in Sevilla +and in Mexico, for supplies on the two seas, and for the support of +the religious in these two cities, is extremely scanty; and if his +Majesty does not increase it he can have no just complaint against +the religious who may act thus. In Sevilla he orders that two reals +be given for each religious, every day; but three are necessary, at +the least. In Mexico, he orders that four be given; but it is certain +that six to each man would be little for their food, clothing, and +shoes, and for the ordinary expenses of a house. In Sevilla there +is assigned, for the supplies of each religious on the voyage, 22 +ducats; whereas 40 at least are necessary, and, if it be a year of +high prices, 50. In Mexico, for supplies on the other sea, and to pay +the charges to the muleteers who transport the goods to Acapulco, +and the expenses of the journey to that point with the religious, +there is given for each one 150 pesos; but 200 are needed, and even +that does not suffice. The reason for all this is, that these rates +were set a long time ago, when things were much cheaper than at +present; for goods could be bought for these sums to a much greater +amount. This would be cause for the religious to plead that the +[actual] expenses incurred for him should be allowed; and there is +no other way [in which this difficulty can be settled]. + +Of both things we have illustration enough in this journey which +was begun by father Fray Gabriel de San Antonio (whom may God keep +in heaven), for, on account of the scanty aid that was given him at +Sevilla, he left there a debt of one thousand two hundred ducados; +and if his Majesty does not pay this, I know not whence his creditors +will procure it. Then, as he had not the necessary freedom to dispose +of his friars, seeing that there was no fleet that year, which is a +second instance, he did what he should not have done--namely, among +twenty-four religious whom he embarked with him, he took seven laymen, +and, of the rest, one was insufficiently educated, and others were +ill suited for the work in the Philipinas; so that counting those who +were well fitted to go, they would not number twelve. It seems that he +wished only to make it appear to the Council that he was embarking with +friars, since this was commanded so insistently. He had, as I have been +told, thirty religious quite suitable for the journey, ready to embark +in the fleet; but as there was no fleet, and they saw that according +to the orders of the Council they must embark in the heart of winter, +and in weak craft, they, being discreet, returned to the houses from +which they had come; and father Fray Gabriel, to comply with his +orders, sought others in their places, most of whom did not fill the +places of the others, or come near doing so. From this resulted many +expenses that might have been avoided; for if those who returned had +been left in the convents of Andalucia, to come over in the fleet +this year, all the expenses that were incurred would be obviated, +and they would arrive at the proper time to go to the Philippinas, +as they would come in the patages. Even if not all came, most of +them could come, and none of these would have to be refused, as we +have to do now--for, if the lord viceroy does not give permission to +leave some, there is no use to consider sending religious there. Then +I, who am going to seek them in Espana, for the second time, with +so many labors and dangers, would find them half way, without the +least cost to myself. Supplicate and beg this from his Excellency, +by the bowels of Christ. The objection raised is that it will not be +expedient for them to go; but I hope through God that it will be so, +and that it will be explained to his Majesty that it is very important +for his service. This is the truth, which I am bound to tell my king +and lord, as his faithful vassal and servant, which I am. + +_Fray Diego Aduarte_ + + + + + +_Jesus, Mary_ + +Father Fray Antonio de Santo Angel, procurator-general of the order +of the discalced friars of our father St. Augustine, declares that +in the year 1608 your Majesty gave permission to father Fray Pedro +de San Fulgencio, of the said order, to return to the Philipinas +Islands, taking with him thirty religious of his order, and six +servants for their service. In the said year he was obliged to +go to Rome to secure some favors and jubilees from his Holiness; +but an illness attacked him, and our Lord saw fit to take him unto +Himself. For this reason his embarkation for the Philipinas did not +take place, as he died on the way; and the funds that were given him +for the purpose were lost. Since it has pleased the divine Majesty +that the discalced Augustinian religious who are in those parts [61] +should succeed in so satisfactory and exemplary a manner, preaching +the holy gospel and giving the light of our holy Catholic faith, and +so earnestly striving for its increase--as your Majesty is informed by +the archbishop of Manila, and the city and cabildo, and the bishop of +Santissimo Nombre de Jesus. For all point out to your Majesty the great +importance of sending religious of this holy order to the Philipinas; +and that it is better to maintain there those who have been discalced, +than those who enter from among the calced and are not instructed in +the austerity to which the discalced are obliged. For this reason our +very holy father, Paul V, separated and divided us from the calced +fathers; and accordingly our father-general sent them a notification +that his Holiness had separated them, and had sent an order that they +should form a chapter and appoint a provincial--as will appear from +the papers which I present, and from the letters of the archbishop of +Manila, and from the bishop of Santissimo Nombre de Jesus, and from +the letter from the city of Manila. From the letters of the religious +it will be plain to your Majesty how important it is for the service +of our Lord to have a head and superior of the same penitent mode of +life, so that this reformation may be preserved, and they may with +fervor continue to gain souls for heaven and the increase of our holy +Catholic faith. I therefore beg your Majesty to grant us the same +despatches that were given to us for the said voyage, so that we +may receive the favor of it. I likewise present the letter written +by the Audiencia of Manila, in which your Audiencia states what are +its intentions when anything is asked on the part of the Recollects. + + + + + +Bibliographical Data + + +All the documents contained in this volume are obtained from original +MSS. in various foreign archives--excepting only that the _Relation_ +of Maldonado (1606) is from a printed pamphlet. Most of them are from +the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla, their pressmarks as follows. + +1. _Complaints against the archbishop_.--(a) Letters from Acuna and +the Augustinians: "Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas; cartas y +expedientes del gobernador de Filipinas vistos en el Consejo; anos de +1600 a 1628; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 7." (b) Letter from the Audiencia: +"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas; cartas y expedientes +del presidente y oidores de dicha Audiencia vistos en el Consejo; +anos de 1600 a 1612; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 19." + +2. _Relations with the Chinese_.--(a) Memorials by archbishop: +"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de Filipinas; cartas y espedientes +del arzobispo de Manila vistos en el Consejo; anos 1579 a 1679; +est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 32." (b). Letter to viceroy of Ucheo: the same as +No. 1 (a). (c) Chinese immigration restricted: the same as No. 1 (b). + +3. _Letters from Acuna_.--(a) Letters of July 1 and 8: the same as +No. 1 (a). (b) Letter of July 15: the same as No. 1 (b). + +4. _Dominican mission of 1606_.--"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de religiosos misioneros en Filipinas +vistos en el Consejo; anos de 1569 a 1616; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 37." + +5. _Dutch factory at Tidore_.--The same as No. 1 (b). + +6. _Letter from the Audiencia_, 1606.--The same as No. 1 (b). + +7. _Letter from the fiscal_.--The same as No. 1 (b). + +8. _Chinese immigration_.--(a) Report of ships: the same as No. 1 +(b). (b) Letters from Felipe III: "Audiencia de Filipinas; registros +de oficio reales ordenes dirigidas a las autoridades del distrito de +la Audiencia; anos 1597 a 1634; est. 105, caj. 2, leg. 1." + +9. _Petition for grant to seminary_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia +de Filipinas; consultas originales correspondientes a dicha Audiencia; +anos de 1586 a 1636; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 1." + +10. _Artillery at Manila_.--The same as No. 1 (b). + +11. _Confraternity of La Misericordia_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia +de Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del presidente y oidores de dicha +Audiencia vistos en el Consejo; anos 1607 a 1626; est. 67, caj. 6, +leg. 20." + +12. _Receipts and expenditures of Philippine government_.--The same +as No. 1 (a). + +13. _Decrees regarding way-station for vessels_, 1608-09.--The same +as No. 8 (b). + +14. _Letters to Silva_.--The same as No. 8 (b). + +15. _Expeditions to Tuy_.--The same as No. 1 (a). + +16. _Petition of Filipino chief_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y espedientes de personas seculares vistos en el +Consejo; anos de 1607 a 1613; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 36." + +17. _Despatch of missionaries_.--The same as No. 4. The following is +from the Real Academia de Historia, Madrid: + +18. _Relation by Maldonado_, 1606.--"Papeles jesuitas, tomo 92, +num. 40." (A printed pamphlet.) + +The following is from the British Museum, London: + +19. _Decree regarding way-station for vessels_, 1606.--"Papeles +varios de Indias; Mus. Brit, jure emptionis; 13,976 Plut. CXC.D; +folios 469-472a." + +The following is from the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid: + +20. _Letter to Acuna_, 1606.--"Cedulario Indico, t. 38, fol. 114, +no. 89." + +The following are from the Archivo general, Simancas: + +21. _Terrenate expedition_.--"Secretario de Estado, legajo 205." + +22. _Trade with Mexico_.--"Secretario de Estado, leg. 2637." + +23. _Passage of missionaries_.--The same as No. 22. + + + + + + +NOTES + +[1] The sense is here somewhat incomplete; there may be some omission +in the text. + +[2] _Fuerza_: injury committed by an ecclesiastical judge; see +_Vol_. v, p. 292. + +[3] Apparently a reference to the organization of "el Nuevo Reino +['the new kingdom'] de Granada," afterward known as Nueva (or New) +Granada; a name applied in the nineteenth century to the country +now known as United States of Colombia. This region was conquered by +Gonzalo Jiminez Quesada in 1537, its capital (established August 6, +1538) being Santa Fe de Bogota. + +[4] In the original there is a brief summary at the head of each +paragraph, for the convenience of the council in considering the +document. + +[5] The botanical name of the clove is _Caryophyllus aromaticus_. See +Crawfurd's excellent account, both descriptive and historical, of this +valued product, in his _Dict. of Indian Islands_, pp. 101-105. Cf. the +account by Duarte Barbosa, in _East Africa and Malabar_ (Hakluyt +Soc. publications No. 35, London, 1866), pp. 201, 219, 227; he says, +among other things: "And the trees from which they do not gather +it for three years after that become wild, so that their cloves are +worth nothing." Crawfurd says: "It is only in its native localities, +the five small islets [Moluccas] on the western coast of the large +island of Gilolo, that it is easily grown, and attains the highest +perfection. There, it bears in its seventh or eighth year, and lives +to the age of 130 or 150." He also states that the Dutch, in their +attempt to secure the monopoly of the clove trade, exterminated the +clove trees from the Moluccas, and endeavored to limit their growth +to the five Amboyna islands, in which they had introduced the clove. + +[6] Referring to the military order of St. John of Jerusalem, to +which Acuna belonged. + +[7] The Spanish form of the name of Mechlin, an important city of +Belgium, between Antwerp and Brussels. The reference in the text is +probably to some law enacted by the emperor Charles V while holding +his court at Mechlin, during his long stay in the Netherlands. + +[8] Diego Aduarte was born at Zaragoza, about 1570, and at the age of +sixteen entered a Dominican convent at Alcala de Henares. In 1594 he +joined the mission to the Philippines, arriving at Manila June 12, +1595. In the following January Aduarte accompanied the expedition +sent by Luis Dasmarinas to Cambodia (see _Vol_. IX, pp. 161-180, +265, 277); the result of this was disastrous, and after many dangers +and hardships, and a long illness, he returned to Manila on June +24, 1597. Two years later he went to China, to rescue Dasmarinas +(stranded there after another unsuccessful expedition to Cambodia), +and remained until February, 1600. Soon afterward he went to Spain +on business of his order, arriving there in September, 1603. There +he obtained a reenforcement of missionaries for the Philippines, +arriving at the islands in August, 1606. He was again despatched to +Spain (July, 1607), where he remained until 1628; he then returned to +the Philippines with another missionary band. He was seen afterward +elected prior of the convent at Manila, and later became bishop of +Nueva Segovia; but exercised the latter office only a year and a half, +dying in the summer of 1636. Aduarte's _Historia de la provincia del +Sancto Rosario_ (Manila, 1640) is his chief work; we shall present it +in later volumes of this series. See biography of Aduarte in _Resena +biografica de los religiosos de la provincia del Santisimo Rosario +de Filipinas_ (Manila, 1891), pp. 148-172. + +[9] Master (Latin _magister_, Spanish _maestro_): a title of honor +given to religious of venerable age or distinguished services; see +Du Cange, _s.vv. dominus ordinis, magister ordinis_. + +[10] So in the MS., but apparently an error of _cuatro_ for _cinco_ +("five"), as the evidence of this and the other documents of this +group indicates that this warrant was given in 1605, not 1604. + +[11] The garment placed by the tribunal of the Inquisition upon persons +who, after trial, became penitent and were reconciled to the church. + +[12] San Juan de Ulua (or Lua, also Ulloa), in Mexico, was thus named +(1518) for St. John and in honor of Juan Grijalva, one of Cortes's +officers, who in that year discovered Yucatan. In the summer of the +following year, Cortes founded, not far from this place, the city of +Vera Cruz. + +[13] In our copy of this document (the official transcript) the text +reads _que son 80 pesos_; but as in half a year but two of these +tri-yearly payments would be made, it seems more probable that this +was intended for _20 pesos_. + +[14] Gabriel Quiroga de San Antonio came to the Philippines in 1595, +and was assigned to the mission among the Chinese in Binondo; but he +could not learn their language, and, becoming discouraged thereat, +returned to Spain. Finally, being troubled by his conscience for +having abandoned his post, he obtained permission from his superiors +to conduct a band of new missionaries to the islands. Embarking with +them, he was overcome by sickness and the hardships of the voyage, +and died before reaching Mexico (1608). He was appointed (apparently +after his departure on this journey) bishop of Nueva Caceres. + +[15] The word "factory," as here used, refers to the place where the +factors, or agents, of a commercial company reside and transact the +business entrusted to them. + +[16] These names are merely phonetic renderings of the names of +certain Dutch cities. Absterdaem and Ambstradama are for Amsterdam; +Yncussa (and probably Cuyssem), for Enkhuysen (or Enchuysen); Campem, +for Campen; Amberes, for Antwerp; Millburg, for Middleburg; Horrem, +for Hoorn. Olanda and Gelanda are for Holland and Zeeland. + +[17] That is: Achin (or Acheen), in Sumatra; Pajang, a province in +Java; and Bengal, in India. + +[18] At the end of this pamphlet is the imprint, showing that +permission to print it was given to Clemente Hidalgo on May 9, 1606; +and that it was printed by him in the same year, at Sevilla. It was +sold at the establishments of Melchor Goncalez and Rafael Charte. + +[19] In the margin: "The Parian, establishment and residence of the +Sangleys, on the other side of the Manila River." + +[20] The leaves of a species of palm (_Nipa fruticans_), used as +thatch to cover houses. + +[21] Probably a misprint for Moros. + +[22] Cf. La Concepcion's account of this insurrection, in _Hist. de +Philippinas_, iv, pp. 52-64. + +[23] At this point, in the printed original, follow the words +_tribuleco llamadotin_--evidently some typographical error. + +[24] This letter will be found in _Vol_. XIII, pp. 287-291; Morga also +gives it in his _Sucesos_ (which will be presented in our _Vols_. XV +and XVI). + +[25] Korea had been conquered by the Japanese in 1592, but soon +afterward was partially regained by the Chinese (_Vol_. VIII, +pp. 260-262; IX, pp. 36, 44, 46). The death of the Japanese ruler +Hideyoshi (1598), and the consequent recall of the Japanese troops, +left affairs between the three countries unsettled; finally Iyeyasu, +ruler of Japan, made peace with Korea and China, in 1605. + +[26] Another account of this insurrection is given by Gregorio Lopez, +S.J., in a letter dated April, 1604; it is substantially the same +as those already presented in this series, but Lopez relates in much +fuller detail the final pursuit of the Sangleys. He also states that +the Chinese Juan Bautista de Bera (Vera), whose heathen name was +Hincan, had lived in Manila since the time of Limahon; and that in +the conflict there were twenty stalwart Sangleys to each Spaniard. He +enumerates the Spanish citizens slain by the Sangleys, mentioning +the place where each died. A copy of this letter is contained in the +Ventura del Acro MSS. (Ayer library)--for account of which collection +see _Vol_. VI, pp. 231, 232--in vol. i, pp. 121-272; it is accompanied +by the statement that the original MS. is in the Real Academia de lit +Historia, Madrid--its pressmark, "Jesuitas, Filipinas; legajo no. 7." + +[27] _Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. vi, tit. vi, ley viii, contains +the following law in regard to the appointment of the protector of +the Indians; "The bishops of Filipinas were charged by us with the +protection and defense of those Indians. Having seen that they cannot +attend to the importunity, and judicial acts and investigations, which +require personal presence, we order the president-governors to appoint +a protector and defender, and to assign him a competent salary from the +taxes of the Indians, proportioned among those which shall be assigned +to our royal crown and to private persons, without touching our royal +treasury, which proceeds from other kinds [of taxes]. We declare +that it is not our intention by this to deprive the bishops of their +superintendence and protection of the Indians in general." (Felipe II, +Madrid, January 17, 1593, in a clause of a letter). + +[28] The hospital order of St John of God was originally founded by a +Portuguese soldier (named Joan), who at the age of forty years devoted +himself, as a religious duty, to the care of sick persons. He began a +hospital in his own house at Granada (1540), and his bishop permitted +him and his associates to wear a habit. After his death (1550) similar +hospitals were formed in Spain, and even spread to Italy. In 1585 all +these were organized into an order, with constitutions, under the papal +sanction; this order is still in existence, and has establishments +in many countries. It did not reach the Philippines until 1649. + +[29] Fray Diego Aduarte, Bishop of Nueva Segovia, wrote to the king +(July 7, 1606), as follows: "Your Majesty possesses here a royal +hospital which is one of the most necessary and useful things in this +country for the welfare and care of the poor soldiers and others who +serve your Majesty. Although the income which it has is small, it would +be sufficient aid, with the many alms given by the citizens who are +well to do, if there were some one who could distribute it well and +take it in charge as his own affair. It is a most necessary thing for +its good government and maintenance that your Majesty should send four +or five brethren of the order called Juan de Dios, with the authority +of your Majesty and his Holiness, and with power to receive others. For +the institution is already founded and everything necessary supplied; +and these brethren might come with the religious whom your Majesty +sends here, either Franciscan or Dominican; or you might command that +some of the excellent hospitallers who are settled in Nueva Espana +should come to these islands, which would economize in expense +and hasten their coming, and make it more certain." [_Endorsed_: +"September 24, 1607. Have the four brethren whom he mentions sent, +and entrust the matter to Senor Don Francisco de Tejada, that he may +arrange it with the elder brother of Anton Martin. Have a copy sent +to Senor Don Francisco."] + +[30] Evidently referring to Antonio, prior of Crato, pretender to the +crown of Portugal (see _Vol_. I, p. 355). He died at Paris, August +25, 1595; and left six (illegitimate) children whom he commended to +the care of Henri IV of France. It is probable that the son mentioned +in our text was Cristoval, his second son (born in 1564); he assumed +the title of king of Portugal, and with this pretension might easily +undertake to fight against Spain (as usurper of that crown), in aid +of the Dutch. Cristoval died at Paris June 3, 1638. + +[31] _Lancha_: a small vessel navigated with sails and oars; +cf. English "launch." _Barcoluengo_: an oblong boat with a long bow, +its only mast being in the center. + +[32] The capture of the "Santa Ana" by Cavendish in 1588, and the +difficulties and risks of the long Pacific voyage for the richly-laden +galleons from Manila, made it evident that some halting-place for them +should be provided on the California coast. The vessel "San Agustin" +was despatched from Manila in 1595 to search for such a place, but +was wrecked in the present Drake Bay. In the preceding year Velasco +had made a contract with Sebastian Vizcaino for the exploration and +occupation for Spain of California; but he did not begin his task until +1597, when he was sent out by Monterey. This expedition accomplished +little; but Vizcaino was selected to command the one mentioned in our +text, which had the same object as that for which the "San Agustin" +was sent, and the pilot of that vessel accompanied Vizcaino. There +appear to have been four vessels in this expedition, which carried +nearly two hundred men: there were also three Carmelite friars, one of +whom, Antonio de la Ascension, kept a diary of the voyage, and assisted +the cosmographer, Geronimo Martin Palacios. They returned to Acapulco +in March, 1603, having explored and mapped the coast of California +beyond Cape Mendocino, and discovered the bays of Todos Santos, San +Diego, and Monterey. Vizcaino made another voyage (1611-14), which +was originally intended for the establishment and equipment of the +port of Monterey as a station for the Philippine vessels, but was +diverted to the Pacific Ocean and Japan. See Bancroft's account of +these explorations--with abundant citations of sources, and reduced +copy of Vizcaino's map--in his _History of North Mexican States_ +(San Francisco, 1886), i, pp. 147-163. + +[33] See _Vol_. XIII, p. 228, note 31. + +[34] This admiral was Toribio Gomez de Corvan. + +[35] The route of vessels to and from the Philippines is described by +Morga at the end of his _Sucesos_ (_Vols_. XV and XVI of this series). + +[36] This total is as found in the MS., but is inaccurate. The correct +total is 6,533. + +[37] Also written "pederero"--from Old Spanish _pedra_, "a stone;" +so named because of the use of stone for balls, before iron balls were +invented; a swivel-gun. For descriptions and illustrations of various +kinds of artillery, see Demmin's _Arms and Armor_ (London, 1877). + +[38] Cf. "Foundation of the Audiencia," _Vol_. VI, p. 37, sec. 295. + +[39] Referring to the famous hot springs and health resort of Los +Banos, situated on the southern coast of Laguna de Bay, thirty-five +miles from Manila, at the foot of the volcanic mountains Maquiling and +Los Banos. See Chirino's account of these springs, in chap. X of his +_Relacion_ (_Vol_. XII of this series). Cf. the more detailed accounts +by La Concepcion (_Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, pp. 134-151), Zuniga +(_Estadismo_, i, pp. 180-185), and Buzeta and Bravo (_Diccionario_, +ii, pp. 168-179). The virtues of these waters were first made known +by St. Pedro Bautista, the noted Franciscan martyr (_Vol_. VIII, +p. 233), in the year 1590; and he undertook to found there a hospital, +but for lack of means this project languished until 1604, when it was +duly organized, under the charge of a Franciscan lay brother, Fray +Diego de Santa Maria. Various grants were made to this institution, at +different times, by colonial and local authorities; and in 1671 large +and suitable buildings of stone were erected--which, however, were +destroyed by fire in 1727. The hospital seems to have retrograded, +in extent and management, early in its history; Zuniga found it +in very poor condition, at the end of the eighteenth century. See +chapter on "Minero-medicinal waters" of the islands in U.S. Philippine +Commission's _Report_, 1900, iii, pp. 217-227. + +[40] The name applied to any knight of a military order who received +one of die ecclesiastical benefices called _encomiendas_. These were +suitably-endowed dignities conferred on knights of those orders. + +[41] After Acuna's death, Rodrigo de Vivero was sent from Nueva Espana +to govern the Philippines _ad interim_, where he arrived June 15, +1608. He remained less than one year in this poet, and was then made +governor of Panama. In April, 1609, arrived his successor, Juan de +Silva, a member of the Order of Santiago; and distinguished by military +service in Flanders. He governed the Philippines for seven years, and +died at Malaca, on his way with an expedition to the Spice Islands, +on April 19, 1616. + +[42] _Situado_ is used here to mean the extra income from the +encomiendas which is obtained by increasing the tribute from eight +reals to ten. This was done at the time when Gomez Perez Dasmarinas +was sent to govern the Philippines; see his instructions (_Vol_. VII, +pp. 145, 146), and cf. Morga's _Sucesos_, chap. viii (_Vol_. XVI of +this series; and Hakluyt Society's trans., pp. 325, 326). The two +reals thus gained were to be thus applied: one-half real, to pay the +obligations of the tithes; one and one-half reals, for the pay of +soldiers, etc. + + Prof. E.G. Bourne says: "Many of the Spanish colonies + received regular situados from the crown to make up their + annual deficits. The word may mean subsidy, appropriation, + rent, or income, according to the context." Humboldt + mentions--in _New Spain_ (Black's trans.), iv, pp. 228, + 229--the situados, "remittances of specie annually, made to + other Spanish colonies" from the treasury of Mexico, which + in 1803 amounted to 3,500,000 piastres. These remittances + from Mexico of course ceased when that colony revolted from + Spain and became a republic (1823). + + Still another meaning of _situado_ is given by Bowring + (_Philippine Islands_, pp. 98, 99): "As it is, the Philippines + have made, and continue to make, large contributions to the + mother country, generally in excess of the stipulated amount + which is called the _situado_." + +[43] The husk surrounding the cocoanut; it is used for making cordage +and calking vessels. + +[44] A prebendary who enjoys the benefice called _racion_. + +[45] The prebendary immediately subordinate to the racionero. + +[46] _Barrachel_: the alguacil-mayor. This word is now obsolete. + +[47] He had filled this post before, during 1590-95 (_Vol_. VII, +p. 230); he succeeded Montesclaros on July 2, 1607, and governed Nueva +Espana until June 12, 1611, when he returned to Spain as president of +the Council of the Indias. Already aged, he did not long survive this +promotion. He established many reforms in Nueva Espana, and showed +great humanity in his treatment of the Indians. + +[48] That is, "rich in gold," and "rich in silver;" two mythical +islands, often mentioned in documents of that time; thus named, +according to Gemelli Careri, because some earth taken from them, +accidentally heated on a ship, was found to contain grains of +precious metal. There is an interesting mention of these islands on +La Frechette's "Chart of the Indian Ocean" (published by W. Faden, +London, 1803). They are placed thereon in 32 deg. and 34 deg., N. lat., and +in 160 deg. and 164 deg. E. long., respectively, with the following legend: +"Kin-sima, la Rica de Oro, or Gold Island. Gin-sima, la Rica de Plata, +or Silver Island. These Two Islands, which are Known to the Japanese, +are laid down according to the report of the former Spanish Navigators; +they did imagine till the middle of the last century, that Gin-sima +and Kin-sima were the Land of Ophir, since it could not be found in +the Isles of Solomon." + +[49] Referring to the archbishop Benavides; he bequeathed his library +and the sum of one thousand pesos for the foundation of the college +of Santo Tomas at Manila. + +[50] The route of this expedition was evidently up the Rio Grande +de Pampanga, northward through the present provinces of Pampanga and +Nueva Ecija; the headwaters of this stream are separated by the ridge +of Caraballo Sur from those of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. Crossing +these mountains, the Spaniards found themselves, at the southern end +of Nueva Viscaya, at the sources of one of the two great branches +of the latter river, the Magat River--the one which is named Tuy in +our text. It joins the main stream of the Rio Grande de Cagayan, a +few miles above Ilagan, in the province of Isabela, and the united +streams flow northward through the entire length of that province +and of Cagayan, falling into the sea below Aparri, on the northern +coast of Luzon. See the short account of this expedition given in +_Vol_. VIII, pp. 250, 251. + +[51] A species of orange-colored agate, of great beauty. + +[52] This city is no longer in existence; it has been replaced by +the town of Lallo, formerly only a district of that city. + +[53] In the MS., _cabra_; but this may be only a copyist's conjecture +for an illegible word. + +[54] The Igorrotes first appear under the name Ygolot, which was +applied to the inhabitants of Benguet; and those people probably +represent the original tribe. The name was later applied to all +the head-hunters of northern Luzon, then collectively to all in the +Philippine Islands, and is now almost synonymous with "wild." The +district assigned to the real Igorrotes is a matter of controversy +among various authors, as are also their various characteristics, +and their origin. Certain characteristics point to infusions of +Chinese and Japanese blood. Comparatively few of them have embraced +Christianity. They live in villages of three or four hundred, with +a chief in each, who is usually the richest man, and whose lands +the common people cultivate. They are generally monogamous, and +respect the marriage tie highly. They believe in a supreme being +whom they call Apo or Lu-ma-oig; his wife Bangan; his daughter +Bugan; and his son Ubban. There are two inferior gods Cabigat and +Suyan. Their priests are called Maubunung and they heal sickness +with charms and incantations. They believe in two places of abode +after death: one pleasant and cheerful, for those who die a natural +death; the other a real heaven, for warriors killed in battle and +women who die in childbirth. They bury their dead in coffins in +a sitting position, in clefts or caves, and often dry the corpse +over a fire. Ancestor-worship is prevalent. They are an agricultural +people, but do not breed cattle. They have worked the copper mines of +their districts and extracted gold from the earliest times. As yet, +however, exact and scientific knowledge regarding them is slight, as +is true of many other Filipino tribes, owing to the confused state +of Philippine ethnology. See Smithsonian _Report_, 1899, p. 538, +"List of native tribes of Philippines" by Ferdinand Blumentritt +(translated by Dr. O.T. Malon); Blumentritt's "Ueber den Namen der +Igorroten" in _Ausland_, no. 1, p. 17 (Stuttgart, 1882); Sawyer's +_Inhabitants of the Philippines_ (New York, 1900); pp. 254-267; +and Foreman's _Philippine Islands_ (London, 1890), pp. 212-215. + +[55] The city of Potosi in Bolivia is situated on the slope of the +Cerro Gordo de Potosi, a mountain 16,152 feet high, which contains +silver mines of a richness that has become proverbial; they were +discovered in 1545, by an Indian. It is estimated that the silver +obtained from this mountain, up to the middle of the nineteenth +century, amounted to $1,600,000,000. Humboldt gives the figures for +its yield, from 1566 to 1789, amounting to 60,864,359 pounds troy; see +his _New Spain_ (Black's trans., London, 1811), iii, pp. 171, 172. He +also endeavors to estimate (pp. 353-379) the value of the total yield +from its discovery to 1789, which he places at 5,750,000,000 of livres +tournois (L234,693,840 sterling). The mines now are almost abandoned, +and the annual yield is about $800,000. + +[56] Referring to the allotment of space for freight in the regular +trading fleet sent yearly to Mexico. As has been shown in preceding +documents, this privilege, as the source of much profit, was restricted +by the government to the citizens of the islands, among certain of +whom the space was duly allotted by toneladas, each shipping goods +to that extent--although many frauds were practiced, often by royal +officials themselves. The stipulation in our text secured, to persons +having the right to a share in this trade, the exercise of that right +while absent on the Tuy expedition, the same as if they were present +in Manila when the ships were laden. The _pieza_ mentioned in this +paragraph was the bale used as the unit of capacity in lading the +vessel (see Bourne's introduction to this series, _Vol_. I, p. 63). A +letter from Andres de Alcaraz to the king (August 10, 1617), which will +be presented in _Vol_. XVII, gives further information regarding the +pieza. From this document it appears that the tonelada was reckoned +at eight piezas; the pieza would then be estimated at ten arrobas, +or two hundred and fifty libras. + +[57] Evidently a reference to a compilation of Spanish laws. There is +nothing in the _Recopilacion de las leyes de Indias_ answering to this. + +[58] The district of the governor formerly called adelantado. + +[59] Archbishop Benavides died on July 26, 1605, and was succeeded +by Diego Vazquez de Mercado--although the latter did not take +possession of the see until June, 1610. He was a native of Arevalo, +Castilla, and a relative of Gonzalo Ronquillo, fourth governor of +the Philippines. He was the first dean of the Manila cathedral, +serving therein for sixteen years; then went to Nueva Espana, and, +having obtained a doctor's degree from the University of Mexico, +held a benefice at Acapulco. He was appointed bishop of Yucatan, +but was transferred to the archbishopric of Manila; this post he +held until his death, in 1618. He completed the cathedral edince, +applying to that work much of his patrimony. + +[60] Rueda's name alone is contained in the list furnished by +Aduarte in 1605 (see "Dominican mission of 1606," _ante_). The names +of those Dominicans who actually reached the Philippines in 1606, +twenty-six in number, are found (with biographical information) in +_Resena biog. Sant. Rosario_, i, pp. 328-333; but the list of those +who died on the way (including Rueda and Colmenero) is on p. 335. + +[61] Also known as Recollects (see _Vol_. XIII, p. 246 and +_note_). When they arrived in the Philippines (1606), they established +themselves in a suburb of Manila called Bagumbayan. See the detailed +account of the circumstances attending the despatch of friars thither +from this order, and of the beginning of their work in the islands, +in La Concepcion's _Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, pp. 189-265. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: +Volume XIV., 1606-1609, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + +***** This file should be named 15445.txt or 15445.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/4/4/15445/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman & the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |